UNION 01.02
ऋषय ऊचुः॥
r̥ṣaya ūcuḥ॥
[ऋषयः (r̥ṣayaḥ) - the sages; ऊचुः (ūcuḥ) - said;]
The sages said:
समन्तपञ्चकमिति यदुक्तं सूतनन्दन। एतत्सर्वं यथान्यायं श्रोतुमिच्छामहे वयम्॥ (BORI 1.2.1)
samantapañcakamiti yaduktaṁ sūtanandana। ētatsarvaṁ yathānyāyaṁ śrōtumicchāmahē vayam॥ (BORI 1.2.1)
[समन्तपञ्चकम् (samantapañcakam) - Samantapañcaka; इति (iti) - thus; यद् (yad) - which; उक्तम् (uktam) - was mentioned; सूतनन्दन (sūtanandana) - O son of the Sūta; एतत् (ētat) - this; सर्वम् (sarvam) - all; यथान्यायम् (yathānyāyam) - properly; श्रोतुम् (śrōtum) - to hear; इच्छामहे (icchāmahē) - we wish; वयम् (vayam) - we;]
O son of the Sūta, as for this Samantapañcaka that was mentioned, we wish to hear all about it properly.
सूत उवाच॥
sūta uvāca॥
[सूत (sūta) - the Sūta; उवाच (uvāca) - said;]
The Sūta said:
शुश्रूषा यदि वो विप्रा ब्रुवतश्च कथाः शुभाः। समन्तपञ्चकाख्यं च श्रोतुमर्हथ सत्तमाः॥ (BORI 1.2.2)
śuśrūṣā yadi vō viprā bruvataśca kathāḥ śubhāḥ। samantapañcakākhyaṁ ca śrōtumarhatha sattamāḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.2)
[शुश्रूषा (śuśrūṣā) - the wish to listen; यदि (yadi) - if; वः (vaḥ) - you (all); विप्राः (viprāḥ) - O Brahmins; ब्रुवतः (bruvataḥ) - when I tell; च (ca) - and; कथाः (kathāḥ) - the stories; शुभाः (śubhāḥ) - auspicious; समन्तपञ्चकाख्यं (samantapañcakākhyaṁ) - called Samantapancaka; च (ca) - and; श्रोतुम् (śrōtum) - to hear; अर्हथ (arhatha) - you ought; सत्तमाः (sattamāḥ) - O best (among you);]
If you wish to listen, O Brahmins, you should hear the auspicious stories I tell and also about the place called Samantapancaka, O best among you.
त्रेताद्वापरयोः सन्धौ रामः शस्त्रभृतां वरः। असकृत्पार्थिवं क्षत्रं जघानामर्षचोदितः॥ (BORI 1.2.3)
trētādvāparayōḥ sandhau rāmaḥ śastrabhr̥tāṁ varaḥ। asakr̥tpārthivaṁ kṣatraṁ jaghānāmarṣacōditaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.3)
[त्रेता-द्वापरयोः (trētā-dvāparayōḥ) - at the juncture of the Tretā and Dvāpara ages; सन्धौ (sandhau) - at the conjunction; रामः (rāmaḥ) - Rāma; शस्त्रभृताम् (śastrabhr̥tām) - of those who wield weapons; वरः (varaḥ) - the foremost; असकृत् (asakr̥t) - repeatedly; पार्थिवम् (pārthivam) - the royal; क्षत्रम् (kṣatram) - Kṣatriya clan; जघान (jaghāna) - he slew; अमर्ष-चोदितः (amarṣa-cōditaḥ) - impelled by wrath;]
At the juncture of the Tretā and Dvāpara ages, Rāma, the foremost among warriors, repeatedly slew the Kṣatriya royal line, driven by anger.
स सर्वं क्षत्रमुत्साद्य स्ववीर्येणानलद्युतिः। समन्तपञ्चके पञ्च चकार रुधिरह्रदान्॥ (BORI 1.2.4)
sa sarvaṁ kṣatramutsādya svavīryēṇānaladyutiḥ। samantapañcakē pañca cakāra rudhirahradān॥ (BORI 1.2.4)
[स (sa) - he; सर्वं (sarvaṁ) - all; क्षत्रम् (kṣatram) - the Kshatriyas; उत्साद्य (utsādya) - having exterminated; स्ववीर्येण (svavīryēṇa) - by his own power; अनलद्युतिः (analadyutiḥ) - blazing like fire; समन्तपञ्चके (samantapañcakē) - at Samantapanchaka; पञ्च (pañca) - five; चकार (cakāra) - made; रुधिरह्रदान् (rudhirahradān) - lakes of blood;]
Having destroyed all the Kshatriyas by his own power, blazing like fire, he created five lakes of blood at Samantapanchaka.
स तेषु रुधिराम्भस्सु ह्रदेषु क्रोधमूर्च्छितः। पितृन्सन्तर्पयामास रुधिरेणेति नः श्रुतम्॥ (BORI 1.2.5)
sa tēṣu rudhirāmbhassu hradēṣu krōdhamūrcchitaḥ। pitr̥nsantarpayāmāsa rudhirēṇēti naḥ śrutam॥ (BORI 1.2.5)
[स (sa) - he; तेषु (tēṣu) - in those; रुधिराम्भस्सु (rudhirāmbhassu) - blood-filled; ह्रदेषु (hradēṣu) - lakes; क्रोधमूर्च्छितः (krōdhamūrcchitaḥ) - overcome with rage; पितृन् (pitr̥n) - the ancestors; सन्तर्पयामास (santarpayāmāsa) - offered satisfaction; रुधिरेण (rudhirēṇa) - with blood; इति (iti) - thus; नः (naḥ) - to us; श्रुतम् (śrutam) - it is heard;]
He, overcome by rage, satisfied the ancestors with blood in those blood-filled lakes—so it is told to us.
अथर्चीकादयोऽभ्येत्य पितरो ब्राह्मणर्षभम्। राम राम महाभाग प्रीताः स्म तव भार्गव॥ (NIL 1.2.6; KUM 1.2.6)
atharcīkādayō’bhyētya pitarō brāhmaṇarṣabham। rāma rāma mahābhāga prītāḥ sma tava bhārgava॥ (NIL 1.2.6; KUM 1.2.6)
[अथ (atha) - then; अर्चीकादयः (arcīkādayaḥ) - Ṛcīka and the others; अभ्येत्य (abhyētya) - having approached; पितरः (pitaraḥ) - the ancestors; ब्राह्मणर्षभम् (brāhmaṇarṣabham) - the eminent Brāhmaṇa; राम राम (rāma rāma) - O Rāma Rāma; महाभाग (mahābhāga) - highly fortunate one; प्रीताः (prītāḥ) - we are pleased; स्म (sma) - indeed; तव (tava) - with you; भार्गव (bhārgava) - descendant of Bhṛgu;]
Then Ṛcīka and the other ancestors, having approached the eminent Brāhmaṇa, said, "O Rāma, O highly fortunate one, O descendant of Bhṛgu, we are pleased with you."
अनया पितृभक्त्या च विक्रमेण तव प्रभो। वरं वृणीष्व भद्रं ते यमिच्छसि महाद्युते॥ (NIL 1.2.7; KUM 1.2.7)
anayā pitr̥bhaktyā ca vikramēṇa tava prabhō। varaṁ vr̥ṇīṣva bhadraṁ tē yamicchasi mahādyutē॥ (NIL 1.2.7; KUM 1.2.7)
[अनया (anayā) - by this; पितृभक्त्या (pitr̥bhaktyā) - devotion to your fathers; च (ca) - and; विक्रमेण (vikramēṇa) - prowess; तव (tava) - your; प्रभो (prabhō) - O lord; वरं (varaṁ) - a boon; वृणीष्व (vr̥ṇīṣva) - choose; भद्रं (bhadraṁ) - good fortune; ते (tē) - to you; यम् (yam) - which; इच्छसि (icchasi) - you desire; महाद्युते (mahādyutē) - O greatly illustrious one;]
By this devotion to your fathers and your prowess, O lord, choose a boon—good fortune to you—whichever you desire, O greatly illustrious one.
राम उवाच॥
rāma uvāca॥
[राम (rāma) - Rāma; उवाच (uvāca) - said;]
Rāma said:
यदि मे पितरः प्रीता यद्यनुग्राह्यतामयि। यच्च रोषाभिभूतेन क्षत्रमुत्सादितं मया॥ (NIL 1.2.8; KUM 1.2.8)
yadi mē pitaraḥ prītā yadyanugrāhyatāmayi। yacca rōṣābhibhūtēna kṣatramutsāditaṁ mayā॥ (NIL 1.2.8; KUM 1.2.8)
[यदि (yadi) - if; मे (mē) - by me; पितरः (pitaraḥ) - the ancestors; प्रीता (prītā) - are pleased; यदि (yadi) - if; अनुग्राह्यताम् (anugrāhyatām) - worthiness of being favored; अयि (ayi) - O respected one; यच्च (yacca) - and whatever; रोषाभिभूतेन (rōṣābhibhūtēna) - overcome by wrath; क्षत्रम् (kṣatram) - the Kshatriya race; उत्सादितम् (utsāditam) - was destroyed; मया (mayā) - by me;]
If my ancestors are pleased with me, O revered one, if I am worthy of their grace, and considering that, in my wrath, I destroyed the Kshatriya race...
अतश्च पापान्मुच्येऽहमेष मे प्रार्थितो वरः। ह्रदाश्च तीर्थभूता मे भवेयुर्भुवि विश्रुताः॥ (NIL 1.2.9; KUM 1.2.9)
ataśca pāpānmucyē’hamēṣa mē prārthitō varaḥ। hradāśca tīrthabhūtā mē bhavēyurbhuvi viśrutāḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.9; KUM 1.2.9)
[अतः (ataḥ) - therefore; च (ca) - and; पापात् (pāpāt) - from sin; मुच्ये (mucyē) - I may be released; अहम् (aham) - I; एष (ēṣa) - this; मे (mē) - for me; प्रार्थितः (prārthitaḥ) - has been requested; वरः (varaḥ) - boon; ह्रदाः (hradāḥ) - the lakes; च (ca) - and; तीर्थभूताः (tīrthabhūtāḥ) - becoming sacred places; मे (mē) - for me; भवेयुः (bhavēyuḥ) - may become; भुवि (bhuvi) - on earth; विश्रुताः (viśrutāḥ) - renowned;]
Therefore, may I be released from sin—this is the boon I have requested—and may the lakes become sacred places for me, famed on earth.
एवं भविष्यतीत्येवं पितरस्तमथाब्रुवन्। (NIL 1.2.10; KUM 1.2.10)
ēvaṁ bhaviṣyatītyēvaṁ pitarastamathābruvan। (NIL 1.2.10; KUM 1.2.10)
[एवं (ēvaṁ) - so; भविष्यति (bhaviṣyati) - it will be; इति (iti) - thus; एवं (ēvaṁ) - in this way; पितरः (pitaraḥ) - the ancestors; तम् (tam) - to him; अथ (atha) - then; अब्रुवन् (abruvan) - said;]
The ancestors then said to him, "So it will be."
तं क्षमस्वेति सिषिधुस्ततः स विरराम ह॥ (BORI 1.2.6)
taṁ kṣamasvēti siṣidhustataḥ sa virarāma ha॥ (BORI 1.2.6)
[तं (taṁ) - him; क्षमस्व (kṣamasva) - forgive; इति (iti) - thus; सिषिधुः (siṣidhuḥ) - they requested; ततः (tataḥ) - then; स (sa) - he; विरराम (virarāma) - became calm; ह (ha) - indeed;]
They requested, 'Forgive him,' and then he indeed became calm.
तेषां समीपे यो देशो ह्रदानां रुधिराम्भसाम्। समन्तपञ्चकमिति पुण्यं तत्परिकीर्तितम्॥ (BORI 1.2.7)
tēṣāṁ samīpē yō dēśō hradānāṁ rudhirāmbhasām। samantapañcakamiti puṇyaṁ tatparikīrtitam॥ (BORI 1.2.7)
[तेषां (tēṣāṁ) - of them; समीपे (samīpē) - near; यः (yaḥ) - which; देशः (dēśaḥ) - place; ह्रदानाम् (hradānām) - of lakes; रुधिराम्भसाम् (rudhirāmbhasām) - (with) blood as water; समन्तपञ्चकम् (samantapañcakam) - Samantapañcaka; इति (iti) - thus; पुण्यम् (puṇyam) - sacred; तत् (tat) - that; परिकीर्तितम् (parikīrtitam) - is celebrated;]
Near them, the place of the lakes filled with blood as water is called Samantapañcaka, and that place is celebrated as sacred.
येन लिङ्गेन यो देशो युक्तः समुपलक्ष्यते। तेनैव नाम्ना तं देशं वाच्यमाहुर्मनीषिणः॥ (BORI 1.2.8)
yēna liṅgēna yō dēśō yuktaḥ samupalakṣyatē। tēnaiva nāmnā taṁ dēśaṁ vācyamāhurmanīṣiṇaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.8)
[येन (yēna) - by which; लिङ्गेन (liṅgēna) - mark; यः (yaḥ) - which; देशः (dēśaḥ) - place; युक्तः (yuktaḥ) - characterized; समुपलक्ष्यते (samupalakṣyatē) - is recognized; तेन (tēna) - by that; ऐव (aiva) - only; नाम्ना (nāmnā) - name; तं (taṁ) - that; देशं (dēśaṁ) - place; वाच्यम् (vācyam) - should be called; आहु: (āhu:) - they say; मनीषिणः (manīṣiṇaḥ) - the wise;]
Whatever place is identified by a particular characteristic, the wise say that such a place should be called by that very name.
अन्तरे चैव सम्प्राप्ते कलिद्वापरयोरभूत्। समन्तपञ्चके युद्धं कुरुपाण्डवसेनयोः॥ (BORI 1.2.9)
antarē caiva samprāptē kalidvāparayōrabhūt। samantapañcakē yuddhaṁ kurupāṇḍavasēnayōḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.9)
[अन्तरे (antarē) - in the interval; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - indeed; सम्प्राप्ते (samprāptē) - when had arrived; कलि-द्वापरयोः (kali-dvāparayōḥ) - of Kali and Dvapara (yugas); अभूत् (abhūt) - there was; समन्तपञ्चके (samantapañcakē) - at Samantapancaka; युद्धं (yuddhaṁ) - a battle; कुरु-पाण्डव-सेनयोः (kuru-pāṇḍava-sēnayōḥ) - between the armies of the Kurus and the Pandavas;]
And indeed, when the interval between the Kali and Dvapara Yugas had arrived, there was a battle at Samantapancaka between the armies of the Kurus and the Pandavas.
तस्मिन्परमधर्मिष्ठे देशे भूदोषवर्जिते। अष्टादश समाजग्मुरक्षौहिण्यो युयुत्सया॥ (BORI 1.2.10)
tasminparamadharmiṣṭhē dēśē bhūdōṣavarjitē। aṣṭādaśa samājagmurakṣauhiṇyō yuyutsayā॥ (BORI 1.2.10)
[तस्मिन् (tasmin) - in that; परमधर्मिष्ठे (paramadharmiṣṭhē) - supremely righteous; देशे (dēśē) - region; भूदोषवर्जिते (bhūdōṣavarjitē) - free from natural faults; अष्टादश (aṣṭādaśa) - eighteen; सम् (sam) - together; आ (ā) - towards; जग्मुः (jagmuḥ) - came; अक्षौहिण्यः (akṣauhiṇyaḥ) - divisions of armies; युयुत्सया (yuyutsayā) - with the intention to fight;]
Into that supremely righteous land, free from any natural faults, came eighteen divisions of armies, intent on battle.
समेत्य तं द्विजास्ताश्च तत्रैव निधं गताः। (NIL 1.2.15; KUM 1.2.15)
samētya taṁ dvijāstāśca tatraiva nidhaṁ gatāḥ। (NIL 1.2.15; KUM 1.2.15)
[समेत्य (samētya) - having assembled; तम् (tam) - there; द्विजाः (dvijāḥ) - the twice-born; ताः (tāḥ) - they; च (ca) - and; तत्र एव (tatra ēva) - right there; निधं गताः (nidhaṁ gatāḥ) - remained;]
The twice-born gathered there and stayed right there.
एवं नामाभिनिर्वृत्तं तस्य देशस्य वै द्विजाः। पुण्यश्च रमणीयश्च स देशो वः प्रकीर्तितः॥ (BORI 1.2.11)
ēvaṁ nāmābhinirvr̥ttaṁ tasya dēśasya vai dvijāḥ। puṇyaśca ramaṇīyaśca sa dēśō vaḥ prakīrtitaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.11)
[एवम् (ēvam) - thus; नाम (nāma) - the name; अभिनिर्वृत्तं (abhinirvr̥ttaṁ) - has arisen; तस्य (tasya) - of that; देशस्य (dēśasya) - land; वै (vai) - indeed; द्विजाः (dvijāḥ) - O twice-born; पुण्यः (puṇyaḥ) - virtuous; च (ca) - and; रमणीयः (ramaṇīyaḥ) - beautiful; च (ca) - and; स (sa) - that; देशः (dēśaḥ) - land; वः (vaḥ) - for you; प्रकीर्तितः (prakīrtitaḥ) - has been described;]
Thus, O twice-born, the name of that land has arisen; that land, which is both virtuous and beautiful, has been described to you.
तदेतत्कथितं सर्वं मया वो मुनिसत्तमाः। यथा देशः स विख्यातस्त्रिषु लोकेषु विश्रुतः॥ (BORI 1.2.12)
tadētatkathitaṁ sarvaṁ mayā vō munisattamāḥ। yathā dēśaḥ sa vikhyātastriṣu lōkēṣu viśrutaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.12)
[तत् (tat) - that; एतत् (ētat) - this; कथितं (kathitaṁ) - has been explained; सर्वं (sarvaṁ) - all; मया (mayā) - by me; वः (vaḥ) - to you; मुनिसत्तमाः (munisattamāḥ) - O best of sages; यथा (yathā) - how; देशः (dēśaḥ) - the land; सः (saḥ) - that; विख्यातः (vikhyātaḥ) - has become famous; त्रिषु लोकेषु (triṣu lōkēṣu) - in the three worlds; विश्रुतः (viśrutaḥ) - celebrated;]
O best of sages, I have told you all this—how that land has become famous and celebrated in the three worlds.
ऋषय ऊचुः॥
r̥ṣaya ūcuḥ॥
[ऋषयः (r̥ṣayaḥ) - the sages; ऊचुः (ūcuḥ) - said;]
The sages said:
अक्षौहिण्य इति प्रोक्तं यत्त्वया सूतनन्दन। एतदिच्छामहे श्रोतुं सर्वमेव यथातथम्॥ (BORI 1.2.13)
akṣauhiṇya iti prōktaṁ yattvayā sūtanandana। ētadicchāmahē śrōtuṁ sarvamēva yathātatham॥ (BORI 1.2.13)
[अक्षौहिण्य (akṣauhiṇya) - the term 'akṣauhiṇī'; इति (iti) - thus; प्रोक्तं (prōktaṁ) - has been mentioned; यत् (yat) - which; त्वया (tvayā) - by you; सूतनन्दन (sūtanandana) - O son of Sūta; एतत् (ētat) - this; इच्छामहे (icchāmahē) - we wish; श्रोतुम् (śrōtum) - to hear; सर्वम् (sarvam) - all; एव (ēva) - indeed; यथातथम् (yathātatham) - exactly as it is;]
O son of Sūta, you mentioned the word 'akṣauhiṇī.' We wish to hear everything about it, exactly as it is.
अक्षौहिण्याः परीमाणं रथाश्वनरदन्तिनाम्। यथावच्चैव नो ब्रूहि सर्वं हि विदितं तव॥ (BORI 1.2.14)
akṣauhiṇyāḥ parīmāṇaṁ rathāśvanaradantinām। yathāvaccaiva nō brūhi sarvaṁ hi viditaṁ tava॥ (BORI 1.2.14)
[अक्षौहिण्याः (akṣauhiṇyāḥ) - of an akṣauhiṇī; परीमाणं (parīmāṇaṁ) - the measure; रथ (ratha) - of chariots; अश्व (aśva) - of horses; नर (nara) - of men; दन्तिनाम् (dantinām) - of elephants; यथावच्च (yathāvacca) - accurately; एव (ēva) - indeed; नः (naḥ) - to us; ब्रूहि (brūhi) - tell; सर्वं (sarvaṁ) - everything; हि (hi) - for; विदितं (viditaṁ) - is known; तव (tava) - to you;]
Tell us in detail the extent of an akṣauhiṇī—the number of chariots, horses, men, and elephants—for all this is surely known to you.
सूत उवाच॥
sūta uvāca॥
[सूत (sūta) - the charioteer; उवाच (uvāca) - said;]
The charioteer said:
एको रथो गजश्चैको नराः पञ्च पदातयः। त्रयश्च तुरगास्तज्ज्ञैः पत्तिरित्यभिधीयते॥ (BORI 1.2.15)
ēkō rathō gajaścaikō narāḥ pañca padātayaḥ। trayaśca turagāstajjñaiḥ pattirityabhidhīyatē॥ (BORI 1.2.15)
[एकः (ēkaḥ) - one; रथः (rathaḥ) - chariot; गजः (gajaḥ) - elephant; च (ca) - and; एकः (ēkaḥ) - one; नराः (narāḥ) - men; पञ्च (pañca) - five; पदातयः (padātayaḥ) - foot soldiers; त्रयः (trayaḥ) - three; च (ca) - and; तुरगाः (turagāḥ) - horses; तज्ज्ञैः (tajjñaiḥ) - by those who know such matters; पत्तिः (pattiḥ) - an infantry unit; इति (iti) - thus; अभिधीयते (abhidhīyatē) - is called;]
One chariot, one elephant, five foot soldiers, and three horses together, according to those knowledgeable, are called an infantry unit.
पत्तिं तु त्रिगुणामेतामाहुः सेनामुखं बुधाः। त्रीणि सेनामुखान्येको गुल्म इत्यभिधीयते॥ (BORI 1.2.16)
pattiṁ tu triguṇāmētāmāhuḥ sēnāmukhaṁ budhāḥ। trīṇi sēnāmukhānyēkō gulma ityabhidhīyatē॥ (BORI 1.2.16)
[पत्तिं (pattiṁ) - a Patti; तु (tu) - but; त्रिगुणाम् (triguṇām) - three times as large; एताम् (ētām) - this; आहुः (āhuḥ) - they say; सेनामुखं (sēnāmukhaṁ) - Senāmukha (a unit of the army); बुधाः (budhāḥ) - the learned; त्रीणि (trīṇi) - three; सेनामुखानि (sēnāmukhāni) - Senāmukhas; एको (ēkō) - one; गुल्मः (gulmaḥ) - Gulma; इति (iti) - thus; अभिधीयते (abhidhīyatē) - is called;]
But the learned say that a Senāmukha is three times the size of a Patti; and three Senāmukhas are called a Gulma.
त्रयो गुल्मा गणो नाम वाहिनी तु गणास्त्रयः। स्मृतास्तिस्रस्तु वाहिन्यः पृतनेति विचक्षणैः॥ (BORI 1.2.17)
trayō gulmā gaṇō nāma vāhinī tu gaṇāstrayaḥ। smr̥tāstisrastu vāhinyaḥ pr̥tanēti vicakṣaṇaiḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.17)
[त्रयः (trayaḥ) - three; गुल्माः (gulmāḥ) - gulmas; गणः (gaṇaḥ) - a gana; नाम (nāma) - called; वाहिनी (vāhinī) - a vahini; तु (tu) - but; गणाः (gaṇāḥ) - ganas; त्रयः (trayaḥ) - three; स्मृताः (smr̥tāḥ) - are considered; तिस्रः (tisraḥ) - three; तु (tu) - but; वाहिन्यः (vāhinyaḥ) - vahinis; पृतना (pr̥tanā) - a pr̥tanā; इति (iti) - this; विचक्षणैः (vicakṣaṇaiḥ) - by the learned;]
Three gulmas are called a gana, but a vahini is said to consist of three ganas; and three vahinis are considered a pr̥tanā by the learned.
चमूस्तु पृतनास्तिस्रस्तिस्रश्चम्वस्त्वनीकिनी। अनीकिनीं दशगुणां प्राहुरक्षौहिणीं बुधाः॥ (BORI 1.2.18)
camūstu pr̥tanāstisrastisraścamvastvanīkinī। anīkinīṁ daśaguṇāṁ prāhurakṣauhiṇīṁ budhāḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.18)
[चमूः (camūḥ) - a chamū; तु (tu) - but; पृतनाः (pr̥tanāḥ) - from pṛtanā units; तिस्रः (tisraḥ) - three; तिस्रः (tisraḥ) - three; चम्वः (camvaḥ) - chamū units; तु (tu) - but; अनीकिनी (anīkinī) - an anīkinī unit; अनीकिनीं (anīkinīṁ) - an anīkinī unit; दशगुणां (daśaguṇāṁ) - ten times as large; प्राहुः (prāhuḥ) - are called; अक्षौहिणीं (akṣauhiṇīṁ) - an akṣauhiṇī; बुधाः (budhāḥ) - wise authorities;]
But a chamū is composed of three pṛtanās, and three chamūs make one anīkinī; an akṣauhiṇī, the wise say, is ten times the size of an anīkinī.
अक्षौहिण्याः प्रसङ्ख्यानं रथानां द्विजसत्तमाः। सङ्ख्यागणिततत्त्वज्ञैः सहस्राण्येकविंशतिः॥ (BORI 1.2.19)
akṣauhiṇyāḥ prasaṅkhyānaṁ rathānāṁ dvijasattamāḥ। saṅkhyāgaṇitatattvajñaiḥ sahasrāṇyēkaviṁśatiḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.19)
[अक्षौहिण्याः (akṣauhiṇyāḥ) - of an akṣauhiṇī; प्रसङ्ख्यानं (prasaṅkhyānaṁ) - the reckoned number; रथानां (rathānāṁ) - of chariots; द्विजसत्तमाः (dvijasattamāḥ) - O best of twice-born; सङ्ख्या-गणित-तत्त्व-ज्ञैः (saṅkhyā-gaṇita-tattva-jñaiḥ) - by those who know the principles of reckoning and calculation; सहस्राणि (sahasrāṇi) - thousands; एकविंशतिः (ēkaviṁśatiḥ) - twenty-one;]
O best of twice-born, the reckoned number of chariots in an akṣauhiṇī, according to those who know the principles of calculation, is twenty-one thousand.
शतान्युपरि चैवाष्टौ तथा भूयश्च सप्ततिः। गजानां तु परीमाणमेतदेवात्र निर्दिशेत्॥ (BORI 1.2.20)
śatānyupari caivāṣṭau tathā bhūyaśca saptatiḥ। gajānāṁ tu parīmāṇamētadēvātra nirdiśēt॥ (BORI 1.2.20)
[शतानि (śatāni) - hundreds; उपरि (upari) - more; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - indeed; अष्टौ (aṣṭau) - eight; तथा (tathā) - and; भूयः (bhūyaḥ) - again; च (ca) - and; सप्ततिः (saptatiḥ) - seventy; गजानां (gajānāṁ) - of elephants; तु (tu) - however; परीमाणम् (parīmāṇam) - the total number; एतत् (ētat) - this; एव (ēva) - just; अत्र (atra) - here; निर्दिशेत् (nirdiśēt) - should be specified;]
Eight hundred and seventy more—such indeed is the number of elephants that should be specified here.
ज्ञेयं शतसहस्रं तु सहस्राणि तथा नव। नराणामपि पञ्चाशच्छतानि त्रीणि चानघाः॥ (BORI 1.2.21)
jñēyaṁ śatasahasraṁ tu sahasrāṇi tathā nava। narāṇāmapi pañcāśacchatāni trīṇi cānaghāḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.21)
[ज्ञेयं (jñēyaṁ) - should be known; शतसहस्रं (śatasahasraṁ) - one hundred thousand; तु (tu) - but; सहस्राणि (sahasrāṇi) - nine thousand; तथा (tathā) - and; नव (nava) - nine; नराणाम् (narāṇām) - of men; अपि (api) - also; पञ्चाशत् (pañcāśat) - fifty; शतानि (śatāni) - hundreds; त्रीणि (trīṇi) - three; च (ca) - and; अनघाः (anaghāḥ) - O faultless ones;]
One hundred thousand and nine thousand and nine—these should be known as well; and, O faultless ones, also three hundred and fifty hundreds of men.
पञ्चषष्टिसहस्राणि तथाश्वानां शतानि च। दशोत्तराणि षट्प्राहुर्यथावदिह सङ्ख्यया॥ (BORI 1.2.22)
pañcaṣaṣṭisahasrāṇi tathāśvānāṁ śatāni ca। daśōttarāṇi ṣaṭprāhuryathāvadiha saṅkhyayā॥ (BORI 1.2.22)
[पञ्चषष्टिसहस्राणि (pañcaṣaṣṭisahasrāṇi) - sixty-five thousand; तथा (tathā) - and; अश्वानां (aśvānāṁ) - of horses; शतानि (śatāni) - hundreds; च (ca) - and; दशोत्तराणि (daśōttarāṇi) - plus ten more; षट् (ṣaṭ) - six; प्राहुः (prāhuḥ) - are said; यथावत् (yathāvat) - properly; इह (iha) - here; सङ्ख्यया (saṅkhyayā) - by number;]
Sixty-five thousand and one hundred and sixteen horses are said to be here by proper reckoning.
एतामक्षौहिणीं प्राहुः सङ्ख्यातत्त्वविदो जनाः। यां वः कथितवानस्मि विस्तरेण द्विजोत्तमाः॥ (BORI 1.2.23)
ētāmakṣauhiṇīṁ prāhuḥ saṅkhyātattvavidō janāḥ। yāṁ vaḥ kathitavānasmi vistarēṇa dvijōttamāḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.23)
[एताम् (ētām) - this; अक्षौहिणीम् (akṣauhiṇīm) - akshauhini; प्राहुः (prāhuḥ) - have declared; सङ्ख्या-तत्त्व-विदः (saṅkhyā-tattva-vidaḥ) - those who know the true reckoning; जनाः (janāḥ) - people; याम् (yām) - which; वः (vaḥ) - to you; कथितवान् (kathitavān) - I have described; अस्मि (asmi) - have; विस्तरेण (vistarēṇa) - in detail; द्विजोत्तमाः (dvijōttamāḥ) - O best of the twice-born;]
Those who know the true reckoning have called this an akshauhini—the one which I have described to you in detail, O best of the twice-born.
एतया सङ्ख्यया ह्यासन्कुरुपाण्डवसेनयोः। अक्षौहिण्यो द्विजश्रेष्ठाः पिण्डेनाष्टादशैव ताः॥ (BORI 1.2.24)
ētayā saṅkhyayā hyāsankurupāṇḍavasēnayōḥ। akṣauhiṇyō dvijaśrēṣṭhāḥ piṇḍēnāṣṭādaśaiva tāḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.24)
[एतया सङ्ख्यया (ētayā saṅkhyayā) - by this reckoning; हि (hi) - indeed; आसन् (āsan) - there were; कुरुपाण्डवसेनयोः (kurupāṇḍavasēnayōḥ) - in the armies of the Kauravas and the Pāṇḍavas; अक्षौहिण्यः (akṣauhiṇyaḥ) - akṣauhiṇīs; द्विजश्रेष्ठाः (dvijaśrēṣṭhāḥ) - O best of Brāhmaṇas; पिण्डेन (piṇḍēna) - in total; अष्टादश (aṣṭādaśa) - eighteen; एव (ēva) - exactly; ताः (tāḥ) - those;]
O best of Brāhmaṇas, by this reckoning, there were exactly eighteen akṣauhiṇīs in total in the armies of the Kauravas and the Pāṇḍavas.
समेतास्तत्र वै देशे तत्रैव निधनं गताः। कौरवान्कारणं कृत्वा कालेनाद्भुतकर्मणा॥ (BORI 1.2.25)
samētāstatra vai dēśē tatraiva nidhanaṁ gatāḥ। kauravānkāraṇaṁ kr̥tvā kālēnādbhutakarmaṇā॥ (BORI 1.2.25)
[समेताः (samētāḥ) - gathered together; तत्र (tatra) - there; वै (vai) - truly; देशे (dēśē) - in the region; तत्र (tatra) - there; एव (ēva) - itself; निधनं (nidhanaṁ) - death; गताः (gatāḥ) - met; कौरवान् (kauravān) - the Kauravas; कारणं (kāraṇaṁ) - as the cause; कृत्वा (kr̥tvā) - making; कालेन (kālēna) - by time; अद्भुतकर्मणा (adbhutakarmaṇā) - of wondrous action;]
Having gathered there in that very region, they met their deaths there, making the Kauravas the cause, through the wondrous workings of time.
अहानि युयुधे भीष्मो दशैव परमास्त्रवित्। अहानि पञ्च द्रोणस्तु ररक्ष कुरुवाहिनीम्॥ (BORI 1.2.26)
ahāni yuyudhē bhīṣmō daśaiva paramāstravit। ahāni pañca drōṇastu rarakṣa kuruvāhinīm॥ (BORI 1.2.26)
[अहानि (ahāni) - days; युयुधे (yuyudhē) - fought; भीष्मः (bhīṣmaḥ) - Bhishma; दश (daśa) - ten; एव (ēva) - indeed; परमास्त्रवित् (paramāstravit) - the supreme master of weapons; अहानि (ahāni) - days; पञ्च (pañca) - five; द्रोणः (drōṇaḥ) - Drona; तु (tu) - but; ररक्ष (rarakṣa) - protected; कुरुवाहिनीम् (kuruvāhinīm) - the Kuru army;]
Bhishma, the supreme master of weapons, fought for ten days, and Drona protected the Kuru army for five days.
अहनी युयुधे द्वे तु कर्णः परबलार्दनः। शल्योऽर्धदिवसं त्वासीद्गदायुद्धमतः परम्॥ (BORI 1.2.27)
ahanī yuyudhē dvē tu karṇaḥ parabalārdanaḥ। śalyō’rdhadivasaṁ tvāsīdgadāyuddhamataḥ param॥ (BORI 1.2.27)
[अहनी (ahanī) - two days; युयुधे (yuyudhē) - fought; द्वे (dvē) - two; तु (tu) - but; कर्णः (karṇaḥ) - Karna; परबलार्दनः (parabalārdanaḥ) - scourge of enemy armies; शल्यः (śalyaḥ) - Shalya; अर्धदिवसं (ardhadivasaṁ) - half a day; तु (tu) - but; आसीत् (āsīt) - was; गदा-युद्धम् (gadā-yuddham) - mace battle; अतः (ataḥ) - after that; परम् (param) - beyond;]
Karna, the scourge of enemy armies, fought for two days, but Shalya fought for only half a day; after that was the mace battle.
तस्यैव तु दिनस्यान्ते हार्दिक्यद्रौणिगौतमाः। प्रसुप्तं निशि विश्वस्तं जघ्नुर्यौधिष्ठिरं बलम्॥ (BORI 1.2.28)
tasyaiva tu dinasyāntē hārdikyadrauṇigautamāḥ। prasuptaṁ niśi viśvastaṁ jaghnuryaudhiṣṭhiraṁ balam॥ (BORI 1.2.28)
[तस्यैव (tasyaiva) - of that same; तु (tu) - but; दिनस्य (dinasya) - day's; अन्ते (antē) - at the end; हार्दिक्य (hārdikya) - Kritavarma; अद्रौणि (adrauṇi) - the son of Drona; गौतमाः (gautamāḥ) - Kripa; प्रसुप्तं (prasuptaṁ) - asleep; निशि (niśi) - at night; विश्वस्तं (viśvastaṁ) - off guard; जघ्नुः (jaghnuḥ) - killed; यौधिष्ठिरं (yaudhiṣṭhiraṁ) - of Yudhishthira; बलम् (balam) - army;]
But at the end of that very day, Kritavarma, Ashvatthama, and Kripa killed Yudhishthira's army in the night while it was asleep and off guard.
यत्तु शौनकसत्रे ते भारताख्यानविस्तरम्। जनमेजयस्य तत्सत्रे व्यासशिष्येण धीमता॥ (NIL 1.2.33; KUM 1.2.33)
yattu śaunakasatrē tē bhāratākhyānavistaram। janamējayasya tatsatrē vyāsaśiṣyēṇa dhīmatā॥ (NIL 1.2.33; KUM 1.2.33)
[यत् (yat) - what; तु (tu) - now; शौनकसत्रे (śaunakasatrē) - at the sacrifice of Śaunaka; ते (tē) - by you; भारताख्यानविस्तरम् (bhāratākhyānavistaram) - the detailed narration of the Bhārata; जनमेजयस्य (janamējayasya) - at the sacrifice of Janamejaya; तत् (tat) - that; सत्रे (satrē) - at the sacrifice; व्यासशिष्येण (vyāsaśiṣyēṇa) - by the disciple of Vyāsa; धीमता (dhīmatā) - wise;]
But what you asked about—the detailed narration of the Bhārata at the Śaunaka sacrifice, as recounted at the Janamejaya sacrifice by Vyāsa's wise disciple—
कथितं विस्तरार्थं च यशो वीर्यं महीक्षिताम्। (NIL 1.2.34; KUM 1.2.34)
kathitaṁ vistarārthaṁ ca yaśō vīryaṁ mahīkṣitām। (NIL 1.2.34; KUM 1.2.34)
[कथितं (kathitaṁ) - was recounted; विस्तरार्थं (vistarārthaṁ) - in detail; च (ca) - and; यशः (yaśaḥ) - the glory; वीर्यं (vīryaṁ) - the valor; महीक्षिताम् (mahīkṣitām) - of kings;]
And in detail were recounted the glory and valor of kings.
आख्यास्ये तत्र पौलोममाख्यानं चादितः परम्॥ (BORI 1.2.29)
ākhyāsyē tatra paulōmamākhyānaṁ cāditaḥ param॥ (BORI 1.2.29)
[आख्यास्ये (ākhyāsyē) - I will relate; तत्र (tatra) - there; पौलोमम् (paulōmam) - the tale of Puloma's descendant; आख्यानम् (ākhyānam) - narrative; च (ca) - and; आदितः (āditaḥ) - from the beginning; परम् (param) - onward;]
There, I will relate the narrative of Puloma's descendant from the very beginning onward.
विचित्रार्थपदाख्यानमनेकसमयान्वितम्। अभिपन्नं नरैः प्राज्ञैर्वैराग्यमिव मोक्षिभिः॥ (BORI 1.2.30)
vicitrārthapadākhyānamanēkasamayānvitam। abhipannaṁ naraiḥ prājñairvairāgyamiva mōkṣibhiḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.30)
[विचित्रार्थ (vicitrārtha) - with various meanings; पद (pada) - words; आख्यानम् (ākhyānam) - narrative; अनेक (anēka) - many; समय (samaya) - contexts; अन्वितम् (anvitam) - endowed with; अभिपन्नम् (abhipannam) - understood; नरैः (naraiḥ) - by men; प्राज्ञैः (prājñaiḥ) - wise; वैराग्यम् (vairāgyam) - dispassion; इव (iva) - as; मोक्षिभिः (mōkṣibhiḥ) - by seekers of liberation;]
A narrative with a variety of meanings and expressions, possessing many nuances, understood by wise men just as dispassion is by those who seek liberation.
आत्मेव वेदितव्येषु प्रियेष्विव च जीवितम्। इतिहासः प्रधानार्थः श्रेष्ठः सर्वागमेष्वयम्॥ (BORI 1.2.31)
ātmēva vēditavyēṣu priyēṣviva ca jīvitam। itihāsaḥ pradhānārthaḥ śrēṣṭhaḥ sarvāgamēṣvayam॥ (BORI 1.2.31)
[आत्मा (ātmā) - oneself; इव (iva) - just as; वेदितव्येषु (vēditavyēṣu) - among things to be known; प्रियेषु (priyēṣu) - among things dear; इव (iva) - just as; च (ca) - and; जीवितम् (jīvitam) - life; इतिहासः (itihāsaḥ) - the epic; प्रधानार्थः (pradhānārthaḥ) - is of foremost importance; श्रेष्ठः (śrēṣṭhaḥ) - is the best; सर्वागमेषु (sarvāgamēṣu) - among all authoritative texts; अयम् (ayam) - this;]
Just as oneself is foremost among things to be known, and life among things dear, so this epic is of foremost importance and is the best among all authoritative texts.
तदेतद्भारतं नाम कविभिस्तूपजीव्यते। (NIL 1.2.38; KUM 1.2.38)
tadētadbhārataṁ nāma kavibhistūpajīvyatē। (NIL 1.2.38; KUM 1.2.38)
[तत् (tat) - therefore; एतत् (ētat) - this; भारतं (bhārataṁ) - Bhārata; नाम (nāma) - by name; कविभिः (kavibhiḥ) - by poets; तु (tu) - indeed; उपजीव्यते (upajīvyatē) - is made a means of livelihood;]
Therefore, this work called the Bhārata is indeed made a livelihood by poets.
इतिहासोत्तमे ह्यस्मिन्नर्पिता बुद्धिरुत्तमा। स्वरव्यञ्जनयोः कृत्स्ना लोकवेदाश्रयेव वाक्॥ (BORI 1.2.32)
itihāsōttamē hyasminnarpitā buddhiruttamā। svaravyañjanayōḥ kr̥tsnā lōkavēdāśrayēva vāk॥ (BORI 1.2.32)
[इतिहास-उत्तमे (itihāsa-uttamē) - in this excellent history; हि (hi) - indeed; अस्मिन् (asmin) - in this; अर्पिता (arpitā) - has been devoted; बुद्धिः (buddhiḥ) - intellect; उत्तमा (uttamā) - excellent; स्वर-व्यञ्जनयोः (svara-vyañjanayōḥ) - in vowels and consonants; कृत्स्ना (kr̥tsnā) - entire; लोक-वेद-आश्रया (lōka-vēda-āśrayā) - resting on worldly and Vedic authority; इव (iva) - like; वाक् (vāk) - speech;]
Indeed, in this excellent history, the finest intellect has been devoted, and, like speech that draws fully upon vowels and consonants and rests on worldly and Vedic authority.
अस्य प्रज्ञाभिपन्नस्य विचित्रपदपर्वणः। सूक्ष्मार्थन्याययुक्तस्य वेदार्थैर्भूषितस्य च॥ (NIL 1.2.40; KUM 1.2.40)
asya prajñābhipannasya vicitrapadaparvaṇaḥ। sūkṣmārthanyāyayuktasya vēdārthairbhūṣitasya ca॥ (NIL 1.2.40; KUM 1.2.40)
[अस्य (asya) - of this; प्रज्ञा-अभिपन्नस्य (prajñā-abhipannasya) - possessed of intelligence; विचित्र-पद-पर्वणः (vicitra-pada-parvaṇaḥ) - with varied divisions and sections; सूक्ष्म-अर्थ-न्याय-युक्तस्य (sūkṣma-artha-nyāya-yuktasya) - endowed with subtle reasoning and precise meaning; वेद-अर्थैः (vēda-arthaiḥ) - with meanings of the Vedas; भूषितस्य (bhūṣitasya) - adorned; च (ca) - and;]
of this work, which is endowed with intelligence, has varied divisions and sections, is furnished with subtle reasoning and meaning, and is adorned with Vedic meanings...
भारतस्येतिहासस्य श्रूयतां पर्वसङ्ग्रहः॥ (BORI 1.2.33)
bhāratasyētihāsasya śrūyatāṁ parvasaṅgrahaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.33)
[भारतस्य (bhāratasya) - of the Bhārata (Mahābhārata); इतिहासस्य (itihāsasya) - history; श्रूयताम् (śrūyatām) - let it be heard; पर्वसङ्ग्रहः (parvasaṅgrahaḥ) - the summary of the parvans (books or sections);]
Let the summary of the books of the history of the Mahābhārata be heard.
पर्वानुक्रमणी पूर्वं द्वितीयं पर्वसङ्ग्रहः। पौष्यं पौलोममास्तीकमादिवंशावतारणम्॥ (BORI 1.2.34)
parvānukramaṇī pūrvaṁ dvitīyaṁ parvasaṅgrahaḥ। pauṣyaṁ paulōmamāstīkamādivaṁśāvatāraṇam॥ (BORI 1.2.34)
[पर्वानुक्रमणी (parvānukramaṇī) - list of the parvans; पूर्वं (pūrvaṁ) - first; द्वितीयं (dvitīyaṁ) - second; पर्वसङ्ग्रहः (parvasaṅgrahaḥ) - summary of the parvans; पौष्यं (pauṣyaṁ) - Paushya; पौलोमम् (paulōmam) - Pouloma; आस्तीकम् (āstīkam) - Aastika; आदि (ādi) - starting with; वंशावतारणम् (vaṁśāvatāraṇam) - genealogy descent;]
First is the list of the parvans; second, the summary of the parvans: Paushya, Pouloma, Aastika, and, beginning with these, the genealogical descent.
ततः सम्भवपर्वोक्तमद्भुतं देवनिर्मितम्। दाहो जतुगृहस्यात्र हैडिम्बं पर्व चोच्यते॥ (BORI 1.2.35)
tataḥ sambhavaparvōktamadbhutaṁ dēvanirmitam। dāhō jatugr̥hasyātra haiḍimbaṁ parva cōcyatē॥ (BORI 1.2.35)
[ततः (tataḥ) - then; सम्भव-पर्व-उक्तम् (sambhava-parva-uktam) - as described in the Sambhava Parvan; अद्भुतम् (adbhutam) - wonderful; देव-निर्मितम् (dēva-nirmitam) - created by the gods; दाहः (dāhaḥ) - the burning; जतुगृहस्य (jatugr̥hasya) - of the house of lac; अत्र (atra) - here; हैडिम्बम् (haiḍimbam) - the Hidimba; पर्व (parva) - Parvan; च (ca) - and; उच्यते (ucyatē) - is told;]
Then, the marvelous, god-wrought burning of the house of lac as described in the Sambhava Parvan is told here, and the Hidimba Parvan is also recounted.
ततो बकवधः पर्व पर्व चैत्ररथं ततः। ततः स्वयंवरं देव्याः पाञ्चाल्याः पर्व चोच्यते॥ (BORI 1.2.36)
tatō bakavadhaḥ parva parva caitrarathaṁ tataḥ। tataḥ svayaṁvaraṁ dēvyāḥ pāñcālyāḥ parva cōcyatē॥ (BORI 1.2.36)
[ततः (tataḥ) - then; बकवधः (bakavadhaḥ) - the slaying of Baka; पर्व (parva) - section; पर्व (parva) - section; चैत्ररथं (caitrarathaṁ) - Chaitraratha; ततः (tataḥ) - then; ततः (tataḥ) - then; स्वयंवरं (svayaṁvaraṁ) - self-choice ceremony; देव्याः (dēvyāḥ) - of the lady; पाञ्चाल्याः (pāñcālyāḥ) - of the Panchala princess; पर्व (parva) - section; च (ca) - and; उच्यते (ucyatē) - is named;]
Then comes the section on the slaying of Baka, then the Chaitraratha section; then the section on the self-choice ceremony of the Panchala princess is named.
क्षत्रधर्मेण निर्जित्य ततो वैवाहिकं स्मृतम्। विदुरागमनं पर्व राज्यलम्भस्तथैव च॥ (BORI 1.2.37)
kṣatradharmēṇa nirjitya tatō vaivāhikaṁ smr̥tam। vidurāgamanaṁ parva rājyalambhastathaiva ca॥ (BORI 1.2.37)
[क्षत्रधर्मेण (kṣatradharmēṇa) - by the warrior code; निर्जित्य (nirjitya) - having conquered; ततः (tataḥ) - after that; वैवाहिकं (vaivāhikaṁ) - the marriage; स्मृतम् (smr̥tam) - is regarded; विदुरागमनं (vidurāgamanaṁ) - the coming of Vidura; पर्व (parva) - the episode; राज्यलम्भः (rājyalambhaḥ) - the acquisition of the kingdom; तथैव (tathaiva) - likewise; च (ca) - and;]
After conquering according to the warrior code, the marriage is described, then the episode of Vidura's arrival, and likewise the acquisition of the kingdom.
अर्जुनस्य वने वासः सुभद्राहरणं ततः। सुभद्राहरणादूर्ध्वं ज्ञेयं हरणहारिकम्॥ (BORI 1.2.38)
arjunasya vanē vāsaḥ subhadrāharaṇaṁ tataḥ। subhadrāharaṇādūrdhvaṁ jñēyaṁ haraṇahārikam॥ (BORI 1.2.38)
[अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - of Arjuna; वने (vanē) - in the forest; वासः (vāsaḥ) - residence; सुभद्राहरणं (subhadrāharaṇaṁ) - the abduction of Subhadra; ततः (tataḥ) - after that; सुभद्राहरणात् ऊर्ध्वं (subhadrāharaṇāt ūrdhvaṁ) - after the abduction of Subhadra; ज्ञेयं (jñēyaṁ) - should be known; हरणहारिकम् (haraṇahārikam) - the episode of Haraṇahārika;]
Arjuna's residence in the forest, then the abduction of Subhadra; after the abduction of Subhadra, the episode called Haraṇahārika should be known.
ततः खाण्डवदाहाख्यं तत्रैव मयदर्शनम्। सभापर्व ततः प्रोक्तं मन्त्रपर्व ततः परम्॥ (BORI 1.2.39)
tataḥ khāṇḍavadāhākhyaṁ tatraiva mayadarśanam। sabhāparva tataḥ prōktaṁ mantraparva tataḥ param॥ (BORI 1.2.39)
[ततः (tataḥ) - then; खाण्डवदाहाख्यं (khāṇḍavadāhākhyaṁ) - called the burning of Khāṇḍava; तत्रैव (tatraiva) - there itself; मयदर्शनम् (mayadarśanam) - the meeting with Maya; सभापर्व (sabhāparva) - the Sabhāparvan; ततः (tataḥ) - then; प्रोक्तं (prōktaṁ) - is recounted; मन्त्रपर्व (mantraparva) - the Mantraparvan; ततः (tataḥ) - then; परम् (param) - afterwards;]
Then comes the episode called the burning of Khāṇḍava, and there itself, the meeting with Maya; then the Sabhāparvan is recounted, and after that, the Mantraparvan.
जरासन्धवधः पर्व पर्व दिग्विजयस्तथा। पर्व दिग्विजयादूर्ध्वं राजसूयिकमुच्यते॥ (BORI 1.2.40)
jarāsandhavadhaḥ parva parva digvijayastathā। parva digvijayādūrdhvaṁ rājasūyikamucyatē॥ (BORI 1.2.40)
[जरासन्धवधः (jarāsandhavadhaḥ) - the slaying of Jarasandha; पर्व (parva) - book; पर्व (parva) - book; दिग्विजयः (digvijayaḥ) - the conquest of the quarters; तथा (tathā) - also; पर्व (parva) - book; दिग्विजयात् (digvijayāt) - after the conquest of the quarters; ऊर्ध्वं (ūrdhvaṁ) - after; राजसूयिकम् (rājasūyikam) - the Rājasūya (book); उच्यते (ucyatē) - is called;]
Then comes the Jarasandhavadha book, and also the Digvijaya book; after the Digvijaya, the Rājasūya book is named.
ततश्चार्घाभिहरणं शिशुपालवधस्ततः। द्यूतपर्व ततः प्रोक्तमनुद्यूतमतः परम्॥ (BORI 1.2.41)
tataścārghābhiharaṇaṁ śiśupālavadhastataḥ। dyūtaparva tataḥ prōktamanudyūtamataḥ param॥ (BORI 1.2.41)
[ततः (tataḥ) - then; च (ca) - and; अर्घाभिहरणं (arghābhiharaṇaṁ) - the bringing of the offering; शिशुपालवधः (śiśupālavadhaḥ) - the slaying of Shishupala; ततः (tataḥ) - then; द्यूतपर्व (dyūtaparva) - the Dice Episode; ततः (tataḥ) - then; प्रोक्तम् (prōktam) - is described; अनुद्यूतम् (anudyūtam) - the Sub-dice Episode; अतः (ataḥ) - after this; परम् (param) - thereafter;]
Then comes the bringing of the offering and the slaying of Shishupala. Next, the Dice Episode is described, and after it, the Sub-dice Episode.
तत आरण्यकं पर्व किर्मीरवध एव च। अर्जुनस्याभिगमनं पर्व ज्ञेयमतः परम्। (NIL 1.2.50; KUM 1.2.50)
tata āraṇyakaṁ parva kirmīravadha ēva ca। arjunasyābhigamanaṁ parva jñēyamataḥ param। (NIL 1.2.50; KUM 1.2.50)
[ततः (tataḥ) - then; आरण्यकं (āraṇyakaṁ) - the Āraṇyaka Parvan; पर्व (parva) - Parvan; किर्मीरवध (kirmīravadha) - the killing of Kirmira; एव (ēva) - indeed; च (ca) - and; अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - Arjuna's; अभिगमनं (abhigamanaṁ) - arrival; पर्व (parva) - Parvan; ज्ञेयम् (jñēyam) - should be known; अतः (ataḥ) - thereafter; परम् (param) - next;]
Then comes the Āraṇyaka Parvan, and the Parvan of the slaying of Kirmira; the Parvan of Arjuna's arrival should be known next.
ईश्वरार्जुनयोर्युद्धं पर्व कैरातसञ्ज्ञितम्॥ (BORI 1.2.42)
īśvarārjunayōryuddhaṁ parva kairātasañjñitam॥ (BORI 1.2.42)
[ईश्वर (īśvara) - Īśvara; अर्जुनयोः (arjunayōḥ) - and Arjuna; युद्धं (yuddhaṁ) - the battle; पर्व (parva) - the book; कैरातसञ्ज्ञितम् (kairātasañjñitam) - called 'Kairāta';]
The book describing the battle between Īśvara and Arjuna is called the 'Kairāta'.
इन्द्रलोकाभिगमनं पर्व ज्ञेयमतः परम्। तीर्थयात्रा ततः पर्व कुरुराजस्य धीमतः॥ (BORI 1.2.43)
indralōkābhigamanaṁ parva jñēyamataḥ param। tīrthayātrā tataḥ parva kururājasya dhīmataḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.43)
[इन्द्रलोक-अभिगमनं (indralōka-abhigamanaṁ) - the journey to Indra's world; पर्व (parva) - parvan; ज्ञेयम् (jñēyam) - should be known; अतः परम् (ataḥ param) - next after this; तीर्थ-यात्रा (tīrtha-yātrā) - the pilgrimage to sacred places; ततः (tataḥ) - then; पर्व (parva) - parvan; कुरु-राजस्य (kuru-rājasya) - of the Kuru king; धीमतः (dhīmataḥ) - wise;]
Next comes the 'Journey to Indra's World' parvan, and then the 'Pilgrimage' parvan of the wise Kuru king.
जटासुरवधः पर्व यक्षयुद्धमतः परम्। तथैवाजगरं पर्व विज्ञेयं तदनन्तरम्॥ (BORI 1.2.44)
jaṭāsuravadhaḥ parva yakṣayuddhamataḥ param। tathaivājagaraṁ parva vijñēyaṁ tadanantaram॥ (BORI 1.2.44)
[जटासुरवधः (jaṭāsuravadhaḥ) - the Jatāsura killing; पर्व (parva) - book; यक्षयुद्धम् (yakṣayuddham) - the Yakṣa battle; अतः (ataḥ) - after this; परम् (param) - immediately; तथा (tathā) - likewise; एव (ēva) - also; अजगरं (ajagaraṁ) - the Python; पर्व (parva) - book; विज्ञेयं (vijñēyaṁ) - should be known; तत् (tat) - that; अनन्तरम् (anantaram) - immediately after;]
The Jatāsura-killing book, then the Yakṣa-battle immediately after that; likewise, the Python book should be known as coming immediately after that.
मार्कण्डेयसमस्या च पर्वोक्तं तदनन्तरम्। संवादश्च ततः पर्व द्रौपदीसत्यभामयोः॥ (BORI 1.2.45)
mārkaṇḍēyasamasyā ca parvōktaṁ tadanantaram। saṁvādaśca tataḥ parva draupadīsatyabhāmayōḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.45)
[मार्कण्डेयसमस्या (mārkaṇḍēyasamasyā) - the questioning of Markandeya; च (ca) - and; पर्व (parva) - book; उक्तं (uktaṁ) - is mentioned; तदनन्तरम् (tadanantaram) - after that; संवादः (saṁvādaḥ) - the dialogue; च (ca) - and; ततः (tataḥ) - then; पर्व (parva) - book; द्रौपदी (draupadī) - Draupadi; सत्यभामयोः (satyabhāmayōḥ) - and Satyabhama;]
The book called Markandeya's Questioning is mentioned after that, and then the book of the dialogue between Draupadi and Satyabhama.
घोषयात्रा ततः पर्व ततः प्रायोपवेशनेम्। मन्त्रस्य निश्चयं चैव मृगस्वप्नोद्भवं ततः॥ (KUM 1.2.54)
ghōṣayātrā tataḥ parva tataḥ prāyōpavēśanēm। mantrasya niścayaṁ caiva mr̥gasvapnōdbhavaṁ tataḥ॥ (KUM 1.2.54)
[घोषयात्रा (ghōṣayātrā) - the Ghosha-yatra episode; ततः (tataḥ) - then; पर्व (parva) - book; ततः (tataḥ) - then; प्रायोपवेशनेम् (prāyōpavēśanēm) - about the fasting unto death; मन्त्रस्य (mantrasya) - regarding the deliberation; निश्चयं (niścayaṁ) - the decision; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - indeed; मृगस्वप्नोद्भवं (mr̥gasvapnōdbhavaṁ) - the incident of the dream about the deer; ततः (tataḥ) - then;]
Then comes the Ghosha-yatra book, then the account of the resolve to fast unto death, the firm decision about the counsel, and then the origin of the dream concerning the deer.
घोषयात्रा ततः पर्व मृगस्वप्नभयं ततः। व्रीहिद्रौणिकमाख्यानं ततोऽनन्तरमुच्यते॥ (BORI 1.2.46)
ghōṣayātrā tataḥ parva mr̥gasvapnabhayaṁ tataḥ। vrīhidrauṇikamākhyānaṁ tatō’nantaramucyatē॥ (BORI 1.2.46)
[घोषयात्रा (ghōṣayātrā) - the Ghoṣayātrā; ततः (tataḥ) - then; पर्व (parva) - book; मृगस्वप्नभयम् (mr̥gasvapnabhayam) - the fear from the deer dream; ततः (tataḥ) - then; व्रीहिद्रौणिकमाख्यानम् (vrīhidrauṇikamākhyānam) - the tale of Vṛīhidraunika; ततः (tataḥ) - then; अनन्तरम् (anantaram) - immediately after; उच्यते (ucyatē) - is recounted;]
Then comes the Ghoṣayātrā book, then the fear caused by the deer dream, and immediately after that, the tale of Vṛīhidraunika is recounted.
द्रौपदीहरणं पर्व सैन्धवेन वनात्ततः। पतिव्रताया माहात्म्यं सावित्र्याश्चैवमद्भुतम्। रामोपाख्यानमत्रैव पर्व ज्ञेयमतः परम्॥ (NIL 1.2.56; KUM 1.2.56)
draupadīharaṇaṁ parva saindhavēna vanāttataḥ। pativratāyā māhātmyaṁ sāvitryāścaivamadbhutam। rāmōpākhyānamatraiva parva jñēyamataḥ param॥ (NIL 1.2.56; KUM 1.2.56)
[द्रौपदीहरणं (draupadīharaṇaṁ) - the Draupadī abduction; पर्व (parva) - book; सैन्धवेन (saindhavēna) - by the Sindhu prince; वनात् (vanāt) - from the forest; ततः (tataḥ) - then; पativ्रताया (paativratāyā) - of the devoted wife; माहात्म्यं (māhātmyaṁ) - the greatness; सावित्र्याः (sāvitryāḥ) - of Sāvitrī; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - also; अद्भुतम् (adbhutam) - wondrous; रामोपाख्यानम् (rāmōpākhyānam) - the tale of Rāma; अत्र (atra) - here; एव (ēva) - also; पर्व (parva) - book; ज्ञेयम् (jñēyam) - should be known; अतः (ataḥ) - after this; परम् (param) - next;]
Then comes the Draupadī Harana book, about the abduction of Draupadī by the Sindhu prince from the forest; after that, the wondrous greatness of Sāvitrī, the devoted wife, and here also, the Rāma Upākhyāna book should be known as coming next.
कुण्डलाहरणं पर्व ततः परमिहोच्यते॥ (BORI 1.2.47)
kuṇḍalāharaṇaṁ parva tataḥ paramihōcyatē॥ (BORI 1.2.47)
[कुण्डलाहरणम् (kuṇḍalāharaṇam) - the taking of the earrings; पर्व (parva) - parvan; ततः (tataḥ) - after that; परम् (param) - next; इह (iha) - here; उच्यते (ucyatē) - is described;]
Next, the Kunḍalaharaṇa Parvan—the episode of the taking of the earrings—is described here.
आरणेयं ततः पर्व वैराटं तदनन्तरम्। पाण्डवानां प्रवेशश्च समयस्य च पालनम्॥ (NIL 1.2.57; KUM 1.2.57)
āraṇēyaṁ tataḥ parva vairāṭaṁ tadanantaram। pāṇḍavānāṁ pravēśaśca samayasya ca pālanam॥ (NIL 1.2.57; KUM 1.2.57)
[आरणेयं (āraṇēyaṁ) - the Āraṇeya section; ततः (tataḥ) - then; पर्व (parva) - book; वैराटं (vairāṭaṁ) - the Virāṭa section; तत् (tat) - that; अनन्तरम् (anantaram) - immediately after; पाण्डवानां (pāṇḍavānāṁ) - of the Pāṇḍavas; प्रवेशः (pravēśaḥ) - entry; च (ca) - and; समयस्य (samayasya) - of their agreement; च (ca) - and; पालनम् (pālanam) - fulfillment;]
Then, the Āraṇeya section, after that comes the Virāṭa section: the entry of the Pāṇḍavas and the fulfillment of their agreement.
कीचकानां वधः पर्व पर्व गोग्रहणं ततः॥ (BORI 1.2.48)
kīcakānāṁ vadhaḥ parva parva gōgrahaṇaṁ tataḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.48)
[कीचकानाम् (kīcakānām) - of the Kīcakas; वधः (vadhaḥ) - the killing; पर्व (parva) - section; पर्व (parva) - section; गोग्रहणम् (gōgrahaṇam) - the cattle seizure; ततः (tataḥ) - after that;]
The section on the slaying of the Kīcakas, and then the section on the cattle seizure.
अभिमन्युना च वैराट्याः पर्व वैवाहिकं स्मृतम्। उद्योगपर्व विज्ञेयमत ऊर्ध्वं महाद्भुतम्॥ (BORI 1.2.49)
abhimanyunā ca vairāṭyāḥ parva vaivāhikaṁ smr̥tam। udyōgaparva vijñēyamata ūrdhvaṁ mahādbhutam॥ (BORI 1.2.49)
[अभिमन्युना (abhimanyunā) - by Abhimanyu; च (ca) - and; वैराट्याः (vairāṭyāḥ) - of the people of Virata; पर्व (parva) - the section; वैवाहिकं (vaivāhikaṁ) - on the marriage; स्मृतम् (smr̥tam) - is recounted; उद्योगपर्व (udyōgaparva) - the Udyoga section; विज्ञेयम् (vijñēyam) - should be understood; अतः (ataḥ) - after this; ऊर्ध्वं (ūrdhvaṁ) - subsequently; महाद्भुतम् (mahādbhutam) - most wondrous;]
The section recounting the marriage of Abhimanyu and the people of Virata is next; after this, the Udyoga section—most wondrous—should be understood.
ततः सञ्जययानाख्यं पर्व ज्ञेयमतः परम्। प्रजागरं ततः पर्व धृतराष्ट्रस्य चिन्तया॥ (BORI 1.2.50)
tataḥ sañjayayānākhyaṁ parva jñēyamataḥ param। prajāgaraṁ tataḥ parva dhr̥tarāṣṭrasya cintayā॥ (BORI 1.2.50)
[ततः (tataḥ) - then; सञ्जय-यान-आख्यं (sañjaya-yāna-ākhyaṁ) - called Sañjaya’s Expedition; पर्व (parva) - book; ज्ञेयं (jñēyaṁ) - should be known; अतः (ataḥ) - after this; परम् (param) - next; प्रजागरं (prajāgaraṁ) - Vigil; ततः (tataḥ) - then; पर्व (parva) - book; धृतराष्ट्रस्य (dhr̥tarāṣṭrasya) - of Dhṛtarāṣṭra; चिन्तया (cintayā) - with anxiety;]
Then, the book called Sañjaya’s Expedition should be known as next, and then the Vigil book, due to Dhṛtarāṣṭra’s anxiety.
पर्व सानत्सुजातं च गुह्यमध्यात्मदर्शनम्। यानसन्धिस्ततः पर्व भगवद्यानमेव च॥ (BORI 1.2.51)
parva sānatsujātaṁ ca guhyamadhyātmadarśanam। yānasandhistataḥ parva bhagavadyānamēva ca॥ (BORI 1.2.51)
[पर्व (parva) - the book; सानत्सुजातं (sānatsujātaṁ) - Sanatsujata; च (ca) - and; गुह्य (guhya) - secret; अध्यात्म (adhyātma) - spiritual; दर्शनम् (darśanam) - instruction; यानसन्धिस् (yānasandhis) - the book Yanasandhi; ततः (tataḥ) - then; पर्व (parva) - the book; भगवत्-यानम् (bhagavat-yānam) - Bhagavad Yana; एव (ēva) - indeed; च (ca) - and;]
The Sanatsujata book, with its secret instruction on spiritual knowledge, then the Yanasandhi book, and indeed also the Bhagavad Yana book.
मातलीयमुपाख्यानं चरितं गालवस्य च॥ (NIL 1.2.61; KUM 1.2.61)
mātalīyamupākhyānaṁ caritaṁ gālavasya ca॥ (NIL 1.2.61; KUM 1.2.61)
[मातलीयम् (mātalīyam) - the story of Mātali; उपाख्यानम् (upākhyānam) - episode; चरितम् (caritam) - the deeds; गालवस्य (gālavasya) - of Gālava; च (ca) - and;]
the episode of Mātali and the deeds of Gālava
सावित्रं वामदेव्यं च वैन्योपाख्यानमेव च। जामदग्न्यमुपाख्यानं पर्व षोडशराजकम्॥ (NIL 1.2.62; KUM 1.2.62)
sāvitraṁ vāmadēvyaṁ ca vainyōpākhyānamēva ca। jāmadagnyamupākhyānaṁ parva ṣōḍaśarājakam॥ (NIL 1.2.62; KUM 1.2.62)
[सावित्रं (sāvitraṁ) - the Savitri story; वामदेव्यं (vāmadēvyaṁ) - the story of Vamadeva; च (ca) - and; वैन्योपाख्यानम् (vainyōpākhyānam) - the story of Vena's descendant; एव (ēva) - indeed; च (ca) - and; जामदग्न्यमुपाख्यानम् (jāmadagnyamupākhyānam) - the story of Jamadagni's son; पर्व (parva) - the section; षोडश (ṣōḍaśa) - sixteenth; राजकम् (rājakam) - royal;]
The Savitri, Vamadeva, and Vainya stories, the tale of Jamadagni's son—the sixteenth royal section.
सभाप्रवेशः कृष्णस्य विदुलापुत्रशासनम्। उद्योगः सैन्यनिर्याणं विश्वोपाख्यानमेव च॥ (NIL 1.2.63; KUM 1.2.63)
sabhāpravēśaḥ kr̥ṣṇasya vidulāputraśāsanam। udyōgaḥ sainyaniryāṇaṁ viśvōpākhyānamēva ca॥ (NIL 1.2.63; KUM 1.2.63)
[सभाप्रवेशः (sabhāpravēśaḥ) - the entering of the assembly; कृष्णस्य (kr̥ṣṇasya) - of Kṛṣṇa; विदुलापुत्रशासनम् (vidulāputraśāsanam) - the instruction of Vidulā's son; उद्योगः (udyōgaḥ) - the preparations; सैन्यनिर्याणं (sainyaniryāṇaṁ) - the marching forth of the army; विश्वोपाख्यानम् (viśvōpākhyānam) - the tale of Viśva; एव (ēva) - and; च (ca) - also;]
the entering of the assembly by Kṛṣṇa, the instruction of Vidulā's son, the preparations, the marching out of the army, and also the tale of Viśva
ज्ञेयं विवादपर्वात्र कर्णस्यापि महात्मनः। मन्त्रस्य निश्चयं कृत्वा कार्यस्य समनन्तरम्। श्वेतस्य वासुदेवेन चित्रं बहुकथाश्रयम्॥ (KUM 1.2.64–65)
jñēyaṁ vivādaparvātra karṇasyāpi mahātmanaḥ। mantrasya niścayaṁ kr̥tvā kāryasya samanantaram। śvētasya vāsudēvēna citraṁ bahukathāśrayam॥ (KUM 1.2.64–65)
[ज्ञेयं (jñēyaṁ) - it should be understood; विवादपर्व (vivādaparva) - the Vivādaparvan; अत्र (atra) - here; कर्णस्य (karṇasya) - of Karṇa; अपि (api) - also; महात्मनः (mahātmanaḥ) - the great-souled; मन्त्रस्य (mantrasya) - of counsel; निश्चयं (niścayaṁ) - a decision; कृत्वा (kr̥tvā) - having made; कार्यस्य (kāryasya) - for the matter; समनन्तरम् (samanantaram) - immediately after; श्वेतस्य (śvētasya) - of Śveta; वासुदेवेन (vāsudēvēna) - by Vāsudeva; चित्रं (citraṁ) - the episode; बहुकथा-आश्रयम् (bahukathā-āśrayam) - with much narration;]
Here should be included the Vivādaparvan—and also the episode of the great-souled Karṇa—then, once the counsel is decided and the matter addressed, the remarkable, much-discussed tale of Śveta by Vāsudeva.
निर्याणं पर्व च ततः कुरुपाण्डवसेनयोः॥ (BORI 1.2.52)
niryāṇaṁ parva ca tataḥ kurupāṇḍavasēnayōḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.52)
[निर्याणं (niryāṇaṁ) - the departure; पर्व (parva) - section; च (ca) - and; ततः (tataḥ) - then; कुरुपाण्डवसेनयोः (kurupāṇḍavasēnayōḥ) - of the Kuru and Pāṇḍava armies;]
then, the section about the departure of the Kuru and Pāṇḍava armies
रथातिरथसङ्ख्या च पर्वोक्तं तदनन्तरम्। उलूकदूतागमनं पर्वामर्षविवर्धनम्॥ (BORI 1.2.53)
rathātirathasaṅkhyā ca parvōktaṁ tadanantaram। ulūkadūtāgamanaṁ parvāmarṣavivardhanam॥ (BORI 1.2.53)
[रथ-अतिरथ-सङ्ख्या (ratha-atiratha-saṅkhyā) - the enumeration of charioteers and great charioteers; च (ca) - and; पर्व-उक्तं (parva-uktaṁ) - the section called; तद्-अनन्तरम् (tad-anantaram) - immediately after that; उलूक-दूत-आगमनं (ulūka-dūta-āgamanaṁ) - the coming of Uluka as an envoy; पर्व-अमर्ष-विवर्धनम् (parva-amarṣa-vivardhanam) - the section increasing anger;]
Then comes the section on the enumeration of charioteers and great charioteers; immediately after that, the section called 'The Coming of Uluka as Envoy,' which increases wrath.
अम्बोपाख्यानमपि च पर्व ज्ञेयमतः परम्। भीष्माभिषेचनं पर्व ज्ञेयमद्भुतकारणम्॥ (BORI 1.2.54)
ambōpākhyānamapi ca parva jñēyamataḥ param। bhīṣmābhiṣēcanaṁ parva jñēyamadbhutakāraṇam॥ (BORI 1.2.54)
[अम्बोपाख्यानम् (ambōpākhyānam) - the episode of Amba; अपि (api) - also; च (ca) - and; पर्व (parva) - parvan; ज्ञेयम् (jñēyam) - should be known; अतः (ataḥ) - after this; परम् (param) - next; भीष्माभिषेचनम् (bhīṣmābhiṣēcanam) - the anointing of Bhishma; पर्व (parva) - parvan; ज्ञेयम् (jñēyam) - should be known; अद्भुतकारणम् (adbhutakāraṇam) - for a marvelous reason;]
Next should be known the Amba episode parvan, and then the Bhishma-anointing parvan, occasioned for a marvelous reason.
जम्बूखण्डविनिर्माणं पर्वोक्तं तदनन्तरम्। भूमिपर्व ततो ज्ञेयं द्वीपविस्तरकीर्तनम्॥ (BORI 1.2.55)
jambūkhaṇḍavinirmāṇaṁ parvōktaṁ tadanantaram। bhūmiparva tatō jñēyaṁ dvīpavistarakīrtanam॥ (BORI 1.2.55)
[जम्बूखण्डविनिर्माणम् (jambūkhaṇḍavinirmāṇam) - the creation of Jambūdvīpa; पर्व (parva) - the parvan; उक्तं (uktaṁ) - is said; तदनन्तरम् (tadanantaram) - after that; भूमिपर्व (bhūmiparva) - the Bhūmi Parvan; ततः (tataḥ) - then; ज्ञेयं (jñēyaṁ) - should be known; द्वीपविस्तरकीर्तनम् (dvīpavistarakīrtanam) - the description of the extent of the continents;]
The Jambūdvīpa Creation Parvan is said to follow after that; then the Bhūmi Parvan should be known, which describes the extent of the continents.
दिव्यं चक्षुर्ददौ यत्र संजयाय महामुनिः। (KUM 1.2.69)
divyaṁ cakṣurdadau yatra saṁjayāya mahāmuniḥ। (KUM 1.2.69)
[दिव्यं (divyaṁ) - divine; चक्षुः (cakṣuḥ) - sight; ददौ (dadau) - gave; यत्र (yatra) - there; संजयाय (saṁjayāya) - to Sañjaya; महामुनिः (mahāmuniḥ) - the great sage;]
There, the great sage gave divine sight to Sañjaya.
पर्वोक्तं भगवद्गीता पर्व भीष्मवधस्ततः। द्रोणाभिषेकः पर्वोक्तं संशप्तकवधस्ततः॥ (BORI 1.2.56)
parvōktaṁ bhagavadgītā parva bhīṣmavadhastataḥ। drōṇābhiṣēkaḥ parvōktaṁ saṁśaptakavadhastataḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.56)
[पर्व-उक्तं (parva-uktaṁ) - the parva called; भगवद्गीता (bhagavadgītā) - Bhagavad Gita; पर्व (parva) - parva; भीष्म-वधः (bhīṣma-vadhaḥ) - the death of Bhishma; ततः (tataḥ) - thereafter; द्रोण-अभिषेकः (drōṇa-abhiṣēkaḥ) - the appointment of Drona; पर्व-उक्तं (parva-uktaṁ) - the parva called; संशप्तक-वधः (saṁśaptaka-vadhaḥ) - the destruction of the Samsaptakas; ततः (tataḥ) - thereafter;]
The parva called the Bhagavad Gita, then the Bhishma-vadha parva, then the appointment of Drona, and the parva called the destruction of the Samsaptakas, thereafter.
अभिमन्युवधः पर्व प्रतिज्ञापर्व चोच्यते। जयद्रथवधः पर्व घटोत्कचवधस्ततः॥ (BORI 1.2.57)
abhimanyuvadhaḥ parva pratijñāparva cōcyatē। jayadrathavadhaḥ parva ghaṭōtkacavadhastataḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.57)
[अभिमन्युवधः (abhimanyuvadhaḥ) - the Abhimanyu-slaying; पर्व (parva) - parvan; प्रतिज्ञा (pratijñā) - the Vow; पर्व (parva) - parvan; च (ca) - and; उच्यते (ucyatē) - is named; जयद्रथवधः (jayadrathavadhaḥ) - the Jayadratha-slaying; पर्व (parva) - parvan; घटोत्कचवधः (ghaṭōtkacavadhaḥ) - the Ghaṭotkaca-slaying; ततः (tataḥ) - thereafter;]
The Abhimanyu-slaying Parvan, and the Vow Parvan are named; then the Jayadratha-slaying Parvan, and thereafter the Ghaṭotkaca-slaying Parvan.
ततो द्रोणवधः पर्व विज्ञेयं लोमहर्षणम्। मोक्षो नारायणास्त्रस्य पर्वानन्तरमुच्यते॥ (BORI 1.2.58)
tatō drōṇavadhaḥ parva vijñēyaṁ lōmaharṣaṇam। mōkṣō nārāyaṇāstrasya parvānantaramucyatē॥ (BORI 1.2.58)
[ततः (tataḥ) - then; द्रोणवधः (drōṇavadhaḥ) - the slaying of Droṇa; पर्व (parva) - parvan; विज्ञेयं (vijñēyaṁ) - should be known; लोमहर्षणम् (lōmaharṣaṇam) - thrilling; मोक्षः (mōkṣaḥ) - the release; नारायणास्त्रस्य (nārāyaṇāstrasya) - of the Nārāyaṇa weapon; पर्व (parva) - parvan; अनन्तरम् (anantaram) - after; उच्यते (ucyatē) - is named;]
Then, the Dronavada Parvan—which is thrilling—should be known, and after that is the Parvan called the release of the Nārāyaṇa weapon.
कर्णपर्व ततो ज्ञेयं शल्यपर्व ततः परम्। ह्रदप्रवेशनं पर्व गदायुद्धमतः परम्॥ (BORI 1.2.59)
karṇaparva tatō jñēyaṁ śalyaparva tataḥ param। hradapravēśanaṁ parva gadāyuddhamataḥ param॥ (BORI 1.2.59)
[कर्णपर्व (karṇaparva) - the Karṇa Parva; ततः (tataḥ) - thereafter; ज्ञेयं (jñēyaṁ) - should be known; शल्यपर्व (śalyaparva) - the Śalya Parva; ततः (tataḥ) - after that; परम् (param) - next; ह्रदप्रवेशनं (hradapravēśanaṁ) - Hrada-Praveśana Parva; पर्व (parva) - Parva; गदायुद्धम् (gadāyuddham) - the Gada-Yuddha; अतः (ataḥ) - then; परम् (param) - afterwards;]
Then comes the Karṇa Parva, followed by the Śalya Parva; next is the Hrada-Praveśana Parva, and after that, the Gada-Yuddha.
सारस्वतं ततः पर्व तीर्थवंशगुणान्वितम्। अत ऊर्ध्वं तु बीभत्सं पर्व सौप्तिकमुच्यते॥ (BORI 1.2.60)
sārasvataṁ tataḥ parva tīrthavaṁśaguṇānvitam। ata ūrdhvaṁ tu bībhatsaṁ parva sauptikamucyatē॥ (BORI 1.2.60)
[सारस्वतं (sārasvataṁ) - the Saraswata Parvan; ततः (tataḥ) - then; पर्व (parva) - parvan; तीर्थवंशगुणान्वितम् (tīrthavaṁśaguṇānvitam) - endowed with accounts of tīrthas, lineages, and virtues; अत ऊर्ध्वं (ata ūrdhvaṁ) - after that; तु (tu) - however; बीभत्सं (bībhatsaṁ) - the Bhībhatsa Parvan; पर्व (parva) - parvan; सौप्तिकम् (sauptikam) - the Sauptika; उच्यते (ucyatē) - is named;]
Then comes the Saraswata Parvan, furnished with accounts of sacred fords, lineages, and virtues; after that, however, the Bhībhatsa Parvan, called the Sauptika, is named.
ऐषीकं पर्व निर्दिष्टमत ऊर्ध्वं सुदारुणम्। जलप्रदानिकं पर्व स्त्रीपर्व च ततः परम्॥ (BORI 1.2.61)
aiṣīkaṁ parva nirdiṣṭamata ūrdhvaṁ sudāruṇam। jalapradānikaṁ parva strīparva ca tataḥ param॥ (BORI 1.2.61)
[ऐषीकं (aiṣīkaṁ) - the Aishika; पर्व (parva) - parvan; निर्दिष्टम् (nirdiṣṭam) - is named; अत ऊर्ध्वं (ata ūrdhvaṁ) - after that; सुदारुणम् (sudāruṇam) - very terrible; जलप्रदानिकं (jalapradānikaṁ) - the Jalapradanika; पर्व (parva) - parvan; स्त्रीपर्व (strīparva) - the Stri parvan; च (ca) - and; ततः (tataḥ) - thereafter; परम् (param) - after;]
Next comes the Aishika parvan, which is named as such and is very dreadful. After that is the Jalapradanika parvan, and then the Stri parvan.
श्राद्धपर्व ततो ज्ञेयं कुरूणामौर्ध्वदेहिकम्। आभिषेचनिकं पर्व धर्मराजस्य धीमतः॥ (BORI 1.2.62)
śrāddhaparva tatō jñēyaṁ kurūṇāmaurdhvadēhikam। ābhiṣēcanikaṁ parva dharmarājasya dhīmataḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.62)
[श्राद्धपर्व (śrāddhaparva) - the Śrāddha section; ततो (tatō) - after that; ज्ञेयं (jñēyaṁ) - should be known; कुरूणाम् (kurūṇām) - of the Kurus; और्ध्वदेहिकम् (aurdhvadēhikam) - concerning the funeral rites; आभिषेचनिकं (ābhiṣēcanikaṁ) - the investiture section; पर्व (parva) - section; धर्मराजस्य (dharmarājasya) - of Dharmarāja; धीमतः (dhīmataḥ) - the wise;]
The Śrāddha section concerning the Kurus' funeral rites should be known next, and the investiture section of the wise Dharmarāja.
चार्वाकनिग्रहः पर्व रक्षसो ब्रह्मरूपिणः। प्रविभागो गृहाणां च पर्वोक्तं तदनन्तरम्॥ (BORI 1.2.63)
cārvākanigrahaḥ parva rakṣasō brahmarūpiṇaḥ। pravibhāgō gr̥hāṇāṁ ca parvōktaṁ tadanantaram॥ (BORI 1.2.63)
[चार्वाकनिग्रहः (cārvākanigrahaḥ) - the suppression of Cārvāka; पर्व (parva) - parvan; रक्षसः (rakṣasaḥ) - the rākṣasa; ब्रह्मरूपिणः (brahmarūpiṇaḥ) - appearing in the form of a Brāhmaṇa; प्रविभागः (pravibhāgaḥ) - the distribution; गृहाणां (gr̥hāṇāṁ) - of the houses; च (ca) - and; पर्वोक्तं (parvōktaṁ) - a parvan is mentioned; तदनन्तरम् (tadanantaram) - immediately after that;]
The suppression of Cārvāka is a parvan, as is the parvan about the rākṣasa taking the form of a Brāhmaṇa, and next, the distribution of the houses is also mentioned as a parvan.
शान्तिपर्व ततो यत्र राजधर्मानुकीर्तनम्। आपद्धर्मश्च पर्वोक्तं मोक्षधर्मस्ततः परम्॥ (BORI 1.2.64)
śāntiparva tatō yatra rājadharmānukīrtanam। āpaddharmaśca parvōktaṁ mōkṣadharmastataḥ param॥ (BORI 1.2.64)
[शान्तिपर्व (śāntiparva) - the Śānti Parva; ततः (tataḥ) - then; यत्र (yatra) - in which; राजधर्म (rājadharma) - the duties of kings; अनुकीर्तनम् (anukīrtanam) - are recounted; आपद्धर्म (āpaddharma) - the law of emergencies; च (ca) - and; पर्वोक्तं (parvōktaṁ) - is spoken of as a Parva; मोक्षधर्मः (mōkṣadharmaḥ) - the doctrine of liberation; ततः (tataḥ) - after that; परम् (param) - next;]
Then comes the Śānti Parva, in which the duties of kings are recounted, and the law of emergencies is also named as a Parva; next is the Mokṣadharma Parva.
शुकप्रश्नाभिगमनं ब्रह्मप्रश्नानुशासनम्। प्रादुर्भावश्च दुर्वासःसंवादश्चैव मायया॥ (NIL 1.2.77; KUM 1.2.78)
śukapraśnābhigamanaṁ brahmapraśnānuśāsanam। prādurbhāvaśca durvāsaḥsaṁvādaścaiva māyayā॥ (NIL 1.2.77; KUM 1.2.78)
[शुक-प्रश्न-अभिगमनम् (śuka-praśna-abhigamanam) - the approach of Śuka's questions; ब्रह्म-प्रश्न-अनुशासनम् (brahma-praśna-anuśāsanam) - the instruction on questions about Brahman; प्रादुर्भावः (prādurbhāvaḥ) - the appearance; च (ca) - and; दुर्वासः-सम्वादः (durvāsaḥ-samvādaḥ) - the dialogue with Durvāsas; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - also; मायया (māyayā) - through illusion;]
The approach of Śuka's questions, the teaching on questions about Brahman, the appearance and also the dialogue with Durvāsas through (divine) illusion.
ततः पर्व परिज्ञेयमानुशासनिकं परम्। स्वर्गारोहणिकं पर्व ततो भीष्मस्य धीमतः॥ (BORI 1.2.65)
tataḥ parva parijñēyamānuśāsanikaṁ param। svargārōhaṇikaṁ parva tatō bhīṣmasya dhīmataḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.65)
[ततः (tataḥ) - then; पर्व (parva) - book; परिज्ञेयम् (parijñēyam) - should be known as; आनुशासनिकं (ānuśāsanikaṁ) - Anuśāsanika; परम् (param) - the next; स्वर्गारोहणिकं (svargārōhaṇikaṁ) - Svargārohaṇika; पर्व (parva) - book; ततः (tataḥ) - then; भीष्मस्य (bhīṣmasya) - of Bhīṣma; धीमतः (dhīmataḥ) - the wise;]
Then, the next book should be known as the Anuśāsanika, and after that, the Svargārohaṇika, the book of the wise Bhīṣma.
ततोऽश्वमेधिकं पर्व सर्वपापप्रणाशनम्। अनुगीता ततः पर्व ज्ञेयमध्यात्मवाचकम्॥ (BORI 1.2.66)
tatō’śvamēdhikaṁ parva sarvapāpapraṇāśanam। anugītā tataḥ parva jñēyamadhyātmavācakam॥ (BORI 1.2.66)
[ततः (tataḥ) - then; अश्वमेधिकं (aśvamēdhikaṁ) - Aśvamedhika; पर्व (parva) - book; सर्वपापप्रणाशनम् (sarvapāpapraṇāśanam) - removing all sins; अनुगीता (anugītā) - Anugīta; ततः (tataḥ) - then; पर्व (parva) - book; ज्ञेयम् (jñēyam) - should be known as; अध्यात्मवाचकम् (adhyātmavācakam) - concerning the teaching of the self;]
Then comes the Aśvamedhika book, which removes all sins; then the Anugīta book, known for its discourse on the self.
पर्व चाश्रमवासाख्यं पुत्रदर्शनमेव च। नारदागमनं पर्व ततः परमिहोच्यते॥ (BORI 1.2.67)
parva cāśramavāsākhyaṁ putradarśanamēva ca। nāradāgamanaṁ parva tataḥ paramihōcyatē॥ (BORI 1.2.67)
[पर्व (parva) - the book; च (ca) - and; आश्रमवासाख्यं (āśramavāsākhyaṁ) - called Āśramavāsa; पुत्रदर्शनम् (putradarśanam) - the meeting with the son; एव (ēva) - also; च (ca) - and; नारदागमनं (nāradāgamanaṁ) - the arrival of Nārada; पर्व (parva) - the book; ततः (tataḥ) - then; परम् (param) - after that; इह (iha) - here; उच्यते (ucyatē) - is mentioned;]
Next is the book called Āśramavāsa, and also the meeting with the son, and the book about the arrival of Nārada—after that, these are mentioned here.
मौसलं पर्व च ततो घोरं समनुवर्ण्यते। महाप्रस्थानिकं पर्व स्वर्गारोहणिकं ततः॥ (BORI 1.2.68)
mausalaṁ parva ca tatō ghōraṁ samanuvarṇyatē। mahāprasthānikaṁ parva svargārōhaṇikaṁ tataḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.68)
[मौसलं (mausalaṁ) - the Mausala; पर्व (parva) - Parva; च (ca) - and; ततो (tatō) - then; घोरं (ghōraṁ) - terrible; समनुवर्ण्यते (samanuvarṇyatē) - is described; । (।) - ; महाप्रस्थानिकं (mahāprasthānikaṁ) - the Mahaprasthanika; पर्व (parva) - Parva; स्वर्गारोहणिकं (svargārōhaṇikaṁ) - the Svargarohanika; ततः (tataḥ) - then;]
Then the terrible Mausala Parva is described, followed by the Mahaprasthanika Parva and then the Svargarohanika.
हरिवंशस्ततः पर्व पुराणं खिलसञ्ज्ञितम्। विष्णुपर्व शिशोश्चर्या विष्णोः कंसवधस्तथा॥ (NIL 1.2.82; KUM 1.2.83)
harivaṁśastataḥ parva purāṇaṁ khilasañjñitam। viṣṇuparva śiśōścaryā viṣṇōḥ kaṁsavadhastathā॥ (NIL 1.2.82; KUM 1.2.83)
[हरिवंशः (harivaṁśaḥ) - the Harivaṃśa; ततः (tataḥ) - then; पर्व (parva) - book / section; पुराणं (purāṇaṁ) - the Purāṇa; खिलसञ्ज्ञितम् (khilasañjñitam) - called a supplement; विष्णुपर्व (viṣṇuparva) - the Viṣṇu section; शिशोः चर्या (śiśōḥ caryā) - the childhood deeds; विष्णोः (viṣṇōḥ) - of Viṣṇu; कंसवधः (kaṁsavadhaḥ) - the killing of Kaṃsa; तथा (tathā) - and also;]
Then comes the Harivaṃśa section, the Purāṇa called the supplement, the Viṣṇu section detailing Viṣṇu's childhood deeds and also the slaying of Kaṃsa.
भविष्यत्पर्व चाप्युक्तं खिलेष्वेवाद्भुतं महत्॥ (BORI 1.2.69)
bhaviṣyatparva cāpyuktaṁ khilēṣvēvādbhutaṁ mahat॥ (BORI 1.2.69)
[भविष्यत्पर्व (bhaviṣyatparva) - the Bhaviṣyat Parvan; च (ca) - and; अपि (api) - also; उक्तं (uktaṁ) - is mentioned; खिलेषु (khilēṣu) - in the Khila (appendix); एव (ēva) - indeed; अद्भुतं (adbhutaṁ) - marvelous; महत् (mahat) - great;]
And the Bhaviṣyat Parvan is also described in the Khila, being truly marvelous and great.
एतत्पर्वशतं पूर्णं व्यासेनोक्तं महात्मना। यथावत्सूतपुत्रेण लोमहर्षणिना पुनः॥ (BORI 1.2.70)
ētatparvaśataṁ pūrṇaṁ vyāsēnōktaṁ mahātmanā। yathāvatsūtaputrēṇa lōmaharṣaṇinā punaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.70)
[एतत् (ētat) - this; पर्वशतम् (parvaśatam) - hundred parvans; पूर्णम् (pūrṇam) - complete; व्यासेन (vyāsēna) - by Vyāsa; उक्तम् (uktam) - spoken; महात्मना (mahātmanā) - the great-souled; यथावत् (yathāvat) - properly; सूतपुत्रेण (sūtaputrēṇa) - by the Sūta's son; लोमहर्षणिना (lōmaharṣaṇinā) - by Lomaharṣaṇa; पुनः (punaḥ) - again;]
This complete hundred-parvan account, spoken by the great Vyāsa, was again properly recited by Lomaharṣaṇa, the son of the Sūta.
कथितं नैमिषारण्ये पर्वाण्यष्टादशैव तु। समासो भारतस्यायं तत्रोक्तः पर्वसङ्ग्रहः॥ (BORI 1.2.71)
kathitaṁ naimiṣāraṇyē parvāṇyaṣṭādaśaiva tu। samāsō bhāratasyāyaṁ tatrōktaḥ parvasaṅgrahaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.71)
[कथितं (kathitaṁ) - has been told; नैमिषारण्ये (naimiṣāraṇyē) - in Naimisha Forest; पर्वाणि (parvāṇi) - the sections; अष्टादश (aṣṭādaśa) - eighteen; एव (ēva) - indeed; तु (tu) - but; समासः (samāsaḥ) - summary; भारतस्य (bhāratasya) - of the Bharata (Mahabharata); अयम् (ayam) - this; तत्र (tatra) - there; उक्तः (uktaḥ) - mentioned; पर्वसङ्ग्रहः (parvasaṅgrahaḥ) - collection of sections;]
In the Naimisha Forest, the eighteen sections were thus recounted; this is the summary of the Mahabharata, with the collection of sections mentioned there.
पौष्ये पर्वणि माहात्म्यमुत्तङ्कस्योपवर्णितम्। पौलोमे भृगुवंशस्य विस्तारः परिकीर्तितः॥ (BORI 1.2.72)
pauṣyē parvaṇi māhātmyamuttaṅkasyōpavarṇitam। paulōmē bhr̥guvaṁśasya vistāraḥ parikīrtitaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.72)
[पौष्ये (pauṣyē) - in the Pauṣya (parvan); पर्वणि (parvaṇi) - section; माहात्म्यम् (māhātmyam) - the greatness; उत्तङ्कस्य (uttaṅkasya) - of Uttanka; उपवर्णितम् (upavarṇitam) - is described; पौलोमे (paulōmē) - in the Pauloma (parvan); भृगु-वंशस्य (bhr̥gu-vaṁśasya) - of the Bhṛgu lineage; विस्तारः (vistāraḥ) - the account; परिकीर्तितः (parikīrtitaḥ) - is recounted;]
In the Pauṣya section, the greatness of Uttanka is described, and in the Pauloma section, the account of the Bhṛgu lineage is recounted.
आस्तीके सर्वनागानां गरुडस्य च सम्भवः। क्षीरोदमथनं चैव जन्मोच्छैःश्रवसस्तथा॥ (BORI 1.2.73)
āstīkē sarvanāgānāṁ garuḍasya ca sambhavaḥ। kṣīrōdamathanaṁ caiva janmōcchaiḥśravasastathā॥ (BORI 1.2.73)
[आस्तीके (āstīkē) - the tale of Āstīka; सर्वनागानाम् (sarvanāgānām) - of all the snakes; गरुडस्य (garuḍasya) - of Garuḍa; च (ca) - and; सम्भवः (sambhavaḥ) - origin; क्षीर - उद - मथनम् (kṣīra - uda - mathanam) - the churning of the ocean of milk; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - also; जन्म (janma) - the birth; उच्चैःश्रवसः (uccaiḥśravasaḥ) - of Uccaiḥśravas; तथा (tathā) - as well;]
The tale of Āstīka, the origin of all the snakes and of Garuḍa, the churning of the ocean of milk, and the birth of Uccaiḥśravas as well.
यजतः सर्पसत्रेण राज्ञः पारिक्षितस्य च। कथेयमभिनिर्वृत्ता भारतानां महात्मनाम्॥ (BORI 1.2.74)
yajataḥ sarpasatrēṇa rājñaḥ pārikṣitasya ca। kathēyamabhinirvr̥ttā bhāratānāṁ mahātmanām॥ (BORI 1.2.74)
[यजतः (yajataḥ) - of the one performing; सर्पसत्रेण (sarpasatrēṇa) - with the snake-sacrifice; राज्ञः (rājñaḥ) - of the king; पारिक्षितस्य (pārikṣitasya) - Parikshit; च (ca) - and; कथा (kathā) - the story; इयम् (iyam) - this; अभिनिर्वृत्ता (abhinirvr̥ttā) - was accomplished; भारतानां (bhāratānāṁ) - of the descendants of Bharata; महात्मनाम् (mahātmanām) - the great-souled ones;]
And the story of King Parikshit, who performed the snake-sacrifice, was thus accomplished—of the great-souled descendants of Bharata.
विविधाः सम्भवा राज्ञामुक्ताः सम्भवपर्वणि। अन्येषां चैव विप्राणामृषेर्द्वैपायनस्य च॥ (BORI 1.2.75)
vividhāḥ sambhavā rājñāmuktāḥ sambhavaparvaṇi। anyēṣāṁ caiva viprāṇāmr̥ṣērdvaipāyanasya ca॥ (BORI 1.2.75)
[विविधाः (vividhāḥ) - various; सम्भवाः (sambhavāḥ) - origin stories; राज्ञाम् (rājñām) - of kings; उक्ताः (uktāḥ) - are told; सम्भवपर्वणि (sambhavaparvaṇi) - in the Book of Origins; अन्येषाम् (anyēṣām) - of others; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - also; विप्राणाम् (viprāṇām) - of brahmins; ऋषेः द्वैपायनस्य (r̥ṣēḥ dvaipāyanasya) - of the sage Dvaipayana; च (ca) - and;]
Various origin stories of kings are told in the Book of Origins, as well as those of other brahmins and of the sage Dvaipayana.
अंशावतरणं चात्र देवानां परिकीर्तितम्। दैत्यानां दानवानां च यक्षाणां च महौजसाम्॥ (BORI 1.2.76)
aṁśāvataraṇaṁ cātra dēvānāṁ parikīrtitam। daityānāṁ dānavānāṁ ca yakṣāṇāṁ ca mahaujasām॥ (BORI 1.2.76)
[अंशावतरणं (aṁśāvataraṇaṁ) - the descent of partial incarnations; च (ca) - and; अत्र (atra) - here; देवानाम् (dēvānām) - of the gods; परिकीर्तितम् (parikīrtitam) - is described; दैत्यानाम् (daityānām) - of the Daityas; दानवानाम् (dānavānām) - of the Dānavas; च (ca) - and; यक्षाणाम् (yakṣāṇām) - of the Yakṣas; च (ca) - and; महोेजसाम् (mahōējasām) - mighty;]
Here the descent of partial incarnations of the gods is described, as well as those of the Daityas, Dānavas, and the mighty Yakṣas.
नागानामथ सर्पाणां गन्धर्वाणां पतत्रिणाम्। अन्येषां चैव भूतानां विविधानां समुद्भवः॥ (BORI 1.2.77)
nāgānāmatha sarpāṇāṁ gandharvāṇāṁ patatriṇām। anyēṣāṁ caiva bhūtānāṁ vividhānāṁ samudbhavaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.77)
[नागानाम् (nāgānām) - of the nāgas; अथ (atha) - and then; सर्पाणाम् (sarpāṇām) - of the serpents; गन्धर्वाणाम् (gandharvāṇām) - of the gandharvas; पतत्रिणाम् (patatriṇām) - of the birds; अन्येषाम् (anyēṣām) - of other; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - also; भूतानाम् (bhūtānām) - beings; विविधानाम् (vividhānām) - of various kinds; समुद्भवः (samudbhavaḥ) - origin;]
and also the origin of the nāgas, serpents, gandharvas, birds, and various other beings
महर्षेराश्रमपदे कण्वस्य च तपस्विनः॥ (NIL 1.2.95; KUM 1.2.96)
maharṣērāśramapadē kaṇvasya ca tapasvinaḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.95; KUM 1.2.96)
[महर्षेः (maharṣēḥ) - of the great sage; आश्रमपदे (āśramapadē) - at the hermitage; कण्वस्य (kaṇvasya) - of Kanva; च (ca) - and; तपस्विनः (tapasvinaḥ) - the ascetic;]
at the hermitage of the great sage Kanva, the ascetic,
शकुन्तलायां दुष्यन्ताद्भरतश्चापि जज्ञिवान्। यस्य लोकेषु नाम्नेदं प्रथितं भारतं कुलम्॥ (NIL 1.2.96; KUM 1.2.97)
śakuntalāyāṁ duṣyantādbharataścāpi jajñivān। yasya lōkēṣu nāmnēdaṁ prathitaṁ bhārataṁ kulam॥ (NIL 1.2.96; KUM 1.2.97)
[शकुन्तलायाम् (śakuntalāyām) - from Śakuntalā; दुष्यन्तात् (duṣyantāt) - and from Duṣyanta; भरतः (bharataḥ) - Bharata; च (ca) - and; अपि (api) - also; जज्ञिवान् (jajñivān) - was born; यस्य (yasya) - whose; लोकेषु (lōkēṣu) - in the worlds; नाम्ना (nāmnā) - by name; इदम् (idam) - this; प्रथितं (prathitaṁ) - renowned; भारतं (bhārataṁ) - the Bhārata; कुलम् (kulam) - clan;]
And from Śakuntalā and Duṣyanta was born Bharata, whose clan is renowned in the worlds by the name Bhārata.
वसूनां पुनरुत्पत्तिर्भागीरथ्यां महात्मनाम्। शन्तनोर्वेश्मनि पुनस्तेषां चारोहणं दिवि॥ (BORI 1.2.78)
vasūnāṁ punarutpattirbhāgīrathyāṁ mahātmanām। śantanōrvēśmani punastēṣāṁ cārōhaṇaṁ divi॥ (BORI 1.2.78)
[वसूनाम् (vasūnām) - of the Vasus; पुनः (punaḥ) - again; उत्पत्तिः (utpattiḥ) - birth; भागीरथ्यां (bhāgīrathyāṁ) - in Bhagirathi (Ganga); महात्मनाम् (mahātmanām) - of the great ones; शन्तनोः (śantanōḥ) - of Śantanu; वेश्मनि (vēśmani) - in the house; पुनः (punaḥ) - again; तेषाम् (tēṣām) - their; च (ca) - and; आरोहणम् (ārōhaṇam) - ascent; दिवि (divi) - to heaven;]
Again, the birth of the great Vasus in Bhagirathi, and again, in Śantanu's house, their ascent to heaven.
तेजोंशानां च सङ्घाताद्भीष्मस्याप्यत्र सम्भवः। राज्यान्निवर्तनं चैव ब्रह्मचर्यव्रते स्थितिः॥ (BORI 1.2.79)
tējōṁśānāṁ ca saṅghātādbhīṣmasyāpyatra sambhavaḥ। rājyānnivartanaṁ caiva brahmacaryavratē sthitiḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.79)
[तेजोंशानां (tējōṁśānāṁ) - of portions of energy; च (ca) - and; सङ्घातात् (saṅghātāt) - from the union; भीष्मस्य (bhīṣmasya) - of Bhīṣma; अपि (api) - also; अत्र (atra) - here; सम्भवः (sambhavaḥ) - origin; राज्यात् (rājyāt) - from the kingdom; निवर्तनं (nivartanaṁ) - withdrawal; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - also; ब्रह्मचर्यव्रते (brahmacaryavratē) - in the vow of celibacy; स्थितिः (sthitiḥ) - observance;]
Also, Bhīṣma’s origin from the union of portions of energy, his renunciation of the kingdom, and his observance of the vow of celibacy.
प्रतिज्ञापालनं चैव रक्षा चित्राङ्गदस्य च। हते चित्राङ्गदे चैव रक्षा भ्रातुर्यवीयसः॥ (BORI 1.2.80)
pratijñāpālanaṁ caiva rakṣā citrāṅgadasya ca। hatē citrāṅgadē caiva rakṣā bhrāturyavīyasaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.80)
[प्रतिज्ञा पालनं (pratijñā pālanaṁ) - keeping his vow; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - also; रक्षा (rakṣā) - protection; चित्राङ्गदस्य (citrāṅgadasya) - of Citrāṅgada; च (ca) - and; हते (hatē) - when he was slain; चित्राङ्गदे (citrāṅgadē) - Citrāṅgada; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - also; रक्षा (rakṣā) - protection; भ्रातुः यवीयसः (bhrātuḥ yavīyasaḥ) - of his younger brother;]
Keeping his vow, and protecting Citrāṅgada, and—when Citrāṅgada was slain—also protecting his younger brother...
विचित्रवीर्यस्य तथा राज्ये सम्प्रतिपादनम्। धर्मस्य नृषु सम्भूतिरणीमाण्डव्यशापजा॥ (BORI 1.2.81)
vicitravīryasya tathā rājyē sampratipādanam। dharmasya nr̥ṣu sambhūtiraṇīmāṇḍavyaśāpajā॥ (BORI 1.2.81)
[विचित्रवीर्यस्य (vicitravīryasya) - of Vicitrasena; तथा (tathā) - and likewise; राज्ये (rājyē) - the kingdom; सम्प्रतिपादनम् (sampratipādanam) - restoration; धर्मस्य (dharmasya) - of Dharma; नृषु (nr̥ṣu) - among men; सम्भूतिः (sambhūtiḥ) - the arising; अणि-माण्डव्य-शापजा (aṇi-māṇḍavya-śāpajā) - resulting from the curse of Ani-Mandavya;]
the restoration of Vicitrasena to the kingdom, the arising of Dharma among men as a result of Ani-Mandavya's curse
कृष्णद्वैपायनाच्चैव प्रसूतिर्वरदानजा। धृतराष्ट्रस्य पाण्डोश्च पाण्डवानां च सम्भवः॥ (BORI 1.2.82)
kr̥ṣṇadvaipāyanāccaiva prasūtirvaradānajā। dhr̥tarāṣṭrasya pāṇḍōśca pāṇḍavānāṁ ca sambhavaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.82)
[कृष्णद्वैपायनात् (kr̥ṣṇadvaipāyanāt) - from Kṛṣṇa Dvaipāyana; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - indeed; प्रसूतिḥ (prasūtiḥ) - birth; वरदानजा (varadānajā) - arising from a boon; धृतराष्ट्रस्य (dhr̥tarāṣṭrasya) - of Dhṛtarāṣṭra; पाण्डोः (pāṇḍōḥ) - of Pāṇḍu; च (ca) - and; पाण्डवानाम् (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; च (ca) - and; सम्भवः (sambhavaḥ) - origin;]
And the birth from Kṛṣṇa Dvaipāyana, arising by a boon—the origin of Dhṛtarāṣṭra, Pāṇḍu, and the Pāṇḍavas.
वारणावतयात्रा च मन्त्रो दुर्योधनस्य च। कूटस्य धार्तराष्ट्रेण प्रेषणं पाण्डवान्प्रति॥ (NIL 1.2.102; KUM 1.2.103)
vāraṇāvatayātrā ca mantrō duryōdhanasya ca। kūṭasya dhārtarāṣṭrēṇa prēṣaṇaṁ pāṇḍavānprati॥ (NIL 1.2.102; KUM 1.2.103)
[वारणावतयात्रा (vāraṇāvatayātrā) - the journey to Varanavata; च (ca) - and; मन्त्रः (mantraḥ) - the counsel; दुर्योधनस्य (duryōdhanasya) - of Duryodhana; च (ca) - and; कूटस्य (kūṭasya) - of the deceitful; धार्तराष्ट्रेण (dhārtarāṣṭrēṇa) - by the son of Dhritarashtra; प्रेषणम् (prēṣaṇam) - sending; पाण्डवान् (pāṇḍavān) - the Pandavas; प्रति (prati) - toward;]
The journey to Varanavata, Duryodhana's plot, and the sending of the deceitful (plan) by the son of Dhritarashtra toward the Pandavas.
हितोपदेशश्च पथि धर्मराजस्य धीमतः। विदुरेण कृतो यत्र हितार्थं म्लेच्छभाषया॥ (NIL 1.2.103; KUM 1.2.104)
hitōpadēśaśca pathi dharmarājasya dhīmataḥ। vidurēṇa kr̥tō yatra hitārthaṁ mlēcchabhāṣayā॥ (NIL 1.2.103; KUM 1.2.104)
[हितोपदेशः (hitōpadēśaḥ) - beneficial advice; च (ca) - and; पथि (pathi) - on the road; धर्मराजस्य (dharmarājasya) - to Yudhishthira; धीमतः (dhīmataḥ) - the wise; विदुरेण (vidurēṇa) - by Vidura; कृतः (kr̥taḥ) - given; यत्र (yatra) - where; हितार्थम् (hitārtham) - for their welfare; म्लेच्छभाषया (mlēcchabhāṣayā) - in a foreign tongue;]
And the advice intended for Yudhishthira's welfare, given by the wise Vidura on the road, using a foreign language for their benefit.
विदुरस्य च वाक्येन सुरुङ्गोपक्रमक्रिया॥ (BORI 1.2.83)
vidurasya ca vākyēna suruṅgōpakramakriyā॥ (BORI 1.2.83)
[विदुरस्य (vidurasya) - by Vidura; च (ca) - and; वाक्येन (vākyēna) - by the words; सुरुङ्गा (suruṅgā) - the tunnel; उपक्रम (upakrama) - the undertaking; क्रिया (kriyā) - action;]
and the action of undertaking the tunnel, by the words of Vidura,
निषाद्याः पञ्चपुत्रायाः सुप्ताया जतु वेश्मनि॥ (NIL 1.2.104; KUM 1.2.105)
niṣādyāḥ pañcaputrāyāḥ suptāyā jatu vēśmani॥ (NIL 1.2.104; KUM 1.2.105)
[निषाद्याः (niṣādyāḥ) - of the Niṣāda woman; पञ्चपुत्रायाः (pañcaputrāyāḥ) - with five sons; सुप्ताया (suptāyā) - while she was asleep; जतु वेश्मनि (jatu vēśmani) - in the house of lac;]
While the Niṣāda woman with her five sons was asleep in the house of lac...
पुरोचनस्य चात्रैव दहनं सम्प्रकीर्तितम्। (NIL 1.2.105; KUM 1.2.106)
purōcanasya cātraiva dahanaṁ samprakīrtitam। (NIL 1.2.105; KUM 1.2.106)
[पुरोचनस्य (purōcanasya) - of Purocana; च (ca) - and; अत्र (atra) - here; एव (ēva) - indeed; दहनं (dahanaṁ) - burning; सम्प्रकीर्तितम् (samprakīrtitam) - is described;]
And here, the burning of Purocana is also described.
पाण्डवानां वने घोरे हिडिम्बायाश्च दर्शनम्। तत्रैव च हिडिम्बस्य वधो भीमान्महाबलात्। (NIL 1.2.106; KUM 1.2.107)
pāṇḍavānāṁ vanē ghōrē hiḍimbāyāśca darśanam। tatraiva ca hiḍimbasya vadhō bhīmānmahābalāt। (NIL 1.2.106; KUM 1.2.107)
[पाण्डवानाम् (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; वने (vanē) - in the forest; घोरे (ghōrē) - fearsome; हिडिम्बायाः (hiḍimbāyāḥ) - of Hiḍimbā; च (ca) - and; दर्शनम् (darśanam) - encounter; तत्रैव (tatraiva) - there itself; च (ca) - and; हिडिम्बस्य (hiḍimbasya) - of Hiḍimba; वधः (vadhaḥ) - the slaying; भीमात् (bhīmāt) - by Bhīma; महाबलात् (mahābalāt) - of great strength;]
The Pāṇḍavas' terrifying encounter with Hiḍimbā in the forest, and there itself, the killing of Hiḍimba by the mighty Bhīma.
घटोत्कचस्य चोत्पत्तिरत्रैव परिकीर्तिता॥ (BORI 1.2.84)
ghaṭōtkacasya cōtpattiratraiva parikīrtitā॥ (BORI 1.2.84)
[घटोत्कचस्य (ghaṭōtkacasya) - of Ghaṭotkaca; च (ca) - and; उत्पत्तिः (utpattiḥ) - birth; अत्रैव (atraiva) - here itself; परिकीर्तिता (parikīrtitā) - is also recounted;]
And the birth of Ghaṭotkaca is also recounted here.
महर्षेर्दर्शनं चैव व्यासस्यामिततेजसः। तदाज्ञयैकचक्रायां ब्राह्मणस्य निवेशने॥ (NIL 1.2.107; KUM 1.2.108)
maharṣērdarśanaṁ caiva vyāsasyāmitatējasaḥ। tadājñayaikacakrāyāṁ brāhmaṇasya nivēśanē॥ (NIL 1.2.107; KUM 1.2.108)
[महर्षेः (maharṣēḥ) - of the great sage; दर्शनं (darśanaṁ) - meeting; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - indeed; व्यासस्य (vyāsasya) - of Vyāsa; अमिततेजसः (amitatējasaḥ) - of immeasurable energy; तदा (tadā) - then; आज्ञया (ājñayā) - by the command; एकचक्रायाम् (ēkacakrāyām) - in Ekacakra; ब्राह्मणस्य (brāhmaṇasya) - of the Brahmin; निवेशने (nivēśanē) - in the house;]
and the meeting with the great sage Vyāsa of immeasurable energy, and then, by his command, [their stay] in the house of the Brahmin in Ekacakra,
अज्ञातचर्या पाण्डूनां वासो ब्राह्मणवेश्मनि। बकस्य निधनं चैव नागराणां च विस्मयः॥ (BORI 1.2.85)
ajñātacaryā pāṇḍūnāṁ vāsō brāhmaṇavēśmani। bakasya nidhanaṁ caiva nāgarāṇāṁ ca vismayaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.85)
[अज्ञातचर्या (ajñātacaryā) - the period of living in concealment; पाण्डूनाम् (pāṇḍūnām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; वासः (vāsaḥ) - residence; ब्राह्मणवेश्मनि (brāhmaṇavēśmani) - in a Brāhmaṇa's house; बकस्य (bakasya) - of Baka; निधनम् (nidhanam) - the killing; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - also; नागराणाम् (nāgarāṇām) - of the townspeople; च (ca) - and; विस्मयः (vismayaḥ) - astonishment;]
the Pāṇḍavas' period of living in disguise, their stay in a Brāhmaṇa's house, the slaying of Baka, and the amazement of the townspeople
सम्भवश्चैव कृष्णाया धृष्टद्युम्नस्य चैव ह। ब्राह्मणात्समुपश्रुत्य व्यासवाक्यप्रचोदिताः॥ (NIL 1.2.109; KUM 1.2.110)
sambhavaścaiva kr̥ṣṇāyā dhr̥ṣṭadyumnasya caiva ha। brāhmaṇātsamupaśrutya vyāsavākyapracōditāḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.109; KUM 1.2.110)
[सम्भवः (sambhavaḥ) - the birth; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - indeed; कृष्णायाः (kr̥ṣṇāyāḥ) - of Kṛṣṇā; धृष्टद्युम्नस्य (dhr̥ṣṭadyumnasya) - of Dhṛṣṭadyumna; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - also; ह (ha) - indeed; ब्राह्मणात् (brāhmaṇāt) - from a Brāhmaṇa; समुपश्रुत्य (samupaśrutya) - having learned completely; व्यासवाक्य-प्रचोदिताः (vyāsavākya-pracōditāḥ) - impelled by the words of Vyāsa;]
And indeed, the births of Kṛṣṇā and Dhṛṣṭadyumna—having fully learned of them from a Brāhmaṇa, prompted by Vyāsa's words...
द्रौपदीं प्रार्थयन्तस्ते स्वयंवरदिदृक्षया। पञ्चालानभितो जग्मुर्यत्र कौतूहलान्विताः॥ (NIL 1.2.110; KUM 1.2.111)
draupadīṁ prārthayantastē svayaṁvaradidr̥kṣayā। pañcālānabhitō jagmuryatra kautūhalānvitāḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.110; KUM 1.2.111)
[द्रौपदीं (draupadīṁ) - Draupadī; प्रार्थयन्तः (prārthayantaḥ) - desiring; ते (tē) - they; स्वयंवर (svayaṁvara) - the svayaṃvara; दिदृक्षया (didr̥kṣayā) - out of a wish to see; पञ्चालान् (pañcālān) - to the land of the Pāñcālas; अभितः (abhitaḥ) - towards; जग्मुः (jagmuḥ) - went; यत्र (yatra) - where; कौतूहलान्विताः (kautūhalānvitāḥ) - full of curiosity;]
Desiring Draupadī and eager to see the svayaṃvara, they went towards the land of the Pāñcālas, where they were filled with curiosity.
अङ्गारपर्णं निर्जित्य गङ्गाकूलेऽर्जुनस्तदा। सख्यं कृत्वा ततस्तेन तस्मादेव च शुश्रुवे॥ (NIL 1.2.111; KUM 1.2.112)
aṅgāraparṇaṁ nirjitya gaṅgākūlē’rjunastadā। sakhyaṁ kr̥tvā tatastēna tasmādēva ca śuśruvē॥ (NIL 1.2.111; KUM 1.2.112)
[अङ्गारपर्णं (aṅgāraparṇaṁ) - Aṅgāraparṇa; निर्जित्य (nirjitya) - having defeated; गङ्गा-कूले (gaṅgā-kūlē) - on the bank of the Gaṅgā; अर्जुनः (arjunaḥ) - Arjuna; तदा (tadā) - then; सख्यं (sakhyaṁ) - friendship; कृत्वा (kr̥tvā) - having formed; ततः (tataḥ) - thereupon; तेन (tēna) - with him; तस्मात् एव (tasmāt ēva) - from him himself; च (ca) - and; शुश्रुवे (śuśruvē) - he heard;]
Then, having defeated Aṅgāraparṇa on the bank of the Gaṅgā, Arjuna made friendship with him, and thereupon heard from him himself.
भ्रातृभिः सहितः सर्वैः पाञ्चालानभितो ययौ॥ (BORI 1.2.86)
bhrātr̥bhiḥ sahitaḥ sarvaiḥ pāñcālānabhitō yayau॥ (BORI 1.2.86)
[भ्रातृभिः (bhrātr̥bhiḥ) - with his brothers; सहितः (sahitaḥ) - accompanied; सर्वैः (sarvaiḥ) - all; पाञ्चालान् (pāñcālān) - the Pañcālas; अभितः (abhitaḥ) - towards; ययौ (yayau) - he went;]
Accompanied by all his brothers, he went toward the Pañcālas.
पाञ्चालनगरे चापि लक्ष्यं भित्त्वा धनञ्जयः। (NIL 1.2.113; KUM 1.2.114)
pāñcālanagarē cāpi lakṣyaṁ bhittvā dhanañjayaḥ। (NIL 1.2.113; KUM 1.2.114)
[पाञ्चालनगर (pāñcālanagara) - in the city of the Pāñcālas; च (ca) - and; अपि (api) - also; लक्ष्यं (lakṣyaṁ) - the target; भित्त्वा (bhittvā) - having pierced; धनञ्जयः (dhanañjayaḥ) - Dhanañjaya;]
And in the city of the Pāñcālas, Dhanañjaya, having pierced the target...
तापत्यमथ वासिष्ठमौर्वं चाख्यानमुत्तमम्। भीमसेनार्जुनौ यत्र संरब्धान्पृथिवीपतीन्। शल्यकर्णौ च तरसा जितवन्तौ महामृधे॥ (NIL 1.2.114; KUM 1.2.115)
tāpatyamatha vāsiṣṭhamaurvaṁ cākhyānamuttamam। bhīmasēnārjunau yatra saṁrabdhānpr̥thivīpatīn। śalyakarṇau ca tarasā jitavantau mahāmr̥dhē॥ (NIL 1.2.114; KUM 1.2.115)
[तापत्य (tāpatya) - the story of Tāpatya; अथ (atha) - then; वासिष्ठमौर्वम् (vāsiṣṭhamaurvam) - the stories of Vasiṣṭha and Aurva; च (ca) - and; आख्यानम् (ākhyānam) - narrative; उत्तमम् (uttamam) - excellent; भीमसेन अर्जुनौ (bhīmasēna arjunau) - Bhīmasena and Arjuna; यत्र (yatra) - where; संरब्धान् (saṁrabdhān) - enraged; पृथिवीपतीन् (pr̥thivīpatīn) - kings; शल्य कर्णौ (śalya karṇau) - Śalya and Karṇa; च (ca) - and; तरसा (tarasā) - by strength; जितवन्तौ (jitavantau) - the two conquered; महामृधे (mahāmr̥dhē) - in the great battle;]
Then the excellent narratives of Tāpatya, Vasiṣṭha, and Aurva, where Bhīmasena and Arjuna, by their strength, conquered the furious kings—Śalya and Karṇa—in the great battle.
दृष्ट्वा तयोश्च तद्वीर्यमप्रमेयममानुषम्। (NIL 1.2.115; KUM 1.2.116)
dr̥ṣṭvā tayōśca tadvīryamapramēyamamānuṣam। (NIL 1.2.115; KUM 1.2.116)
[दृष्ट्वा (dr̥ṣṭvā) - having seen; तयोः (tayōḥ) - their; च (ca) - and; तत् (tat) - that; वीर्यम् (vīryam) - prowess; अप्रमेयम् (apramēyam) - immeasurable; अमानुषम् (amānuṣam) - superhuman;]
and having seen their immeasurable and superhuman prowess,
पञ्चेन्द्राणामुपाख्यानमत्रैवाद्भुतमुच्यते॥ (BORI 1.2.87)
pañcēndrāṇāmupākhyānamatraivādbhutamucyatē॥ (BORI 1.2.87)
[पञ्चेन्द्राणाम् (pañcēndrāṇām) - of the five Indras; उपाख्यानम् (upākhyānam) - the story; अत्र (atra) - here; एव (ēva) - indeed; अद्भुतम् (adbhutam) - wondrous; उच्यते (ucyatē) - is told;]
Here indeed, the wondrous story of the five Indras is told.
जग्मतुस्तैः समागन्तुं शालां भार्गववेश्मनि। (NIL 1.2.116; KUM 1.2.117)
jagmatustaiḥ samāgantuṁ śālāṁ bhārgavavēśmani। (NIL 1.2.116; KUM 1.2.117)
[जग्मुतुः (jagmutuḥ) - they went; तैः (taiḥ) - with them; समागन्तुम् (samāgantum) - to meet; शालाम् (śālām) - hall; भार्गव-वेश्मनि (bhārgava-vēśmani) - in Bhārgava's residence;]
They went with them to the hall in Bhārgava's residence to meet there.
पञ्चानामेकपत्नीत्वे विमर्शो द्रुपदस्य च। द्रौपद्या देवविहितो विवाहश्चाप्यमानुषः॥ (BORI 1.2.88)
pañcānāmēkapatnītvē vimarśō drupadasya ca। draupadyā dēvavihitō vivāhaścāpyamānuṣaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.88)
[पञ्चानाम् (pañcānām) - of the five; एकपत्नीत्वे (ēkapatnītvē) - having one wife; विमर्शः (vimarśaḥ) - discussion; द्रुपदस्य (drupadasya) - of Drupada; च (ca) - and; द्रौपद्या (draupadyā) - with Draupadī; देवविहितः (dēvavihitaḥ) - ordained by the gods; विवाहः (vivāhaḥ) - marriage; च (ca) - and; अपि (api) - also; अमानुषः (amānuṣaḥ) - superhuman;]
The discussion about the five (brothers) having one wife, Drupada, and the marriage with Draupadī, ordained by the gods and also superhuman...
क्षत्तुश्च धार्तराष्ट्रेण प्रेषणं पाण्डवान्प्रति। (NIL 1.2.118; KUM 1.2.119)
kṣattuśca dhārtarāṣṭrēṇa prēṣaṇaṁ pāṇḍavānprati। (NIL 1.2.118; KUM 1.2.119)
[क्षत्तुः (kṣattuḥ) - of the minister (Vidura); च (ca) - and; धार्तराष्ट्रेण (dhārtarāṣṭrēṇa) - by Dhritarashtra's son; प्रेषणम् (prēṣaṇam) - sending; पाण्डवान् (pāṇḍavān) - the Pandavas; प्रति (prati) - to;]
and the sending of the minister by Dhritarashtra's son to the Pandavas,
विदुरस्य च सम्प्राप्तिर्दर्शनं केशवस्य च। खाण्डवप्रस्थवासश्च तथा राज्यार्धशासनम्॥ (BORI 1.2.89)
vidurasya ca samprāptirdarśanaṁ kēśavasya ca। khāṇḍavaprasthavāsaśca tathā rājyārdhaśāsanam॥ (BORI 1.2.89)
[विदुरस्य (vidurasya) - Vidura’s; च (ca) - and; सम्प्राप्तिः (samprāptiḥ) - arrival; दर्शनं (darśanaṁ) - meeting; केशवस्य (kēśavasya) - of Keśava; च (ca) - and; खाण्डवप्रस्थवासः (khāṇḍavaprasthavāsaḥ) - the dwelling at Khāṇḍavaprastha; च (ca) - and; तथा (tathā) - also; राज्यार्धशासनम् (rājyārdhaśāsanam) - the rule over half the kingdom;]
The arrival of Vidura, the meeting with Keśava, the dwelling at Khāṇḍavaprastha, and also the rule over half the kingdom.
नारदस्याज्ञया चैव द्रौपद्याः समयक्रिया। सुन्दोपसुन्दयोस्तत्र उपाख्यानं प्रकीर्तितम्॥ (BORI 1.2.90)
nāradasyājñayā caiva draupadyāḥ samayakriyā। sundōpasundayōstatra upākhyānaṁ prakīrtitam॥ (BORI 1.2.90)
[नारदस्य (nāradasya) - of Nārada; आज्ञया (ājñayā) - by the instruction; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - also; द्रौपद्याः (draupadyāḥ) - of Draupadī; समयक्रिया (samayakriyā) - the custom concerning the arrangement; सुन्दः उपसुन्दयोः (sundaḥ upasundayōḥ) - of Sunda and Upasunda; तत्र (tatra) - there; उपाख्यानं (upākhyānaṁ) - the story; प्रकीर्तितम् (prakīrtitam) - was recounted;]
Also, by the instruction of Nārada, the custom concerning Draupadī was established, and there the story of Sunda and Upasunda was recounted.
अनन्तरं च द्रौपद्या सहासीनं युधिष्ठिरम्॥ (NIL 1.2.120; KUM 1.2.121)
anantaraṁ ca draupadyā sahāsīnaṁ yudhiṣṭhiram॥ (NIL 1.2.120; KUM 1.2.121)
[अनन्तरं (anantaraṁ) - after that; च (ca) - and; द्रौपद्या (draupadyā) - with Draupadī; सह (saha) - together; आसीनं (āsīnaṁ) - sitting; युधिष्ठिरम् (yudhiṣṭhiram) - Yudhiṣṭhira;]
After that, Yudhiṣṭhira was sitting together with Draupadī.
अनु प्रविश्य विप्रार्थे फाल्गुनो गृह्य चायुधम्। मोक्षयित्वा गृहं गत्वा विप्रार्थं कृतनिश्चयः॥ (NIL 1.2.121; KUM 1.2.122)
anu praviśya viprārthē phālgunō gr̥hya cāyudham। mōkṣayitvā gr̥haṁ gatvā viprārthaṁ kr̥taniścayaḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.121; KUM 1.2.122)
[अनु प्रविश्य (anu praviśya) - having gone after; विप्रार्थे (viprārthē) - for the sake of the brāhmaṇa; फाल्गुनः (phālgunaḥ) - Phālguna (Arjuna); गृह्य (gr̥hya) - taking up; च (ca) - and; आयुधम् (āyudham) - his weapon; मोक्षयित्वा (mōkṣayitvā) - having released; गृहम् (gr̥ham) - the house; गत्वा (gatvā) - departing; विप्रार्थम् (viprārtham) - for the brāhmaṇa's sake; कृतनिश्चयः (kr̥taniścayaḥ) - firm in resolve;]
Phālguna, having followed for the brāhmaṇa's sake and taken up his weapon, freed the house; then, firmly resolved to help the brāhmaṇa, he departed.
समयं पालयन्वीरो वनं यत्र जगाम ह। (NIL 1.2.122; KUM 1.2.123)
samayaṁ pālayanvīrō vanaṁ yatra jagāma ha। (NIL 1.2.122; KUM 1.2.123)
[समयं (samayaṁ) - the agreement; पालयन् (pālayan) - observing; वीरः (vīraḥ) - the hero; वनम् (vanam) - the forest; यत्र (yatra) - where; जगाम (jagāma) - departed; ह (ha) - indeed;]
The hero, faithfully observing the agreement, departed for the forest.
पार्थस्य वनवासश्च उलूप्या पथि सङ्गमः। पुण्यतीर्थानुसंयानं बभ्रुवाहनजन्म च॥ (BORI 1.2.91)
pārthasya vanavāsaśca ulūpyā pathi saṅgamaḥ। puṇyatīrthānusaṁyānaṁ babhruvāhanajanma ca॥ (BORI 1.2.91)
[पार्थस्य (pārthasya) - of Arjuna; वनवासः (vanavāsaḥ) - exile in the forest; च (ca) - and; उलूप्या (ulūpyā) - with Ulūpī; पथि (pathi) - on the way; सङ्गमः (saṅgamaḥ) - encounter; पुण्यतीर्थ (puṇyatīrtha) - sacred places; अनुसंयानं (anusaṁyānaṁ) - journeying to; बभ्रुवाहन-जन्म (babhruvāhana-janma) - the birth of Babhruvāhana; च (ca) - and;]
Arjuna's exile in the forest, his encounter with Ulūpī on the way, his journeys to sacred places, and the birth of Babhruvāhana—
तत्रैव मोक्षयामास पञ्च सोऽप्सरसः शुभाः॥ (NIL 1.2.123; KUM 1.2.124)
tatraiva mōkṣayāmāsa pañca sō’psarasaḥ śubhāḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.123; KUM 1.2.124)
[तत्र (tatra) - there; एव (ēva) - itself; मोक्षयामास (mōkṣayāmāsa) - he released; पञ्च (pañca) - five; सः (saḥ) - he; अप्सरसः (apsarasaḥ) - apsarases; शुभाः (śubhāḥ) - auspicious;]
There he released the five auspicious apsarases.
शापाद्ग्राहत्वमापन्ना ब्राह्मणस्य तपस्विनः। प्रभासतीर्थे पार्थेन कृष्णस्य च समागमः॥ (NIL 1.2.124; KUM 1.2.125)
śāpādgrāhatvamāpannā brāhmaṇasya tapasvinaḥ। prabhāsatīrthē pārthēna kr̥ṣṇasya ca samāgamaḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.124; KUM 1.2.125)
[शापात् (śāpāt) - by a curse; ग्राहत्वम् (grāhatvam) - the state of being a crocodile; आपन्नाः (āpannāḥ) - had acquired; ब्राह्मणस्य (brāhmaṇasya) - of a Brahmin; तपस्विनः (tapasvinaḥ) - who was an ascetic; प्रभासतीर्थे (prabhāsatīrthē) - at the holy place Prabhasa; पार्थेन (pārthēna) - by Arjuna; कृष्णस्य (kr̥ṣṇasya) - of Krishna; च (ca) - and; समागमः (samāgamaḥ) - encounter;]
Due to a curse, the ascetic Brahmin was turned into a crocodile; at the holy place of Prabhasa, there was an encounter with Arjuna and Krishna.
द्वारकायां सुभद्रा च कामयानेन कामिनी। वासुदेवस्यानुमते प्राप्ता चैव किरीटिना॥ (BORI 1.2.92)
dvārakāyāṁ subhadrā ca kāmayānēna kāminī। vāsudēvasyānumatē prāptā caiva kirīṭinā॥ (BORI 1.2.92)
[द्वारकायां (dvārakāyāṁ) - in Dvārakā; सुभद्रा (subhadrā) - Subhadrā; च (ca) - and; कामया (kāmayā) - desired; एन (ēna) - by him; कामिनी (kāminī) - the maiden; वासुदेवस्य (vāsudēvasya) - of Vāsudeva; अनुमते (anumatē) - with the consent; प्राप्ता (prāptā) - was obtained; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - indeed; किरीटिना (kirīṭinā) - by the Kiritin (Arjuna);]
In Dvārakā, Subhadrā, the maiden desired by him, was obtained by the Kiritin (Arjuna), with the consent of Vāsudeva.
हरणं गृह्य सम्प्राप्ते कृष्णे देवकिनन्दने। द्रौपद्यास्तनयानां च सम्भवोऽनुप्रकीर्तितः। विहारार्थं च गतयोः कृष्णयोर्यमुनामनु॥ (NIL 1.2.127; KUM 1.2.128)
haraṇaṁ gr̥hya samprāptē kr̥ṣṇē dēvakinandanē। draupadyāstanayānāṁ ca sambhavō’nuprakīrtitaḥ। vihārārthaṁ ca gatayōḥ kr̥ṣṇayōryamunāmanu॥ (NIL 1.2.127; KUM 1.2.128)
[हरणम् (haraṇam) - the abduction; गृह्य (gr̥hya) - having taken up; सम्प्राप्ते (samprāptē) - having arrived; कृष्णे (kr̥ṣṇē) - Kṛṣṇa; देवकिनन्दने (dēvakinandanē) - the son of Devakī; द्रौपद्याः (draupadyāḥ) - of Draupadī; तनयानाम् (tanayānām) - of the sons; च (ca) - and; सम्भवः (sambhavaḥ) - the birth; अनुप्रकीर्तितः (anuprakīrtitaḥ) - is recounted; विहारार्थम् (vihārārtham) - for amusement; च (ca) - and; गतयोः (gatayōḥ) - of the two who had gone; कृष्णयोः (kr̥ṣṇayōḥ) - of the two Kṛṣṇas; यमुनाम् (yamunām) - the Yamunā; अनु (anu) - along;]
The episode of the abduction, followed by the arrival of Kṛṣṇa, son of Devakī, is related, as is the birth of Draupadī’s sons, and the journey of the two Kṛṣṇas along the Yamunā for amusement.
सम्प्राप्तिश्चक्रधनुषोः खाण्डवस्य च दाहनम्॥ (BORI 1.2.93)
samprāptiścakradhanuṣōḥ khāṇḍavasya ca dāhanam॥ (BORI 1.2.93)
[सम्प्राप्तिः (samprāptiḥ) - the acquisition; चक्रधनुषोः (cakradhanuṣōḥ) - of the wielder of the discus and the bow; खाण्डवस्य (khāṇḍavasya) - of Khāṇḍava; च (ca) - and; दाहनम् (dāhanam) - the burning;]
the acquisition of the discus and bow, and the burning of Khāṇḍava
अभिमन्योः सुभद्रायां जन्म चोत्तमतेजसः। मयस्य मोक्षो ज्वलनाद्भुजङ्गस्य च मोक्षणम्। महर्षेर्मन्दपालस्य शार्ङ्ग्यं तनयसम्भवः॥ (BORI 1.2.94)
abhimanyōḥ subhadrāyāṁ janma cōttamatējasaḥ। mayasya mōkṣō jvalanādbhujaṅgasya ca mōkṣaṇam। maharṣērmandapālasya śārṅgyaṁ tanayasambhavaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.94)
[अभिमन्योः (abhimanyōḥ) - of Abhimanyu; सुभद्रायाम् (subhadrāyām) - in Subhadra; जन्म (janma) - birth; च (ca) - and; उत्तमतेजसः (uttamatējasaḥ) - of one of supreme energy; मयस्य (mayasya) - of Maya; मोक्षः (mōkṣaḥ) - release; ज्वलनात् (jvalanāt) - from the Fire; भुजङ्गस्य (bhujaṅgasya) - of the serpent; च (ca) - and; मोक्षणम् (mōkṣaṇam) - liberation; महर्षेः (maharṣēḥ) - of the great sage; मन्दपालस्य (mandapālasya) - Mandapala; शार्ङ्ग्यं (śārṅgyaṁ) - Shaarngi; तनयसम्भवः (tanayasambhavaḥ) - birth of sons;]
The birth of Abhimanyu to Subhadra, the birth of one of great energy; the release of Maya from the Fire, and the freeing of the serpent; the ascetic sage Mandapala—the origin of Shaarngi and of sons.
इत्येतदाधिपर्वोक्तं प्रथमं बहुविस्तरम्। अध्यायानां शते द्वे तु सङ्ख्याते परमर्षिणा। अष्टादशैव चाध्याया व्यासेनोत्तमतेजसा॥ (BORI 1.2.95)
ityētadādhiparvōktaṁ prathamaṁ bahuvistaram। adhyāyānāṁ śatē dvē tu saṅkhyātē paramarṣiṇā। aṣṭādaśaiva cādhyāyā vyāsēnōttamatējasā॥ (BORI 1.2.95)
[इति (iti) - thus; एतत् (ētat) - this; आधिपर्व (ādhiparva) - Ādiparva; उक्तम् (uktam) - is recounted; प्रथमम् (prathamam) - as the first; बहुविस्तरम् (bahuvistaram) - in great detail; अध्यायानाम् (adhyāyānām) - of chapters; शते (śatē) - hundred; द्वे (dvē) - two; तु (tu) - indeed; सङ्ख्याते (saṅkhyātē) - are enumerated; परमर्षिणा (paramarṣiṇā) - by the supreme sage; अष्टादश (aṣṭādaśa) - eighteen; एव (ēva) - indeed; च (ca) - and; अध्याया (adhyāyā) - sections; व्यासेन (vyāsēna) - by Vyāsa; उत्तमतेजसा (uttamatējasā) - who possesses great brilliance;]
Thus, the Ādiparva, the first book, is narrated in great detail. There are two hundred chapters as enumerated by the supreme seer, and Vyāsa of great brilliance has indeed divided it into eighteen sections.
सप्त श्लोकसहस्राणि तथा नव शतानि च। श्लोकाश्च चतुराशीतिर्दृष्टो ग्रन्थो महात्मना॥ (BORI 1.2.96)
sapta ślōkasahasrāṇi tathā nava śatāni ca। ślōkāśca caturāśītirdr̥ṣṭō granthō mahātmanā॥ (BORI 1.2.96)
[सप्त (sapta) - seven; श्लोकसहस्राणि (ślōkasahasrāṇi) - thousand verses; तथा (tathā) - and; नव (nava) - nine; शतानि (śatāni) - hundred; च (ca) - and; श्लोकाः (ślōkāḥ) - verses; चतुराशीति (caturāśīti) - eighty-four; दृष्टः (dr̥ṣṭaḥ) - is seen; ग्रन्थः (granthaḥ) - the text; महात्मना (mahātmanā) - by the great-souled one;]
The text, as observed by the great-souled one, consists of seven thousand and nine hundred verses, plus eighty-four (more) verses.
द्वितीयं तु सभापर्व बहुवृत्तान्तमुच्यते। सभाक्रिया पाण्डवानां किङ्कराणां च दर्शनम्॥ (BORI 1.2.97)
dvitīyaṁ tu sabhāparva bahuvr̥ttāntamucyatē। sabhākriyā pāṇḍavānāṁ kiṅkarāṇāṁ ca darśanam॥ (BORI 1.2.97)
[द्वितीयं (dvitīyaṁ) - the second; तु (tu) - indeed; सभापर्व (sabhāparva) - Sabha Parva; बहुवृत्तान्तम् (bahuvr̥ttāntam) - containing many stories; उच्यते (ucyatē) - is described; सभाक्रिया (sabhākriyā) - the assembly rites; पाण्डवानाम् (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; किङ्कराणाम् (kiṅkarāṇām) - of the attendants; च (ca) - and; दर्शनम् (darśanam) - the vision;]
The second, the Sabha Parva, is described as containing many stories—the assembly rites of the Pāṇḍavas and the vision of the attendants.
लोकपालसभाख्यानं नारदाद्देवदर्शनात्। राजसूयस्य चारम्भो जरासन्धवधस्तथा॥ (BORI 1.2.98)
lōkapālasabhākhyānaṁ nāradāddēvadarśanāt। rājasūyasya cārambhō jarāsandhavadhastathā॥ (BORI 1.2.98)
[लोकपालसभाख्यानं (lōkapālasabhākhyānaṁ) - the account of the assembly of the guardians of the world; नारदात् (nāradāt) - from Nārada; देवदर्शनात् (dēvadarśanāt) - from the sight of the gods; राजसूयस्य (rājasūyasya) - the Rājasūya sacrifice; च (ca) - and; आरम्भः (ārambhaḥ) - the commencement; जरासन्धवधः (jarāsandhavadhaḥ) - the killing of Jarāsandha; तथा (tathā) - and also;]
The account of the assembly of the guardians of the world, as told by Nārada after his audience with the gods; the commencement of the Rājasūya sacrifice; and also the killing of Jarāsandha.
गिरिव्रजे निरुद्धानां राज्ञां कृष्णेन मोक्षणम्। तथा दिग्विजयोऽत्रैव पाण्डवानां प्रकीर्तितः॥(NIL 1.2.134; KUM 1.2.135)
girivrajē niruddhānāṁ rājñāṁ kr̥ṣṇēna mōkṣaṇam। tathā digvijayō’traiva pāṇḍavānāṁ prakīrtitaḥ॥(NIL 1.2.134; KUM 1.2.135)
[गिरिव्रजे (girivrajē) - in Girivraja; निरुद्धानां (niruddhānāṁ) - of those who were imprisoned; राज्ञां (rājñāṁ) - kings; कृष्णेन (kr̥ṣṇēna) - by Krishna; मोक्षणम् (mōkṣaṇam) - release; तथा (tathā) - and; दिग्विजयः (digvijayaḥ) - the conquest of the directions; अत्र (atra) - here; एव (ēva) - itself; पाण्डवानाम् (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pandavas; प्रकीर्तितः (prakīrtitaḥ) - is described;]
The release by Krishna of the kings imprisoned in Girivraja, and here also the conquest of the directions by the Pandavas is described.
राज्ञामागमनं चैव सार्हणानां महक्रतौ। (NIL 1.2.135; KUM 1.2.136)
rājñāmāgamanaṁ caiva sārhaṇānāṁ mahakratau। (NIL 1.2.135; KUM 1.2.136)
[राज्ञाम् (rājñām) - of the kings; आगमनम् (āgamanam) - coming; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - also; सार्हणानाम् (sārhaṇānām) - of the Sāraṇas; महाक्रतौ (mahākratau) - at the great sacrifice;]
The arrival of the kings and also of the Sāraṇas at the great sacrifice.
राजसूयेऽर्घसंवादे शिशुपालवधस्तथा॥ (BORI 1.2.99)
rājasūyē’rghasaṁvādē śiśupālavadhastathā॥ (BORI 1.2.99)
[राजसूये (rājasūyē) - at the Rājasūya sacrifice; अर्घसंवादे (arghasaṁvādē) - at the dispute over the argha (honor offering); शिशुपालवधः (śiśupālavadhaḥ) - the slaying of Śiśupāla; तथा (tathā) - also;]
At the Rājasūya sacrifice, at the dispute over the argha, and also the slaying of Śiśupāla.
यज्ञे विभूतिं तां दृष्ट्वा दुःखामर्षान्वितस्य च। दुर्योधनस्यावहासो भीमेन च सभातले॥ (BORI 1.2.100)
yajñē vibhūtiṁ tāṁ dr̥ṣṭvā duḥkhāmarṣānvitasya ca। duryōdhanasyāvahāsō bhīmēna ca sabhātalē॥ (BORI 1.2.100)
[यज्ञे (yajñē) - during the sacrifice; विभूतिं (vibhūtiṁ) - prosperity; तां (tāṁ) - that; दृष्ट्वा (dr̥ṣṭvā) - having seen; दुःख (duḥkha) - sorrow; अमर्ष (amarṣa) - outrage; अन्वितस्य (anvitasya) - possessed by; च (ca) - and; दुर्योधनस्य (duryōdhanasya) - of Duryodhana; अवहासः (avahāsaḥ) - derision; भीमेन (bhīmēna) - by Bhima; च (ca) - and; सभातले (sabhātalē) - in the assembly hall;]
Seeing that prosperity during the sacrifice, and while Duryodhana was overcome with sorrow and outrage, Bhima derided him in the assembly hall.
यत्रास्य मन्युरुद्भूतो येन द्यूतमकारयत्। यत्र धर्मसुतं द्यूते शकुनिः कितवोऽजयत्॥ (BORI 1.2.101)
yatrāsya manyurudbhūtō yēna dyūtamakārayat। yatra dharmasutaṁ dyūtē śakuniḥ kitavō’jayat॥ (BORI 1.2.101)
[यत्र (yatra) - where; अस्य (asya) - his; मन्युः (manyuḥ) - anger; उद्भूतः (udbhūtaḥ) - arose; येना (yēnā) - by which; द्यूतम् (dyūtam) - the dice game; अकारयत् (akārayat) - he caused to be played; यत्र (yatra) - where; धर्मसुतम् (dharmasutam) - the son of Dharma; द्यूते (dyūtē) - in the game of dice; शकुनिः (śakuniḥ) - Shakuni; कितवः (kitavaḥ) - the gambler; अजयत् (ajayat) - defeated;]
Where his anger was aroused and he caused the game of dice to be played; where, in that game, Shakuni the gambler defeated the son of Dharma.
यत्र द्यूतार्णवे मग्नान्द्रौपदी नौरिवार्णवात्। धृतराष्ट्रो महाप्राज्ञः स्नुषां परमदुःखिताम्॥ (NIL 1.2.138; KUM 1.2.139)
yatra dyūtārṇavē magnāndraupadī naurivārṇavāt। dhr̥tarāṣṭrō mahāprājñaḥ snuṣāṁ paramaduḥkhitām॥ (NIL 1.2.138; KUM 1.2.139)
[यत्र (yatra) - where; द्यूत-अर्णवे (dyūta-arṇavē) - in the ocean of dice; मग्नान् (magnān) - (them) submerged; द्रौपदी (draupadī) - Draupadī; नौः-इव-अर्णवात् (nauḥ-iva-arṇavāt) - like a boat in the ocean; धृतराष्ट्रः (dhr̥tarāṣṭraḥ) - Dhṛtarāṣṭra; महाप्राज्ञः (mahāprājñaḥ) - the wise one; स्नुषां (snuṣāṁ) - his daughter-in-law; परम-दुःखिताम् (parama-duḥkhitām) - extremely distressed;]
Where, when they were submerged in the ocean of dice, Draupadī—like a boat in the sea—Dhṛtarāṣṭra, the wise one, saw his daughter-in-law, who was utterly distressed...
तारयामास तांस्तीर्णाञ्ज्ञात्वा दुर्योधनो नृपः। पुनरेव ततो द्यूते समाह्वयत पाण्डवान्॥ (BORI 1.2.102)
tārayāmāsa tāṁstīrṇāñjñātvā duryōdhanō nr̥paḥ। punarēva tatō dyūtē samāhvayata pāṇḍavān॥ (BORI 1.2.102)
[तारयामास (tārayāmāsa) - rescued; तांश् (tāṁś) - them; तीर्णान् (tīrṇān) - who had been delivered; ज्ञात्वा (jñātvā) - knowing; दुर्योधनः (duryōdhanaḥ) - Duryodhana; नृपः (nr̥paḥ) - the king; पुनः (punaḥ) - again; एव (ēva) - indeed; ततः (tataḥ) - then; द्यूते (dyūtē) - to the dice game; समाह्वयत् (samāhvayat) - summoned; पाण्डवान् (pāṇḍavān) - the Pāṇḍavas;]
Knowing that they had been rescued, King Duryodhana once again summoned the Pāṇḍavas to the dice game.
जित्वा स वनवासाय प्रेषयामास तांस्ततः। (NIL 1.2.140; KUM 1.2.141)
jitvā sa vanavāsāya prēṣayāmāsa tāṁstataḥ। (NIL 1.2.140; KUM 1.2.141)
[जित्वा (jitvā) - having defeated; स (sa) - he; वनवासाय (vanavāsāya) - to forest exile; प्रेषयामास (prēṣayāmāsa) - sent; तान् (tān) - them; ततः (tataḥ) - then;]
Having defeated them, he then sent them into exile in the forest.
एतत्सर्वं सभापर्व समाख्यातं महात्मना। अध्यायाः सप्ततिर्ज्ञेयास्तथा द्वौ चात्र सङ्ख्यया॥ (BORI 1.2.103)
ētatsarvaṁ sabhāparva samākhyātaṁ mahātmanā। adhyāyāḥ saptatirjñēyāstathā dvau cātra saṅkhyayā॥ (BORI 1.2.103)
[एतत् (ētat) - this; सर्वं (sarvaṁ) - all; सभापर्व (sabhāparva) - the Sabhāparvan; समाख्यातं (samākhyātaṁ) - is described; महात्मना (mahātmanā) - by the great-souled one; अध्यायाः (adhyāyāḥ) - chapters; सप्तति (saptati) - seventy; ज्ञेयाः (jñēyāḥ) - are to be known; तथा (tathā) - and; द्वौ (dvau) - two more; च (ca) - and; अत्र (atra) - here; सङ्ख्यया (saṅkhyayā) - by count;]
All this—the Sabhāparvan—has been described by the great-souled one; there are seventy chapters, and two more besides, to be counted here.
श्लोकानां द्वे सहस्रे तु पञ्च श्लोकशतानि च। श्लोकाश्चैकादश ज्ञेयाः पर्वण्यस्मिन्प्रकीर्तिताः॥ (BORI 1.2.104)
ślōkānāṁ dvē sahasrē tu pañca ślōkaśatāni ca। ślōkāścaikādaśa jñēyāḥ parvaṇyasminprakīrtitāḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.104)
[श्लोकानाम् (ślōkānām) - of verses; द्वे (dvē) - two; सहस्रे (sahasrē) - thousand; तु (tu) - and; पञ्च (pañca) - five; श्लोकशतानि (ślōkaśatāni) - hundreds of verses; च (ca) - and; श्लोकाः (ślōkāḥ) - verses; च (ca) - and; एकादश (ēkādaśa) - eleven; ज्ञेयाः (jñēyāḥ) - are to be known; पर्वणि (parvaṇi) - in this parvan; अस्मिन् (asmin) - this; प्रकीर्तिताः (prakīrtitāḥ) - are recounted;]
There are two thousand five hundred and eleven verses recounted in this parvan.
अतः परं तृतीयं तु ज्ञेयमारण्यकं महत्। वनवासं प्रयातेषु पाण्डवेषु महात्मसु। (NIL 1.2.143; KUM 1.2.144)
ataḥ paraṁ tr̥tīyaṁ tu jñēyamāraṇyakaṁ mahat। vanavāsaṁ prayātēṣu pāṇḍavēṣu mahātmasu। (NIL 1.2.143; KUM 1.2.144)
[अतः (ataḥ) - after this; परं (paraṁ) - thereafter; तृतीयं (tr̥tīyaṁ) - the third; तु (tu) - indeed; ज्ञेयम् (jñēyam) - should be understood; आरण्यकं (āraṇyakaṁ) - the Āraṇyaka (Forest Book); महत् (mahat) - great; वनवासं (vanavāsaṁ) - exile to the forest; प्रयातेषु (prayātēṣu) - when they had gone; पाण्डवेषु (pāṇḍavēṣu) - the Pāṇḍavas; महात्मसु (mahātmasu) - mighty-souled;]
After this, you should know that the third great book is the Āraṇyaka, relating to the exile to the forest of the mighty-souled Pāṇḍavas.
पौरानुगमनं चैव धर्मपुत्रस्य धीमतः॥ (BORI 1.2.105)
paurānugamanaṁ caiva dharmaputrasya dhīmataḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.105)
[पौर (paura) - the citizens; अनुगमनं (anugamanaṁ) - following; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - indeed; धर्मपुत्रस्य (dharmaputrasya) - of the son of Dharma; धीमतः (dhīmataḥ) - the wise;]
and the following by the citizens of the wise son of Dharma
अन्नौषधीनां च कृते पाण्डवेन महात्मना। द्विजानां भरणार्थं च कृतमाराधनं रवेः॥ (NIL 1.2.144; KUM 1.2.145)
annauṣadhīnāṁ ca kr̥tē pāṇḍavēna mahātmanā। dvijānāṁ bharaṇārthaṁ ca kr̥tamārādhanaṁ ravēḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.144; KUM 1.2.145)
[अन्नौषधीनां (annauṣadhīnāṁ) - of food and medicinal herbs; च (ca) - and; कृते (kr̥tē) - arranged; पाण्डवेन (pāṇḍavēna) - by the Pāṇḍava; महात्मना (mahātmanā) - the great-souled; द्विजानां (dvijānāṁ) - for the brahmins; भरणार्थं (bharaṇārthaṁ) - for the purpose of support; च (ca) - and; कृतम् (kr̥tam) - was provided; आराधनं (ārādhanaṁ) - an offering; रवेः (ravēḥ) - to the Sun;]
Food and medicinal herbs were arranged by the great-souled Pāṇḍava, and support was provided for the brahmins, as an offering to the Sun.
धौम्योपदेशात्तिग्मांशुप्रसादादन्नसम्भः। हितं च ब्रुवतः क्षत्तुः परित्यागोऽम्बिकासुतात्॥ (NIL 1.2.145; KUM 1.2.146)
dhaumyōpadēśāttigmāṁśuprasādādannasambhaḥ। hitaṁ ca bruvataḥ kṣattuḥ parityāgō’mbikāsutāt॥ (NIL 1.2.145; KUM 1.2.146)
[धौम्य-उपदेशात् (dhaumya-upadēśāt) - by Dhaumya's instruction; तिग्मांशु-प्रसादात् (tigmāṁśu-prasādāt) - by the grace of the sun; अन्न-सम्भः (anna-sambhaḥ) - the emergence of food; हितं (hitaṁ) - beneficial advice; च (ca) - and; ब्रुवतः (bruvataḥ) - spoken; क्षत्तुः (kṣattuḥ) - by the steward (Vidura); परित्यागः (parityāgaḥ) - the abandonment; अम्बिका-सुतात् (ambikā-sutāt) - of the son of Ambika (Dhritarashtra);]
Through Dhaumya's guidance and the sun's favor, there was the appearance of food, beneficial counsel given by the steward, and abandonment by the son of Ambika.
त्यक्तस्य पाण्डुपुत्राणां समीपगमनं तथा। पुनरागमनं चैव धृतराष्ट्रस्य शासनात्॥ (NIL 1.2.146; KUM 1.2.147)
tyaktasya pāṇḍuputrāṇāṁ samīpagamanaṁ tathā। punarāgamanaṁ caiva dhr̥tarāṣṭrasya śāsanāt॥ (NIL 1.2.146; KUM 1.2.147)
[त्यक्तस्य (tyaktasya) - having been abandoned; पाण्डुपुत्राणाम् (pāṇḍuputrāṇām) - by the sons of Pandu; समीपगमनम् (samīpagamanam) - approach; तथा (tathā) - also; पुनरागमनं (punarāgamanaṁ) - return; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - also; धृतराष्ट्रस्य (dhr̥tarāṣṭrasya) - by Dhritarashtra; शासनात् (śāsanāt) - by order;]
The approach of the sons of Pandu after having been abandoned, and also their return by the order of Dhritarashtra.
कर्णप्रोत्साहनाच्चैव धार्तराष्ट्रस्य दुर्मतेः। वनस्थान्पाण्डवान्हन्तुं मन्त्रो दुर्योधनस्यच॥ (NIL 1.2.147; KUM 1.2.148)
karṇaprōtsāhanāccaiva dhārtarāṣṭrasya durmatēḥ। vanasthānpāṇḍavānhantuṁ mantrō duryōdhanasyaca॥ (NIL 1.2.147; KUM 1.2.148)
[कर्णप्रोत्साहनात् (karṇaprōtsāhanāt) - through Karṇa's encouragement; च एव (ca ēva) - and; धार्तराष्ट्रस्य (dhārtarāṣṭrasya) - of Dhṛtarāṣṭra's son; दुर्मतेः (durmatēḥ) - of evil mind; वनस्थान् (vanasthān) - the exiled; पाण्डवान् (pāṇḍavān) - Pāṇḍavas; हन्तुं (hantuṁ) - to kill; मन्त्रः (mantraḥ) - a plot; दुर्योधनस्य च (duryōdhanasya ca) - of Duryodhana too;]
And through Karṇa's instigation, as well as the wickedness of Dhṛtarāṣṭra's son, there was a plot of Duryodhana to kill the exiled Pāṇḍavas.
तं दुष्टभावं विज्ञाय व्यासस्यागमनं द्रुतम्। निर्याणप्रतिषेधश्च सुरभ्याख्यानमेव च॥ (NIL 1.2.148; KUM 1.2.149)
taṁ duṣṭabhāvaṁ vijñāya vyāsasyāgamanaṁ drutam। niryāṇapratiṣēdhaśca surabhyākhyānamēva ca॥ (NIL 1.2.148; KUM 1.2.149)
[तं (taṁ) - that; दुष्टभावं (duṣṭabhāvaṁ) - evil intention; विज्ञाय (vijñāya) - having understood; व्यासस्य (vyāsasya) - Vyāsa's; आगमनं (āgamanaṁ) - arrival; द्रुतम् (drutam) - swift; निर्याणप्रतिषेधः (niryāṇapratiṣēdhaḥ) - prevention of departure; च (ca) - and; सुरभ्याख्यानम् (surabhyākhyānam) - the story of Surabhi; एव (ēva) - also; च (ca) - and;]
Recognizing that evil intent, the swift arrival of Vyāsa, the prevention of [his] departure, and likewise the tale of Surabhi...
मैत्रेयागमनं चात्र राज्ञश्चैवानुशासनम्। शापोत्सर्गश्च तेनैव राज्ञो दुर्योधनस्य च॥ (NIL 1.2.149; KUM 1.2.150)
maitrēyāgamanaṁ cātra rājñaścaivānuśāsanam। śāpōtsargaśca tēnaiva rājñō duryōdhanasya ca॥ (NIL 1.2.149; KUM 1.2.150)
[मैत्रेय-आगमनं (maitrēya-āgamanaṁ) - the arrival of Maitreya; च (ca) - and; अत्र (atra) - here; राज्ञः (rājñaḥ) - of the king; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - also; अनुशासनम् (anuśāsanam) - admonition; शाप-उत्सर्गः (śāpa-utsargaḥ) - the pronouncement of a curse; च (ca) - and; तेन एव (tēna ēva) - by him as well; राज्ञः (rājñaḥ) - of the king; दुर्योधनस्य (duryōdhanasya) - Duryodhana's; च (ca) - and;]
here, the arrival of Maitreya, the king's admonition, and also the pronouncement of a curse by him upon King Duryodhana
किर्मीरस्य वधश्चात्र भीमसेनेन संयुगे। (NIL 1.2.150; KUM 1.2.151)
kirmīrasya vadhaścātra bhīmasēnēna saṁyugē। (NIL 1.2.150; KUM 1.2.151)
[किर्मीरस्य (kirmīrasya) - of Kirmira; वधः (vadhaḥ) - the killing; च (ca) - and; अत्र (atra) - here; भीमसेनेन (bhīmasēnēna) - by Bhimasena; संयुगे (saṁyugē) - in battle;]
And here, the slaying of Kirmira in battle by Bhimasena.
वृष्णीनामागमो यत्र पाञ्चालानां च सर्वशः। श्रुत्वा शकुनिना द्यूते निकृत्या निर्जितांश्च तान्। क्रुद्धस्यानुप्रशमनं हरेश्चैव किरीटिना॥ (NIL 1.2.151; KUM 1.2.152)
vr̥ṣṇīnāmāgamō yatra pāñcālānāṁ ca sarvaśaḥ। śrutvā śakuninā dyūtē nikr̥tyā nirjitāṁśca tān। kruddhasyānupraśamanaṁ harēścaiva kirīṭinā॥ (NIL 1.2.151; KUM 1.2.152)
[वृष्णीनाम् (vr̥ṣṇīnām) - of the Vṛṣṇis; आगमः (āgamaḥ) - arrival; यत्र (yatra) - when; पाञ्चालानाम् (pāñcālānām) - of the Pāñcālas; च (ca) - and; सर्वशः (sarvaśaḥ) - all; श्रुत्वा (śrutvā) - having heard; शकुनिना (śakuninā) - by Śakuni; द्यूते (dyūtē) - in the game of dice; निकृत्या (nikr̥tyā) - by deceit; निर्जितान् (nirjitān) - defeated; च (ca) - and; तान् (tān) - them; क्रुद्धस्य (kruddhasya) - of the enraged; अनुप्रशमनं (anupraśamanaṁ) - appeasement; हरेः (harēḥ) - of Hari (Kṛṣṇa); च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - also; किरीटिना (kirīṭinā) - by the diademed one (Arjuna);]
There is the arrival of the Vṛṣṇis and all the Pāñcālas, when, having heard that, through Śakuni's deceit in the game of dice, they had been defeated. Then comes the appeasement of the enraged Hari (Kṛṣṇa), and also of the diademed one (Arjuna).
परिदेवनं च पाञ्चाल्या वासुदेवस्य सन्निधौ। आश्वासनं च कृष्णेन दुःखार्तायाः प्रकीर्तितम्॥ (NIL 1.2.152; KUM 1.2.153)
paridēvanaṁ ca pāñcālyā vāsudēvasya sannidhau। āśvāsanaṁ ca kr̥ṣṇēna duḥkhārtāyāḥ prakīrtitam॥ (NIL 1.2.152; KUM 1.2.153)
[परिदेवनं (paridēvanaṁ) - lamentation; च (ca) - and; पाञ्चाल्या (pāñcālyā) - by Draupadi; वासुदेवस्य (vāsudēvasya) - in the presence of Krishna; सन्निधौ (sannidhau) - in the presence (of); आश्वासनं (āśvāsanaṁ) - consolation; च (ca) - and; कृष्णेन (kr̥ṣṇēna) - by Krishna; दुःखार्तायाः (duḥkhārtāyāḥ) - to the one afflicted by sorrow; प्रकीर्तितम् (prakīrtitam) - was described;]
The lamentation by Draupadi in Krishna’s presence, and the consolation spoken by Krishna to her in her distress, were recounted.
यत्र सौभवधाख्यानं किर्मीरवध एव च। सुभद्रायाः सपुत्रायाः कृष्णेन द्वारकां पुरीम्॥ (NIL 1.2.153; KUM 1.2.154)
yatra saubhavadhākhyānaṁ kirmīravadha ēva ca। subhadrāyāḥ saputrāyāḥ kr̥ṣṇēna dvārakāṁ purīm॥ (NIL 1.2.153; KUM 1.2.154)
[यत्र (yatra) - where; सौभवधाख्यानं (saubhavadhākhyānaṁ) - the story of the destruction of Saubha; किर्मीरवध (kirmīravadha) - the slaying of Kirmira; एव (ēva) - also; च (ca) - and; सुभद्रायाः (subhadrāyāḥ) - of Subhadra; सपुत्रायाः (saputrāyāḥ) - with her son; कृष्णेन (kr̥ṣṇēna) - by Kṛṣṇa; द्वारकां (dvārakāṁ) - to Dvārakā; पुरीम् (purīm) - city;]
where are told the stories of the destruction of Saubha, the slaying of Kirmira, and of Subhadra and her son being taken by Kṛṣṇa to the city of Dvārakā
नयनं द्रौपदेयानां धृष्टद्युम्नेन चैव ह। प्रवेशः पाण्डवेयानां रम्ये द्वैतवने ततः॥ (NIL 1.2.154; KUM 1.2.155)
nayanaṁ draupadēyānāṁ dhr̥ṣṭadyumnēna caiva ha। pravēśaḥ pāṇḍavēyānāṁ ramyē dvaitavanē tataḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.154; KUM 1.2.155)
[नयनं (nayanaṁ) - the bringing; द्रौपदेयानां (draupadēyānāṁ) - of the sons of Draupadī; धृष्टद्युम्नेन (dhr̥ṣṭadyumnēna) - by Dhṛṣṭadyumna; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - also; ह (ha) - indeed; प्रवेशः (pravēśaḥ) - the entry; पाण्डवेयानां (pāṇḍavēyānāṁ) - of the Pāṇḍavas; रम्ये (ramyē) - into the pleasant; द्वैटवने (dvaiṭavanē) - Dvaita forest; ततः (tataḥ) - then;]
The bringing of Draupadī's sons by Dhṛṣṭadyumna, and then the entry of the Pāṇḍavas into the pleasant Dvaita forest.
धर्मराजस्य चात्रैव संवादः कृष्णया सह। संवादश्च तथा राज्ञा भीमस्यापि प्रकीर्तितः॥ (NIL 1.2.155; KUM 1.2.156)
dharmarājasya cātraiva saṁvādaḥ kr̥ṣṇayā saha। saṁvādaśca tathā rājñā bhīmasyāpi prakīrtitaḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.155; KUM 1.2.156)
[धर्मराजस्य (dharmarājasya) - of Dharmaraja; च (ca) - and; अत्रैव (atraiva) - here itself; संवादः (saṁvādaḥ) - conversation; कृष्णया (kr̥ṣṇayā) - with Krishna (Draupadi); सह (saha) - together with; संवादः (saṁvādaḥ) - conversation; च (ca) - and; तथा (tathā) - likewise; राज्ञा (rājñā) - by the king; भीमस्य (bhīmasya) - of Bhima; अपि (api) - also; प्रकीर्तितः (prakīrtitaḥ) - is recounted;]
Here, the conversation of Dharmaraja with Krishna (Draupadi), as well as the conversation of the king with Bhima, is also described.
समीपं पाण्डुपुत्राणां व्यासस्यागमनं तथा। प्रतिश्रुत्याथ विद्याया दानं राज्ञो महर्षिणा॥ (NIL 1.2.156; KUM 1.2.157)
samīpaṁ pāṇḍuputrāṇāṁ vyāsasyāgamanaṁ tathā। pratiśrutyātha vidyāyā dānaṁ rājñō maharṣiṇā॥ (NIL 1.2.156; KUM 1.2.157)
[समीपं (samīpaṁ) - the approach; पाण्डुपुत्राणां (pāṇḍuputrāṇāṁ) - of the sons of Paṇḍu; व्यासस्य (vyāsasya) - of Vyāsa; आगमनं (āgamanaṁ) - arrival; तथा (tathā) - also; प्रतिश्रुत्य (pratiśrutya) - having promised; अथ (atha) - then; विद्यायाः (vidyāyāḥ) - of knowledge; दानं (dānaṁ) - granting; राज्ञः (rājñaḥ) - to the king; महार्षिणा (mahārṣiṇā) - by the great sage;]
the approach of Vyāsa to the sons of Paṇḍu, and, having promised, then the granting of knowledge to the king by the great sage
गमनं काम्यके चापि व्यासे प्रतिगते ततः। (NIL 1.2.157; KUM 1.2.158)
gamanaṁ kāmyakē cāpi vyāsē pratigatē tataḥ। (NIL 1.2.157; KUM 1.2.158)
[गमनं (gamanaṁ) - departure; काम्यके (kāmyakē) - to Kamyaka; च (ca) - and; अपि (api) - also; व्यासे (vyāsē) - when Vyāsa; प्रतिगते (pratigatē) - had departed; ततः (tataḥ) - then;]
Then, when Vyāsa had departed, their departure for Kamyaka as well...
अस्त्रहेतोर्विवासश्च पार्थस्यामिततेजसः॥ (BORI 1.2.106)
astrahētōrvivāsaśca pārthasyāmitatējasaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.106)
[अस्त्रहेतोः (astrahētōḥ) - for the sake of weapons; विवासः (vivāsaḥ) - exile; च (ca) - and; पार्थस्य (pārthasya) - of Pārtha; अमिततेजसः (amitatējasaḥ) - of immeasurable glory;]
And the exile of Pārtha of immeasurable glory for the sake of weapons;
महादेवेन युद्धं च किरातवपुषा सह। दर्शनं लोकपालानां स्वर्गारोहणमेव च॥ (BORI 1.2.107)
mahādēvēna yuddhaṁ ca kirātavapuṣā saha। darśanaṁ lōkapālānāṁ svargārōhaṇamēva ca॥ (BORI 1.2.107)
[महादेवेन (mahādēvēna) - with Mahadeva; युद्धं (yuddhaṁ) - combat; च (ca) - and; किरात-वपुषा (kirāta-vapuṣā) - in the form of a Kirata; सह (saha) - with; दर्शनं (darśanaṁ) - the audience; लोकपालानाम् (lōkapālānām) - of the guardians of the worlds; स्वर्ग आरोहणम् (svarga ārōhaṇam) - ascent to heaven; एव (ēva) - and also; च (ca) - and;]
Combat with Mahadeva, who had taken the form of a Kirata; an audience with the guardians of the worlds; and also an ascent to heaven.
महेन्द्रलोकगमनमस्त्रार्थे च किरीटिनः। यत्र चिन्ता समुत्पन्ना धृतराष्ट्रस्य भूयसी॥ (NIL 1.2.159; KUM 1.2.160)
mahēndralōkagamanamastrārthē ca kirīṭinaḥ। yatra cintā samutpannā dhr̥tarāṣṭrasya bhūyasī॥ (NIL 1.2.159; KUM 1.2.160)
[महेन्द्र-लोक-गमनम् (mahēndra-lōka-gamanam) - the journey to Indra's world; अस्त्र-अर्थे (astra-arthē) - for the sake of divine weapons; च (ca) - and; किरीटिनः (kirīṭinaḥ) - of the one with the crown (Arjuna); यत्र (yatra) - where; चिन्ता (cintā) - anxiety; समुत्पन्ना (samutpannā) - arose; धृतराष्ट्रस्य (dhr̥tarāṣṭrasya) - of Dhritarashtra; भूयसी (bhūyasī) - great;]
the journey to Indra's world for the sake of divine weapons by Arjuna, where great anxiety arose in Dhritarashtra
दर्शनं बृहदश्वस्य महर्षेर्भावितात्मनः। युधिष्ठिरस्य चार्तस्य व्यसने परिदेवनम्॥ (BORI 1.2.108)
darśanaṁ br̥hadaśvasya maharṣērbhāvitātmanaḥ। yudhiṣṭhirasya cārtasya vyasanē paridēvanam॥ (BORI 1.2.108)
[दर्शनम् (darśanam) - meeting; बृहदश्वस्य (br̥hadaśvasya) - of Bṛhadāśva; महर्षेः (maharṣēḥ) - the great seer; भावितात्मनः (bhāvitātmanaḥ) - of the spiritually-minded; युधिष्ठिरस्य (yudhiṣṭhirasya) - of Yudhiṣṭhira; च (ca) - and; आर्तस्य (ārtasya) - afflicted; व्यासने (vyāsanē) - in misfortune; परिदेवनम् (paridēvanam) - lamentation;]
The meeting with Bṛhadāśva, the great seer of spiritual insight, and Yudhiṣṭhira's lamentation as he suffered misfortune.
नलोपाख्यानमत्रैव धर्मिष्ठं करुणोदयम्। दमयन्त्याः स्थितिर्यत्र नलस्य व्यसनागमे॥ (BORI 1.2.109)
nalōpākhyānamatraiva dharmiṣṭhaṁ karuṇōdayam। damayantyāḥ sthitiryatra nalasya vyasanāgamē॥ (BORI 1.2.109)
[नलोपाख्यानम् (nalōpākhyānam) - the story of Nala; अत्र (atra) - here; एव (ēva) - itself; धर्मिष्ठं (dharmiṣṭhaṁ) - righteous; करुण-उदयम् (karuṇa-udayam) - full of compassion; दमयन्त्याः (damayantyāḥ) - of Damayanti; स्थिति (sthiti) - situation; यत्र (yatra) - in which; नलस्य (nalasya) - of Nala; व्यसन-आगमे (vyasana-āgamē) - at the onset of calamity;]
Here is the story of Nala, righteous and full of compassion, which tells of Damayanti's situation when calamity befell Nala.
तथाऽक्षहृदयप्राप्तिस्तस्मादेव महर्षितः। लोमशस्यागमस्तत्र स्वर्गात्पाण्डुसुतान्प्रति॥ (NIL 1.2.162; KUM 1.2.163)
tathā’kṣahr̥dayaprāptistasmādēva maharṣitaḥ। lōmaśasyāgamastatra svargātpāṇḍusutānprati॥ (NIL 1.2.162; KUM 1.2.163)
[तथा (tathā) - in this way; अक्ष-हृदय-प्राप्तिः (akṣa-hr̥daya-prāptiḥ) - the acquisition of the science of dice; तस्मात् एव (tasmāt ēva) - from that very (event); महर्षितः (maharṣitaḥ) - greatly afflicted; लोमशस्य (lōmaśasya) - of Lomasha; आगमः (āgamaḥ) - arrival; तत्र (tatra) - then; स्वर्गात् (svargāt) - from heaven; पाण्डु-सुतान् प्रति (pāṇḍu-sutān prati) - to the sons of Pandu;]
In this way, there was the acquisition of the science of dice—out of that very event—great affliction, and then the arrival of Lomasha from heaven to the sons of Pandu.
वनवासगतानां च पाण्डवानां महात्मनाम्। स्वर्गे प्रवृत्तिराख्याता लोमशेनार्जुनस्य वै॥ (BORI 1.2.110)
vanavāsagatānāṁ ca pāṇḍavānāṁ mahātmanām। svargē pravr̥ttirākhyātā lōmaśēnārjunasya vai॥ (BORI 1.2.110)
[वनवासगतानां (vanavāsagatānāṁ) - of those who went into exile; च (ca) - and; पाण्डवानां (pāṇḍavānāṁ) - of the Pāṇḍavas; महात्मनाम् (mahātmanām) - great-souled; स्वर्गे (svargē) - in heaven; प्रवृत्तिर् (pravr̥ttir) - the events; आख्या (ākhyā) - were described; लोमशेन (lōmaśēna) - by Lomaśa; अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - to Arjuna; वै (vai) - indeed;]
And the events concerning the great-souled Pāṇḍavas who had gone into exile in the forest were indeed described in heaven by Lomaśa to Arjuna.
तीर्थयात्रा तथैवात्र पाण्डवानां महात्मनाम्। जटासुरस्य तत्रैव वधः समुपवर्ण्यते॥ (BORI 1.2.111)
tīrthayātrā tathaivātra pāṇḍavānāṁ mahātmanām। jaṭāsurasya tatraiva vadhaḥ samupavarṇyatē॥ (BORI 1.2.111)
[तीर्थयात्रा (tīrthayātrā) - the pilgrimage to holy places; तथैव (tathaiva) - likewise; अत्र (atra) - here; पाण्डवानां (pāṇḍavānāṁ) - of the Pāṇḍavas; महात्मनाम् (mahātmanām) - great-souled; जटासुरस्य (jaṭāsurasya) - of Jaṭāsura; तत्रैव (tatraiva) - there itself; वधः (vadhaḥ) - the killing; समुपवर्ण्यते (samupavarṇyatē) - is also described;]
Here too, the pilgrimage of the great-souled Pāṇḍavas is described, as well as the slaying of Jaṭāsura there.
नियुक्तो भीमसेनश्च द्रौपद्या गन्धमादने। यत्र मन्दारपुष्पार्थं नलिनीं तामधर्षयत्॥ (BORI 1.2.112)
niyuktō bhīmasēnaśca draupadyā gandhamādanē। yatra mandārapuṣpārthaṁ nalinīṁ tāmadharṣayat॥ (BORI 1.2.112)
[नियुक्तः (niyuktaḥ) - sent; भीमसेनः (bhīmasēnaḥ) - Bhīmasena; च (ca) - and; द्रौपद्या (draupadyā) - by Draupadī; गन्धमादने (gandhamādanē) - on Gandhamadana; यत्र (yatra) - where; मन्दारपुष्पार्थम् (mandārapuṣpārtham) - to obtain mandāra flowers; नलिनीम् (nalinīm) - the lotus-lake; ताम् (tām) - that; अधर्षयत् (adharṣayat) - he forced his way into;]
Bhīmasena, having been sent by Draupadī on Gandhamadana, forced his way into that lotus-lake where mandāra flowers were to be found.
यत्रास्य सुमहद्युद्धमभवत्सह राक्षसैः। यक्षैश्चापि महावीर्यैर्मणिमत्प्रमुखैस्तथा॥ (BORI 1.2.113)
yatrāsya sumahadyuddhamabhavatsaha rākṣasaiḥ। yakṣaiścāpi mahāvīryairmaṇimatpramukhaistathā॥ (BORI 1.2.113)
[यत्र (yatra) - where; अस्य (asya) - for him; सुमहत् युद्धम् (sumahat yuddham) - a very great battle; अभवत् (abhavat) - took place; सह राक्षसैः (saha rākṣasaiḥ) - with the Rākṣasas; यक्षैः च अपि (yakṣaiḥ ca api) - and also with the Yakṣas; महावीर्यैः (mahāvīryaiḥ) - of great power; मणिमत् प्रमुखैः तथा (maṇimat pramukhaiḥ tathā) - led by Maṇimat and others;]
There, a very great battle took place for him with the Rākṣasas and also with the mighty Yakṣas, led by Maṇimat and others.
आगस्त्यमपि चाख्यानं यत्र वातापिभक्षणम्। लोपामुद्राभिगमनमपत्यार्थमृषेरपि॥ (BORI 1.2.114)
āgastyamapi cākhyānaṁ yatra vātāpibhakṣaṇam। lōpāmudrābhigamanamapatyārthamr̥ṣērapi॥ (BORI 1.2.114)
[आगस्त्यम् (āgastyam) - the story of Agastya; अपि (api) - also; च (ca) - and; आख्यानम् (ākhyānam) - narrative; यत्र (yatra) - in which; वातापि-भक्षणम् (vātāpi-bhakṣaṇam) - the eating of Vatapi; लोपामुद्रा-अभिगमनम् (lōpāmudrā-abhigamanam) - the approach to Lopamudra; अपत्य-अर्थम् (apatya-artham) - for the sake of offspring; ऋषेः (r̥ṣēḥ) - of the seer; अपि (api) - also;]
Also the narrative of Agastya, in which he ate Vatapi and approached Lopamudra for the sake of offspring.
ततः श्येनकपोतीयमुपाख्यानमनन्तरम्। इन्द्रोऽग्निर्यत्र धर्मश्च अजिज्ञासञ्शिबिं नृपम्॥ (BORI 1.2.115)
tataḥ śyēnakapōtīyamupākhyānamanantaram। indrō’gniryatra dharmaśca ajijñāsañśibiṁ nr̥pam॥ (BORI 1.2.115)
[ततः (tataḥ) - then; श्येन-कपोतीयम् (śyēna-kapōtīyam) - the tale of the hawk and the pigeons; उपाख्यानम् (upākhyānam) - story; अनन्तरम् (anantaram) - immediately after; इन्द्रः (indraḥ) - Indra; अग्निः (agniḥ) - Agni; धर्मः च (dharmaḥ ca) - and Dharma; अजिज्ञासन् (ajijñāsan) - put to the test; शिबिं (śibiṁ) - Śibi; नृपम् (nr̥pam) - the king;]
Then immediately follows the story of the hawk and the pigeons, in which Indra, Agni, and Dharma put King Śibi to the test.
ऋश्यशृङ्गस्य चरितं कौमारब्रह्मचारिणः। जामदग्न्यस्य रामस्य चरितं भूरितेजसः॥ (BORI 1.2.116)
r̥śyaśr̥ṅgasya caritaṁ kaumārabrahmacāriṇaḥ। jāmadagnyasya rāmasya caritaṁ bhūritējasaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.116)
[ऋश्यशृङ्गस्य (r̥śyaśr̥ṅgasya) - of R̥śyaśr̥ṅga; चरितं (caritaṁ) - the account; कौमारब्रह्मचारिणः (kaumārabrahmacāriṇaḥ) - of one who was a celibate from childhood; जामदग्न्यस्य (jāmadagnyasya) - of Jāmadagnya; रामस्य (rāmasya) - Rāma's; चरितं (caritaṁ) - the account; भूरितेजसः (bhūritējasaḥ) - of great energy;]
The account of R̥śyaśr̥ṅga, who was a celibate from childhood, and the account of Rāma Jāmadagnya, who was of great energy.
कार्तवीर्यवधो यत्र हैहयानां च वर्ण्यते। प्रभासतीर्थे पाण्डूनां वृष्णिभिश्च समागमः॥ (NIL 1.2.169; KUM 1.2.170)
kārtavīryavadhō yatra haihayānāṁ ca varṇyatē। prabhāsatīrthē pāṇḍūnāṁ vr̥ṣṇibhiśca samāgamaḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.169; KUM 1.2.170)
[कार्तवीर्यवधः (kārtavīryavadhaḥ) - the slaying of Kārtavīrya; यत्र (yatra) - where; हैहयानां (haihayānāṁ) - of the Haihayas; च (ca) - and; वर्ण्यते (varṇyatē) - is described; प्रभासतीर्थे (prabhāsatīrthē) - at the holy place of Prabhāsa; पाण्डूनाम् (pāṇḍūnām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; वृष्णिभिः (vr̥ṣṇibhiḥ) - with the Vṛṣṇis; च (ca) - and; समागमः (samāgamaḥ) - meeting;]
Where the slaying of Kārtavīrya and the Haihayas is described, and the meeting of the Pāṇḍavas with the Vṛṣṇis at the sacred site of Prabhāsa.
सौकन्यमपि चाख्यानं च्यवनो यत्र भार्गवः॥ (BORI 1.2.117)
saukanyamapi cākhyānaṁ cyavanō yatra bhārgavaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.117)
[सौकन्यम् (saukanyam) - the story of Sukanya; अपि (api) - also; च (ca) - and; आख्यानम् (ākhyānam) - narrative; च्यवनः (cyavanaḥ) - Cyavana; यत्र (yatra) - in which; भार्गवः (bhārgavaḥ) - the descendant of Bhrigu;]
And also the tale of Sukanya, in which Cyavana, the descendant of Bhrigu, appears.
शर्यातियज्ञे नासत्यौ कृतवान्सोमपीथिनौ। ताभ्यां च यत्र स मुनिर्यौवनं प्रतिपादितः॥ (BORI 1.2.118)
śaryātiyajñē nāsatyau kr̥tavānsōmapīthinau। tābhyāṁ ca yatra sa muniryauvanaṁ pratipāditaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.118)
[शर्यातियज्ञे (śaryātiyajñē) - at the śaryāti's sacrifice; नासत्यौ (nāsatyau) - the two Aśvins; कृतवान् (kr̥tavān) - performed; सोमपीथिनौ (sōmapīthinau) - the drinking of Soma; ताभ्यां (tābhyāṁ) - by them; च (ca) - and; यत्र (yatra) - where; स मुनिः (sa muniḥ) - that sage; यौवनम् (yauvanam) - youth; प्रतिपादितः (pratipāditaḥ) - was restored;]
At the sacrifice of Śaryāti, the two Aśvins performed the Soma-drinking; and there, by them, that sage had his youth restored.
मान्धातुश्चाप्युपाख्यानं राज्ञोऽत्रैव प्रकीर्तितम्॥ (NIL 1.2.171; KUM 1.2.172)
māndhātuścāpyupākhyānaṁ rājñō’traiva prakīrtitam॥ (NIL 1.2.171; KUM 1.2.172)
[मान्धातुः (māndhātuḥ) - of Māndhātṛ; च (ca) - and; अपि (api) - also; उपाख्यानम् (upākhyānam) - the story; राज्ञः (rājñaḥ) - of the king; अत्र (atra) - here; एव (ēva) - also; प्रकीर्तितम् (prakīrtitam) - is recounted;]
And here also the story of King Māndhātṛ is recounted.
जन्तूपाख्यानमत्रैव यत्र पुत्रेण सोमकः। पुत्रार्थमयजद्राजा लेभे पुत्रशतं च सः॥ (BORI 1.2.119)
jantūpākhyānamatraiva yatra putrēṇa sōmakaḥ। putrārthamayajadrājā lēbhē putraśataṁ ca saḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.119)
[जन्तू-उपाख्यानम् (jantū-upākhyānam) - the story of Jantu; अत्र एव (atra ēva) - right here; यत्र (yatra) - where; पुत्रेण (putrēṇa) - by his son; सोमकः (sōmakaḥ) - Somaka; पुत्र-अर्थम् (putra-artham) - for the sake of a son; अयजत् (ayajat) - performed a sacrifice; राजा (rājā) - the king; लेभे (lēbhē) - obtained; पुत्र-शतं (putra-śataṁ) - a hundred sons; च (ca) - and; सः (saḥ) - he;]
The story of Jantu is also told here, where King Somaka, with his son, performed a sacrifice for the sake of a son and obtained a hundred sons.
अष्टावक्रीयमत्रैव विवादे यत्र बन्दिनम्। अष्टावक्रस्य विप्रर्षेर्जनकस्याध्वरेऽभवत्॥ (NIL 1.2.174; KUM 1.2.175)
aṣṭāvakrīyamatraiva vivādē yatra bandinam। aṣṭāvakrasya viprarṣērjanakasyādhvarē’bhavat॥ (NIL 1.2.174; KUM 1.2.175)
[अष्टावक्रीयम् (aṣṭāvakrīyam) - the story of Ashtavakra; अत्र (atra) - here; एव (ēva) - indeed; विवादे (vivādē) - in the debate; यत्र (yatra) - where; बन्दिनम् (bandinam) - Bandi; अष्टावक्रस्य (aṣṭāvakrasya) - of Ashtavakra; विप्रर्षेः (viprarṣēḥ) - the brahmin sage; जनकस्य (janakasya) - of Janaka; अध्वरे (adhvarē) - at the sacrifice; अभवत् (abhavat) - it occurred;]
Here also is the story of Ashtavakra, where, at Janaka's sacrifice, the brahmin sage Ashtavakra debated with Bandi.
नैयायिकानां मुख्येन वरुणस्यात्मजेन च। पराजितो यत्र बन्दी विवादेन महात्मना॥ (NIL 1.2.175; KUM 1.2.176)
naiyāyikānāṁ mukhyēna varuṇasyātmajēna ca। parājitō yatra bandī vivādēna mahātmanā॥ (NIL 1.2.175; KUM 1.2.176)
[नैयायिकानां (naiyāyikānāṁ) - of the logicians; मुख्येन (mukhyēna) - by the chief; वरुणस्यात्मजेन (varuṇasyātmajēna) - by the son of Varuṇa; च (ca) - and; पराजितः (parājitaḥ) - defeated; यत्र (yatra) - where; बन्दी (bandī) - Bandi; विवादेन (vivādēna) - in debate; महात्मना (mahātmanā) - by the great-souled one;]
There, Bandi was defeated in debate by the chief of the logicians and by the great-souled son of Varuṇa.
विजित्य सागरं प्राप्तं पितरं लब्धवानृषिः॥ (BORI 1.2.120)
vijitya sāgaraṁ prāptaṁ pitaraṁ labdhavānr̥ṣiḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.120)
[विजित्य (vijitya) - having conquered; सागरम् (sāgaram) - the ocean; प्राप्तम् (prāptam) - having reached; पितरम् (pitaram) - his father; लब्धवान् (labdhavān) - attained; ऋषिः (r̥ṣiḥ) - the sage;]
Having conquered the ocean and reached his father, the sage attained him.
यवक्रीतस्य चाख्यानं रैभ्यस्य च महात्मनः। गन्धमादनयात्रा च वासो नारायणाश्रमे॥ (NIL 1.2.176; KUM 1.2.177)
yavakrītasya cākhyānaṁ raibhyasya ca mahātmanaḥ। gandhamādanayātrā ca vāsō nārāyaṇāśramē॥ (NIL 1.2.176; KUM 1.2.177)
[यवक्रीतस्य (yavakrītasya) - of Yavakrīta; च (ca) - and; आख्यानं (ākhyānaṁ) - the story; रैभ्यस्य (raibhyasya) - of Raibhya; च (ca) - and; महात्मनः (mahātmanaḥ) - the great-souled; गन्धमादन-यात्रा (gandhamādana-yātrā) - the journey to Gandhamādana; च (ca) - and; वासः (vāsaḥ) - the sojourn; नारायण-आश्रमे (nārāyaṇa-āśramē) - in the Nārāyaṇa hermitage;]
The story of Yavakrīta and of the great-souled Raibhya; the journey to Gandhamādana, and the stay at the Nārāyaṇa hermitage.
व्रजन्पथि महाबाहुर्दृष्टवान्पवनात्मजम्॥ (NIL 1.2.177; KUM 1.2.178)
vrajanpathi mahābāhurdr̥ṣṭavānpavanātmajam॥ (NIL 1.2.177; KUM 1.2.178)
[व्रजन् (vrajan) - while going; पथि (pathi) - on the path; महाबाहुः (mahābāhuḥ) - the mighty-armed (one); दृष्टवान् (dr̥ṣṭavān) - saw; पवनात्मजम् (pavanātmajam) - the son of the wind;]
While traveling along the path, the mighty-armed one saw the son of the wind.
कदलीषण्डमध्यस्थं हनूमन्तं महाबलम्। यत्र सौगन्धिकार्थेऽसौ नलिनीं तामधर्षयत्॥ (NIL 1.2.178)
kadalīṣaṇḍamadhyasthaṁ hanūmantaṁ mahābalam। yatra saugandhikārthē’sau nalinīṁ tāmadharṣayat॥ (NIL 1.2.178)
[कदलीषण्डमध्यस्थम् (kadalīṣaṇḍamadhyastham) - in the midst of a cluster of banana trees; हनूमन्तम् (hanūmantam) - Hanuman; महाबलम् (mahābalam) - of great strength; यत्र (yatra) - where; सौगन्धिक-अर्थे (saugandhika-arthē) - for the sake of the Saugandhika (lotus); असौ (asau) - he (Bhīma); नलिनीम् (nalinīm) - the pond of lotuses; ताम् (tām) - that; अधर्षयत् (adharṣayat) - disturbed;]
In the midst of a cluster of banana trees, Hanuman of great strength—there, for the sake of the Saugandhika lotus, he (Bhīma) disturbed that lotus pond.
जटासुरस्य च वधो राक्षसस्य वृकोदरात्। वृषपर्वणो राजर्षेस्ततोऽभिगमनं स्मृतम्॥ (NIL 1.2.180; KUM 1.2.181)
jaṭāsurasya ca vadhō rākṣasasya vr̥kōdarāt। vr̥ṣaparvaṇō rājarṣēstatō’bhigamanaṁ smr̥tam॥ (NIL 1.2.180; KUM 1.2.181)
[जटासुरस्य (jaṭāsurasya) - of Jatāsura; च (ca) - and; वधः (vadhaḥ) - slaying; राक्षसस्य (rākṣasasya) - of the rakshasa; वृकोदरात् (vr̥kōdarāt) - by Vṛkodara; वृषपर्वणः (vr̥ṣaparvaṇaḥ) - to Vṛṣaparvan; राजर्षेः (rājarṣēḥ) - of the royal sage; ततः (tataḥ) - then; अभिगमनं (abhigamanaṁ) - approach; स्मृतम् (smr̥tam) - is remembered;]
And the slaying of the rakshasa Jatāsura by Vṛkodara, then the approach to the royal sage Vṛṣaparvan, are remembered.
आर्ष्टिषेणाश्रमे चैषां गमनं वास एव च। प्रोत्साहनं च पाञ्चाल्या भीमस्यात्र महात्मनः॥ (NIL 1.2.181; KUM 1.2.182)
ārṣṭiṣēṇāśramē caiṣāṁ gamanaṁ vāsa ēva ca। prōtsāhanaṁ ca pāñcālyā bhīmasyātra mahātmanaḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.181; KUM 1.2.182)
[आर्ष्टिषेणाश्रमे (ārṣṭiṣēṇāśramē) - at the hermitage of Ṛṣṭiṣeṇa; च (ca) - and; एषां (ēṣāṁ) - of them; गमनं (gamanaṁ) - the arrival; वास (vāsa) - and the stay; एव (ēva) - indeed; च (ca) - and; प्रोत्साहनं (prōtsāhanaṁ) - the encouragement; च (ca) - and; पाञ्चाल्या (pāñcālyā) - by Draupadī; भीमस्य (bhīmasya) - of Bhīma; अत्र (atra) - here; महात्मनः (mahātmanaḥ) - the great-souled one;]
Their journey to and residence at the hermitage of Ṛṣṭiṣeṇa, and here, Draupadī's encouragement of the great-souled Bhīma.
कैलासारोहणं प्रोक्तं यत्र यक्षैर्बलोत्कटैः। युद्धमासीन्महाघोरं मणिमत्प्रमुखैः सह॥ (NIL 1.2.182; KUM 1.2.183)
kailāsārōhaṇaṁ prōktaṁ yatra yakṣairbalōtkaṭaiḥ। yuddhamāsīnmahāghōraṁ maṇimatpramukhaiḥ saha॥ (NIL 1.2.182; KUM 1.2.183)
[कैलासारोहणं (kailāsārōhaṇaṁ) - the ascent of Mount Kailasa; प्रोक्तं (prōktaṁ) - has been described; यत्र (yatra) - where; यक्षैः (yakṣaiḥ) - by the Yakshas; बलोत्कटैः (balōtkaṭaiḥ) - of great might; युद्धम् (yuddham) - battle; आसीत् (āsīt) - there was; महाघोरम् (mahāghōram) - very terrible; मणिमत्-प्रधानैः (maṇimat-pradhānaiḥ) - led by Manimat; सह (saha) - together with;]
The ascent of Mount Kailasa is described, where there was a fierce battle with the powerful Yakshas headed by Manimat.
समागमश्च पाण्डूनां यत्र वैश्रवणेन च। समागमश्चार्जुनस्य तत्रैव भ्रातृभिः सह॥ (NIL 1.2.183; KUM 1.2.184)
samāgamaśca pāṇḍūnāṁ yatra vaiśravaṇēna ca। samāgamaścārjunasya tatraiva bhrātr̥bhiḥ saha॥ (NIL 1.2.183; KUM 1.2.184)
[समागमः (samāgamaḥ) - meeting; च (ca) - and; पाण्डूनाम् (pāṇḍūnām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; यत्र (yatra) - where; वैश्रवणेन (vaiśravaṇēna) - with Vaiśravaṇa; च (ca) - and; समागमः (samāgamaḥ) - meeting; च (ca) - and; अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - of Arjuna; तत्रैव (tatraiva) - there itself; भ्रातृभिः (bhrātr̥bhiḥ) - with his brothers; सह (saha) - along with;]
And the meeting of the Pāṇḍavas with Vaiśravaṇa there, and also Arjuna’s meeting with his brothers at that very place.
अवाप्य दिव्यान्यस्त्राणि गुर्वर्थे सव्यसाचिना। निवातकवचैर्युद्धं हिरण्यपुरवासिभिः॥ (BORI 1.2.121)
avāpya divyānyastrāṇi gurvarthē savyasācinā। nivātakavacairyuddhaṁ hiraṇyapuravāsibhiḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.121)
[अवाप्य (avāpya) - having obtained; दिव्यानि (divyāni) - divine; अस्त्राणि (astrāṇi) - weapons; गुरुवर्थे (guruvarthē) - for the sake of his teacher; सव्यसाचिना (savyasācinā) - by Savyasācin (Arjuna); निवातकवचैः (nivātakavacaiḥ) - with the Nivātakavachas; युद्धं (yuddhaṁ) - battle; हिरण्यपुरवासिभिः (hiraṇyapuravāsibhiḥ) - with the inhabitants of Hiranyapura;]
Having obtained divine weapons for the sake of his teacher, Savyasācin (Arjuna) fought a battle with the Nivātakavachas, the inhabitants of Hiranyapura.
निवातकवचैर्घोरैर्दानवैः सुरशत्रुभिः। पौलोमैः कालकेयैश्च यत्र युद्धं किरीटिनः॥ (NIL 1.2.185; KUM 1.2.186)
nivātakavacairghōrairdānavaiḥ suraśatrubhiḥ। paulōmaiḥ kālakēyaiśca yatra yuddhaṁ kirīṭinaḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.185; KUM 1.2.186)
[निवातकवचैः (nivātakavacaiḥ) - by the Nivātakavacas; घोरैः (ghōraiḥ) - terrible; दानवैः (dānavaiḥ) - Dānavas; सुरशत्रुभिः (suraśatrubhiḥ) - enemies of the gods; पौलोमैः (paulōmaiḥ) - by the Paulomas; कालकेयैः (kālakēyaiḥ) - by the Kālakeyas; च (ca) - and; यत्र (yatra) - where; युद्धं (yuddhaṁ) - battle; किरीटिनः (kirīṭinaḥ) - of the one with the diadem;]
where the diademed hero fought a battle with the terrible Nivātakavaca Dānavas, the enemies of the gods, and with the Paulomas and the Kālakeyas
वधश्चैषां समाख्यातो राज्ञस्तेनैव धीमता। अस्त्रसन्दर्शनारम्भो धर्मराजस्य सन्निधौ॥ (NIL 1.2.186; KUM 1.2.187)
vadhaścaiṣāṁ samākhyātō rājñastēnaiva dhīmatā। astrasandarśanārambhō dharmarājasya sannidhau॥ (NIL 1.2.186; KUM 1.2.187)
[वधः (vadhaḥ) - the destruction; च (ca) - and; एषाम् (ēṣām) - of these; समाख्यातः (samākhyātaḥ) - has been described; राज्ञा (rājñā) - by the king; तेन एव (tēna ēva) - by that very (one); धीमता (dhīmatā) - wise; अस्त्र-सन्दर्शन-आरम्भः (astra-sandarśana-ārambhaḥ) - the beginning of the exhibition of weapons; धर्मराजस्य (dharmarājasya) - before Yudhishthira; सन्निधौ (sannidhau) - in the presence;]
Their destruction has also been described by that wise king, and the exhibition of weapons commenced in the presence of Yudhishthira.
समागमश्च पार्थस्य भ्रातृभिर्गन्धमादने। अवरोहणं पुनश्चैव पाण्डूनां गन्धमादनात्॥ (NIL 1.2.187; KUM 1.2.188)
samāgamaśca pārthasya bhrātr̥bhirgandhamādanē। avarōhaṇaṁ punaścaiva pāṇḍūnāṁ gandhamādanāt॥ (NIL 1.2.187; KUM 1.2.188)
[समागमः (samāgamaḥ) - encounter; च (ca) - and; पार्थस्य (pārthasya) - of Arjuna; भ्रातृभिः (bhrātr̥bhiḥ) - with his brothers; गन्धमादने (gandhamādanē) - on Mount Gandhamadana; अवरोहणं (avarōhaṇaṁ) - descent; पुनः (punaḥ) - again; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - also; पाण्डूनाम् (pāṇḍūnām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; गन्धमादनात् (gandhamādanāt) - from Gandhamadana;]
and the encounter of Arjuna with his brothers on Mount Gandhamadana, and then the descent again of the Pāṇḍavas from Gandhamadana
भीमस्य ग्रहणं चात्र पर्वताभोगवर्ष्मणा। भुजगेन्द्रेण बलिना तस्मिन्सुगहने वने॥ (NIL 1.2.188; KUM 1.2.189)
bhīmasya grahaṇaṁ cātra parvatābhōgavarṣmaṇā। bhujagēndrēṇa balinā tasminsugahanē vanē॥ (NIL 1.2.188; KUM 1.2.189)
[भीमस्य (bhīmasya) - of Bhima; ग्रहणं (grahaṇaṁ) - the seizing; च (ca) - and; अत्र (atra) - here; पर्वत-अभोग-वर्ष्मणा (parvata-abhōga-varṣmaṇā) - with a form like the mass of a mountain; भुजगेन्द्रेण (bhujagēndrēṇa) - by the lord of serpents; बलिना (balinā) - the powerful one; तस्मिन् (tasmin) - in that; सुगहने (sugahanē) - dense; वने (vanē) - forest;]
and here the seizing of Bhima, who was taken by the mighty lord of serpents with a body like a mass of mountains, in that dense forest
घोषयात्रा च गन्धर्वैर्यत्र युद्धं किरीटिनः॥ (BORI 1.2.122)
ghōṣayātrā ca gandharvairyatra yuddhaṁ kirīṭinaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.122)
[घोषयात्रा (ghōṣayātrā) - the cattle-raid; च (ca) - and; गन्धर्वैः (gandharvaiḥ) - by the Gandharvas; यत्र (yatra) - where; युद्धं (yuddhaṁ) - battle; किरीटिनः (kirīṭinaḥ) - of Arjuna;]
and the cattle-raid, where there was a battle between Arjuna and the Gandharvas
पुनरागमनं चैव तेषां द्वैतवनं सरः। जयद्रथेनापहारो द्रौपद्याश्चाश्रमान्तरात्॥ (BORI 1.2.123)
punarāgamanaṁ caiva tēṣāṁ dvaitavanaṁ saraḥ। jayadrathēnāpahārō draupadyāścāśramāntarāt॥ (BORI 1.2.123)
[पुनरागमनं (punarāgamanaṁ) - return; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - also; तेषां (tēṣāṁ) - of them; द्वैतवनं (dvaitavanaṁ) - Dwaita forest; सरः (saraḥ) - lake; जयद्रथेन (jayadrathēna) - by Jayadratha; अपहारः (apahāraḥ) - abduction; द्रौपद्याः (draupadyāḥ) - of Draupadi; च (ca) - and; आश्रमान्तरात् (āśramāntarāt) - from another hermitage;]
their return to the lake in the Dwaita forest, and the abduction of Draupadi by Jayadratha from another hermitage,
यत्रैनमन्वयाद्भीमो वायुवेगसमो जवे। मार्कण्डेयसमस्यायामुपाख्यानानि भागशः॥ (BORI 1.2.124)
yatrainamanvayādbhīmō vāyuvēgasamō javē। mārkaṇḍēyasamasyāyāmupākhyānāni bhāgaśaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.124)
[यत्र (yatra) - where; एनम् (ēnam) - him; अन्वयात् (anvayāt) - went after; भीमः (bhīmaḥ) - Bhima; वायु-वेग-समः (vāyu-vēga-samaḥ) - equal to the wind in speed; जवे (javē) - in swiftness; मार्कण्डेय-समस्यायाम् (mārkaṇḍēya-samasyāyām) - at the time of Markandeya's questions; उपाख्यानानि (upākhyānāni) - stories; भागशः (bhāgaśaḥ) - in parts;]
where Bhima, as swift as the wind, went in pursuit of him; at the time of Markandeya's questions, stories (were told) in portions...
पृथोर्वैन्यस्य यत्रोक्तमाख्यानं परमर्षिणा॥ (NIL 1.2.191; KUM 1.2.192)
pr̥thōrvainyasya yatrōktamākhyānaṁ paramarṣiṇā॥ (NIL 1.2.191; KUM 1.2.192)
[पृथोः (pr̥thōḥ) - of Prithu; वैन्यस्य (vainyasya) - the son of Vena; यत्र (yatra) - where; उक्तम् (uktam) - is told; आख्यानम् (ākhyānam) - the story; परमर्षिणा (paramarṣiṇā) - by the supreme sage;]
where the story of Prithu, son of Vena, is told by the supreme sage,
संवादश्च सरस्वत्यास्तार्क्ष्यर्षेः सुमहात्मनः। मत्स्योपाख्यानमत्रैव प्रोच्यते तदनन्तरम्॥ (NIL 1.2.192; KUM 1.2.193)
saṁvādaśca sarasvatyāstārkṣyarṣēḥ sumahātmanaḥ। matsyōpākhyānamatraiva prōcyatē tadanantaram॥ (NIL 1.2.192; KUM 1.2.193)
[संवादः (saṁvādaḥ) - dialogue; च (ca) - and; सरस्वत्या (sarasvatyā) - of Sarasvati; तार्क्ष्यर्षेः (tārkṣyarṣēḥ) - with the great sage Tarkṣya; सुमहात्मनः (sumahātmanaḥ) - the very great soul; मत्स्योपाख्यानम् (matsyōpākhyānam) - the tale of the Fish (Matsya); अत्रैव (atraiva) - here itself; प्रोच्यते (prōcyatē) - is narrated; तत् (tat) - that; अनन्तरम् (anantaram) - immediately afterward;]
And the dialogue between Sarasvati and the greatly wise sage Tarkṣya, as well as the tale of the Fish, are narrated here, immediately thereafter.
मार्कण्डेयसमास्या च पुराणं परिकीर्त्यते। ऐन्द्रद्युम्नामुपाख्यानं धौन्धुमारं तथैव च॥ (NIL 1.2.193)
mārkaṇḍēyasamāsyā ca purāṇaṁ parikīrtyatē। aindradyumnāmupākhyānaṁ dhaundhumāraṁ tathaiva ca॥ (NIL 1.2.193)
[मार्कण्डेयसमास्या (mārkaṇḍēyasamāsyā) - from the conversation with Mārkaṇḍeya; च (ca) - and; पुराणं (purāṇaṁ) - ancient tale; परिकीर्त्यते (parikīrtyatē) - is recounted; ऐन्द्रद्युम्नम् (aindradyumnam) - the story of Indradyumna; उपाख्यानं (upākhyānaṁ) - narrative; धौन्धुमारं (dhaundhumāraṁ) - the story of Dhundhumāra; तथैव (tathaiva) - likewise; च (ca) - and;]
And from the conversation with Mārkaṇḍeya, the ancient tale is recounted—the story of Indradyumna and likewise the tale of Dhundhumāra.
पतिव्रतायाश्चाख्यानं तथैवाङ्गिरसं स्मृतम्। (NIL 1.2.194; KUM 1.2.195)
pativratāyāścākhyānaṁ tathaivāṅgirasaṁ smr̥tam। (NIL 1.2.194; KUM 1.2.195)
[पतिव्रतायाः (pativratāyāḥ) - of the devoted wife; च (ca) - and; आख्यानं (ākhyānaṁ) - account; तथैव (tathaiva) - likewise; आङ्गिरसं (āṅgirasaṁ) - the Angirasa; स्मृतम् (smr̥tam) - is mentioned;]
The account of the devoted wife, as well as that of the Angirasa, is mentioned.
संदर्शनं च कृष्णस्य संवादश्चैव सत्यया। पुनर्द्वैतवनं चैव पाण्डवाः समुपागताः। घोषयात्रा च गन्धर्वैर्यत्र बद्धः सुयोधनः॥ (NIL 1.2.195; KUM 1.2.196)
saṁdarśanaṁ ca kr̥ṣṇasya saṁvādaścaiva satyayā। punardvaitavanaṁ caiva pāṇḍavāḥ samupāgatāḥ। ghōṣayātrā ca gandharvairyatra baddhaḥ suyōdhanaḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.195; KUM 1.2.196)
[संदर्शनं (saṁdarśanaṁ) - meeting; च (ca) - and; कृष्णस्य (kr̥ṣṇasya) - of Krishna; संवादः (saṁvādaḥ) - conversation; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - indeed; सत्यया (satyayā) - with Satyabhama; पुनः (punaḥ) - again; द्वैतवनं (dvaitavanaṁ) - Dwaita forest; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - also; पाण्डवाः (pāṇḍavāḥ) - the Pandavas; समुपागताः (samupāgatāḥ) - arrived; घोषयात्रा (ghōṣayātrā) - campaign against the cowherds; च (ca) - and; गन्धर्वैः (gandharvaiḥ) - by the Gandharvas; यत्र (yatra) - where; बद्धः (baddhaḥ) - was seized; सुयोधनः (suyōdhanaḥ) - Suyodhana;]
The meeting with Krishna and his conversation with Satyabhama; again, the visit of the Pandavas to the Dwaita forest; and the campaign against the cowherds, where Suyodhana was captured by the Gandharvas.
ह्रियमाणस्तु मन्दात्मा मोक्षितोऽसौ किरीटिना। धर्मराजस्य चात्रैव मृगस्वप्ननिदर्शनात्॥ (NIL 1.2.196; KUM 1.2.197)
hriyamāṇastu mandātmā mōkṣitō’sau kirīṭinā। dharmarājasya cātraiva mr̥gasvapnanidarśanāt॥ (NIL 1.2.196; KUM 1.2.197)
[ह्रियमाणः (hriyamāṇaḥ) - when he was being taken away; तु (tu) - but; मन्दात्मा (mandātmā) - the foolish one; मोक्षितः (mōkṣitaḥ) - was released; असौ (asau) - he; किरीटिना (kirīṭinā) - by Arjuna; धर्मराजस्य (dharmarājasya) - of Yudhishthira; च (ca) - and; अत्र (atra) - here; एव (ēva) - itself; मृगस्वप्ननिदर्शनात् (mr̥gasvapnanidarśanāt) - as shown by the dream of the deer;]
But when the foolish Duryodhana was being carried away, he was released by Arjuna, just as Yudhishthira predicted here from the vision in the deer dream.
काम्यके काननश्रेष्ठे पुनर्गमनमुच्यते। (NIL 1.2.197; KUM 1.2.198)
kāmyakē kānanaśrēṣṭhē punargamanamucyatē। (NIL 1.2.197; KUM 1.2.198)
[काम्यके (kāmyakē) - in Kamyaka; कानन-श्रेष्ठे (kānana-śrēṣṭhē) - the best of forests; पुनः-गमनम् (punaḥ-gamanam) - return; उच्यते (ucyatē) - is told;]
The return to Kamyaka, the best of forests, is now recounted.
व्रीहिद्रौणिकमाख्यानमैन्द्रद्युम्नं तथैव च॥ (BORI 1.2.125)
vrīhidrauṇikamākhyānamaindradyumnaṁ tathaiva ca॥ (BORI 1.2.125)
[व्रीहि (vrīhi) - Vrihi; द्रौणिक (drauṇika) - Draunika; माख्यानम (mākhyānama) - account; ऐन्द्रद्युम्नम् (aindradyumnam) - Indradyumna; तथैव (tathaiva) - as well; च (ca) - and;]
The story of Vrihi, Draunika, and Indradyumna as well,
दुर्वाससोऽप्युपाख्यानमत्रैव परिकीर्तितम्। (NIL 1.2.198; KUM 1.2.199)
durvāsasō’pyupākhyānamatraiva parikīrtitam। (NIL 1.2.198; KUM 1.2.199)
[दुर्वाससः (durvāsasaḥ) - of Durvāsas; अपि (api) - also; उपाख्यानम् (upākhyānam) - the story; अत्र (atra) - here; एव (ēva) - indeed; परिकीर्तितम् (parikīrtitam) - is recounted;]
The story of Durvāsas also is recounted right here.
सावित्र्यौद्दालकीयं च वैन्योपाख्यानमेव च। चक्रे चैनं पञ्चशिखं यत्र भीमो महाबलः॥ (NIL 1.2.199; KUM 1.2.200)
sāvitryauddālakīyaṁ ca vainyōpākhyānamēva ca। cakrē cainaṁ pañcaśikhaṁ yatra bhīmō mahābalaḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.199; KUM 1.2.200)
[सावित्र्यौद्दालकीयं (sāvitryauddālakīyaṁ) - the Savitri and Uddalaka episodes; च (ca) - and; वैन्योपाख्यानम् (vainyōpākhyānam) - the Vainya episode; एव (ēva) - also; च (ca) - and; चक्रे (cakrē) - he composed; च (ca) - and; एनम् (ēnam) - this; पञ्चशिखं (pañcaśikhaṁ) - the Panchashikha episode; यत्र (yatra) - where; भीमः (bhīmaḥ) - Bhima; महाबलः (mahābalaḥ) - the mighty;]
He also composed the episodes of Savitri and Uddalaka, the episode of Vainya, and the Panchashikha episode in which the mighty Bhima appears.
रामायणमुपाख्यानमत्रैव बहुविस्तरम्॥ (BORI 1.2.126)
rāmāyaṇamupākhyānamatraiva bahuvistaram॥ (BORI 1.2.126)
[रामायणम् (rāmāyaṇam) - the tale of Rāma; उपाख्यानम् (upākhyānam) - an episode; अत्र (atra) - here; एव (ēva) - indeed; बहु (bahu) - very; विस्तरम् (vistaram) - extensive;]
Here, too, is recounted at length the episode of the Rāmāyaṇa.
यत्र रामेण विक्रम्य निहतो रावणो युधि॥ (NIL 1.2.200; KUM 1.2.201)
yatra rāmēṇa vikramya nihatō rāvaṇō yudhi॥ (NIL 1.2.200; KUM 1.2.201)
[यत्र (yatra) - where; रामेण (rāmēṇa) - by Rāma; विक्रम्य (vikramya) - having fought bravely; निहतः (nihataḥ) - was slain; रावणः (rāvaṇaḥ) - Rāvaṇa; युधि (yudhi) - in battle;]
where Rāvaṇa was slain in battle by the valiant Rāma
सावित्र्याश्चाप्युपाख्यानमत्रैव परिकीर्तितम्। (NIL 1.2.201; KUM 1.2.202)
sāvitryāścāpyupākhyānamatraiva parikīrtitam। (NIL 1.2.201; KUM 1.2.202)
[सावित्र्याः (sāvitryāḥ) - of Sāvitrī; च (ca) - and; अपि (api) - also; उपाख्यानम् (upākhyānam) - the story; अत्र (atra) - here; एव (ēva) - indeed; परिकीर्तितम् (parikīrtitam) - is related;]
And the story of Sāvitrī is indeed also recounted here.
कर्णस्य परिमोषोऽत्र कुण्डलाभ्यां पुरंदरात्। यत्रास्य शक्तिं तुष्टोऽसावदादेकवधाय च। (NIL 1.2.202; KUM 1.2.203)
karṇasya parimōṣō’tra kuṇḍalābhyāṁ puraṁdarāt। yatrāsya śaktiṁ tuṣṭō’sāvadādēkavadhāya ca। (NIL 1.2.202; KUM 1.2.203)
[कर्णस्य (karṇasya) - of Karṇa; परिमोषः (parimōṣaḥ) - the taking away; अत्र (atra) - here; कुण्डलाभ्यां (kuṇḍalābhyāṁ) - of the earrings; पुरंदरात् (puraṁdarāt) - by Purandara; यत्र (yatra) - when; अस्य (asya) - to him; शक्तिम् (śaktim) - the spear; तुष्टः (tuṣṭaḥ) - being pleased; असौ (asau) - he; अदात् (adāt) - gave; एकवधाय (ēkavadhāya) - for the slaying of one; च (ca) - and;]
Here is also told how Purandara took Karṇa's earrings, and how, being pleased, he gave him the spear that could slay one enemy.
आरणेयमुपाख्यानं यत्र धर्मोऽन्वशात्सुतम्। जग्मुर्लब्धवरा यत्र पाण्डवाः पश्चिमां दिशम्॥ (BORI 1.2.127)
āraṇēyamupākhyānaṁ yatra dharmō’nvaśātsutam। jagmurlabdhavarā yatra pāṇḍavāḥ paścimāṁ diśam॥ (BORI 1.2.127)
[आरणेयम् (āraṇēyam) - the Araṇeya; उपाख्यानम् (upākhyānam) - tale; यत्र (yatra) - where; धर्मः (dharmaḥ) - Yudhishthira; अन्वशात् (anvaśāt) - pursued; सुतम् (sutam) - his son; जग्मुः (jagmuḥ) - went; लब्धवरा (labdhavarā) - those who had obtained boons; यत्र (yatra) - where; पाण्डवाः (pāṇḍavāḥ) - the Pāṇḍavas; पश्चिमाम् (paścimām) - the western; दिशम् (diśam) - direction;]
The Araṇeya tale, where Yudhishthira pursued his son, and where the Pāṇḍavas, who had received boons, went in the western direction.
एतदारण्यकं पर्व तृतीयं परिकीर्तितम्। अत्राध्यायशते द्वे तु सङ्ख्याते परमर्षिणा। एकोनसप्ततिश्चैव तथाध्यायाः प्रकीर्तिताः॥ (BORI 1.2.128)
ētadāraṇyakaṁ parva tr̥tīyaṁ parikīrtitam। atrādhyāyaśatē dvē tu saṅkhyātē paramarṣiṇā। ēkōnasaptatiścaiva tathādhyāyāḥ prakīrtitāḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.128)
[एतत् (ētat) - this; आरण्यकं (āraṇyakaṁ) - Āraṇyaka; पर्व (parva) - book; तृतीयं (tr̥tīyaṁ) - third; परिकीर्तितम् (parikīrtitam) - is declared; अत्र (atra) - here; अध्यायशते (adhyāyaśatē) - two hundreds of chapters; द्वे (dvē) - two; तु (tu) - indeed; सङ्ख्याते (saṅkhyātē) - are counted; परमर्षिणा (paramarṣiṇā) - by the supreme sage; एकोनसप्ततिः (ēkōnasaptatiḥ) - sixty-nine; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - also; तथा (tathā) - and; अध्यायाः (adhyāyāḥ) - chapters; प्रकीर्तिताः (prakīrtitāḥ) - are declared;]
This third book, called the Āraṇyaka, is so declared; here, two hundred and sixty-nine chapters are enumerated by the supreme sage.
एकादश सहस्राणि श्लोकानां षट्शतानि च। चतुःषष्टिस्तथा श्लोकाः पर्वैतत्परिकीर्तितम्॥ (BORI 1.2.129)
ēkādaśa sahasrāṇi ślōkānāṁ ṣaṭśatāni ca। catuḥṣaṣṭistathā ślōkāḥ parvaitatparikīrtitam॥ (BORI 1.2.129)
[एकादश (ēkādaśa) - eleven; सहस्राणि (sahasrāṇi) - thousand; श्लोकानाम् (ślōkānām) - of verses; षट् (ṣaṭ) - six; शतानि (śatāni) - hundred; च (ca) - and; चतुःषष्टिः (catuḥṣaṣṭiḥ) - sixty-four; तथा (tathā) - as well; श्लोकाः (ślōkāḥ) - verses; पर्व (parva) - (this) book; एतत् (ētat) - this; परिकीर्तितम् (parikīrtitam) - is said to contain;]
This book is said to contain eleven thousand six hundred and sixty-four verses.
अतः परं निबोधेदं वैराटं पर्वविस्तरम्। विराटनगरं गत्वा श्मशाने विपुलां शमीम्। दृष्ट्वा संनिदधुस्तत्र पाण्डवा आयुधान्युत॥ (BORI 1.2.130)
ataḥ paraṁ nibōdhēdaṁ vairāṭaṁ parvavistaram। virāṭanagaraṁ gatvā śmaśānē vipulāṁ śamīm। dr̥ṣṭvā saṁnidadhustatra pāṇḍavā āyudhānyuta॥ (BORI 1.2.130)
[अतः परम् (ataḥ param) - after this; निबोध (nibōdha) - know; इदम् (idam) - this; वैराटम् (vairāṭam) - Virāta; पर्वविस्तरम् (parvavistaram) - episode in detail; विराटनगरम् (virāṭanagaram) - the city of Virāta; गत्वा (gatvā) - having gone; श्मशाने (śmaśānē) - in the cremation ground; विपुलाम् शमीम् (vipulām śamīm) - a great Śamī tree; दृष्ट्वा (dr̥ṣṭvā) - having seen; संनिदधुः (saṁnidadhuḥ) - they deposited; तत्र (tatra) - there; पाण्डवाः (pāṇḍavāḥ) - the Pāṇḍavas; आयुधानि (āyudhāni) - their weapons; उत (uta) - also;]
Now hear in detail the Virāta episode: After going to the city of Virāta, the Pāṇḍavas, having seen a great Śamī tree in the cremation ground, deposited their weapons there.
यत्र प्रविश्य नगरं छद्मभिर्न्यवसन्त ते। पाञ्चालीं प्रार्थयानस्य कामोपहतचेतसः। (NIL 1.2.208; KUM 1.2.209)
yatra praviśya nagaraṁ chadmabhirnyavasanta tē। pāñcālīṁ prārthayānasya kāmōpahatacētasaḥ। (NIL 1.2.208; KUM 1.2.209)
[यत्र (yatra) - where; प्रविश्य (praviśya) - entering; नगरं (nagaraṁ) - the city; छद्मभिः (chadmabhiḥ) - in disguise; न्यवसन्त (nyavasanta) - they lived; ते (tē) - they; पाञ्चालीं (pāñcālīṁ) - Panchali; प्रार्थयानस्य (prārthayānasya) - of the one who was courting; कामोपहतचेतसः (kāmōpahatacētasaḥ) - whose mind was overcome by desire;]
There, having entered the city in disguise, they lived, while one whose mind was overcome by desire was wooing Panchali.
दुरात्मनो वधो यत्र कीचकस्य वृकोदरात्॥ (BORI 1.2.131)
durātmanō vadhō yatra kīcakasya vr̥kōdarāt॥ (BORI 1.2.131)
[दुरात्मनः (durātmanaḥ) - of the wicked man; वधः (vadhaḥ) - the killing; यत्र (yatra) - where; कीचकस्य (kīcakasya) - of Kīcaka; वृकोदरात् (vr̥kōdarāt) - by Bhīma;]
where the wicked Kīcaka was killed by Bhīma
पाण्डवान्वेषणार्थं च राज्ञो दुर्योधनस्य च। चाराः प्रस्थापिताश्चात्र निपुणाः सर्वतो दिशम्॥ (NIL 1.2.209; KUM 1.2.210)
pāṇḍavānvēṣaṇārthaṁ ca rājñō duryōdhanasya ca। cārāḥ prasthāpitāścātra nipuṇāḥ sarvatō diśam॥ (NIL 1.2.209; KUM 1.2.210)
[पाण्डवान् (pāṇḍavān) - the Pāṇḍavas; वेषणार्थं (vēṣaṇārthaṁ) - for the purpose of searching; च (ca) - and; राज्ञः (rājñaḥ) - the king's; दुर्योधनस्य (duryōdhanasya) - Duryodhana's; च (ca) - and; चाराः (cārāḥ) - spies; प्रस्थापिताः (prasthāpitāḥ) - were sent out; च (ca) - and; अत्र (atra) - here; निपुणाः (nipuṇāḥ) - skilled; सर्वतः (sarvataḥ) - in every; दिशम् (diśam) - direction;]
And here, skilled spies were sent out in every direction, both for the purpose of searching for the Pāṇḍavas and on the orders of King Duryodhana.
न च प्रवृत्तिस्तैर्लब्धा पाण्डवानां महात्मनाम्। (NIL 1.2.210; KUM 1.2.211)
na ca pravr̥ttistairlabdhā pāṇḍavānāṁ mahātmanām। (NIL 1.2.210; KUM 1.2.211)
[न (na) - not; च (ca) - and; प्रवृत्तिः (pravr̥ttiḥ) - information; तैः (taiḥ) - by them; लब्धा (labdhā) - was obtained; पाण्डवानाम् (pāṇḍavānām) - of the Pāṇḍavas; महात्मनाम् (mahātmanām) - the great-souled;]
And those great-souled Pāṇḍavas—no information about them was obtained by those agents.
गोग्रहे यत्र पार्थेन निर्जिताः कुरवो युधि। यत्रास्य युद्धं सुमहत्तैरासील्लोमहर्षणम्। ह्रियमाणश्च यत्रासौ भीमसेनेन मोक्षितः॥ (NIL 1.2.211; KUM 1.2.212)
gōgrahē yatra pārthēna nirjitāḥ kuravō yudhi। yatrāsya yuddhaṁ sumahattairāsīllōmaharṣaṇam। hriyamāṇaśca yatrāsau bhīmasēnēna mōkṣitaḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.211; KUM 1.2.212)
[गोग्रहे (gōgrahē) - at the cattle capture; यत्र (yatra) - where; पार्थेन (pārthēna) - by Arjuna; निर्जिताः (nirjitāḥ) - vanquished; कुरवः (kuravaḥ) - the Kurus; युधि (yudhi) - in battle; यत्र (yatra) - where; अस्य (asya) - his; युद्धं (yuddhaṁ) - battle; सुमहत् (sumahat) - very great; तैः (taiḥ) - with them; आसीत् (āsīt) - took place; लोमहर्षणम् (lōmaharṣaṇam) - hair-raising; ह्रियमाणः (hriyamāṇaḥ) - being dragged off; च (ca) - and; यत्र (yatra) - where; असौ (asau) - he; भीमसेनेन (bhīmasēnēna) - by Bhīmasena; मोक्षितः (mōkṣitaḥ) - was rescued;]
Where, at the cattle capture, the Kurus were defeated in battle by Arjuna; where a very great and hair-raising fight of his with them took place; and where, as he was being dragged off, he was rescued by Bhīmasena...
गोधनं च विराटस्य मोक्षितं यत्र पाण्डवैः॥ (BORI 1.2.132)
gōdhanaṁ ca virāṭasya mōkṣitaṁ yatra pāṇḍavaiḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.132)
[गोधनं (gōdhanaṁ) - the cattle; च (ca) - and; विराटस्य (virāṭasya) - of Virāṭa; मोक्षितं (mōkṣitaṁ) - was rescued; यत्र (yatra) - where; पाण्डवैः (pāṇḍavaiḥ) - by the Pāṇḍavas;]
and where the Pāṇḍavas rescued Virāṭa’s cattle
अनन्तरं च कुरुभिस्तस्य गोग्रहणं कृतम्॥ (NIL 1.2.212; KUM 1.2.213)
anantaraṁ ca kurubhistasya gōgrahaṇaṁ kr̥tam॥ (NIL 1.2.212; KUM 1.2.213)
[अनन्तरं (anantaraṁ) - afterwards; च (ca) - and; कुरुभिः (kurubhiḥ) - by the Kurus; तस्य (tasya) - his; गोग्रहणं (gōgrahaṇaṁ) - the seizing of the cattle; कृतम् (kr̥tam) - was done;]
And afterwards, the Kurus seized his cattle.
प्रत्याहृतं गोधनं च विक्रमेण किरीटिना॥ (NIL 1.2.213; KUM 1.2.214)
pratyāhr̥taṁ gōdhanaṁ ca vikramēṇa kirīṭinā॥ (NIL 1.2.213; KUM 1.2.214)
[प्रत्याहृतं (pratyāhr̥taṁ) - was recovered; गो-धनं (gō-dhanaṁ) - the cattle; च (ca) - and; विक्रमेण (vikramēṇa) - by valor; किरीटिना (kirīṭinā) - by Kiritin (Arjuna);]
And the cattle were recovered by Kiritin (Arjuna) through his valor.
विराटेनोत्तरा दत्ता स्नुषा यत्र किरीटिनः। अभिमन्युं समुद्दिश्य सौभद्रमरिघातिनम्॥ (BORI 1.2.133)
virāṭēnōttarā dattā snuṣā yatra kirīṭinaḥ। abhimanyuṁ samuddiśya saubhadramarighātinam॥ (BORI 1.2.133)
[विराटेन (virāṭēna) - by Virata; उत्तरा (uttarā) - Uttara; दत्ता (dattā) - was given; स्नुषा (snuṣā) - as daughter-in-law; यत्र (yatra) - where; किरीटिनः (kirīṭinaḥ) - to the wearer of the diadem (Arjuna); अभिमन्युम् (abhimanyum) - Abhimanyu; समुद्धिश्य (samuddhiśya) - referring to; सौभद्र (saubhadra) - the son of Subhadra; अरिघातिनम् (arighātinam) - the slayer of enemies;]
There, Virata gave Uttara as a daughter-in-law to the wearer of the diadem, referring to Abhimanyu, the son of Subhadra and slayer of enemies.
चतुर्थमेतद्विपुलं वैराटं पर्व वर्णितम्। अत्रापि परिसङ्ख्यातमध्यायानां महात्मना॥ (BORI 1.2.134)
caturthamētadvipulaṁ vairāṭaṁ parva varṇitam। atrāpi parisaṅkhyātamadhyāyānāṁ mahātmanā॥ (BORI 1.2.134)
[चतुर्थम् (caturtham) - the fourth; एतत् (ētat) - this; विपुलम् (vipulam) - great; वैराटम् (vairāṭam) - Virāṭa; पर्व (parva) - book; वर्णितम् (varṇitam) - has been described; अत्र (atra) - here; अपि (api) - also; परिसङ्ख्यातम् (parisaṅkhyātam) - enumerated; अध्यायानाम् (adhyāyānām) - of the chapters; महात्मना (mahātmanā) - by the great-souled one;]
This is the fourth great book, the Virāṭa, which has been described; here too the chapters have been enumerated by the great-souled one.
सप्तषष्टिरथो पूर्णा श्लोकाग्रमपि मे शृणु। श्लोकानां द्वे सहस्रे तु श्लोकाः पञ्चाशदेव तु। पर्वण्यस्मिन्समाख्याताः सङ्ख्यया परमर्षिणा॥ (BORI 1.2.135)
saptaṣaṣṭirathō pūrṇā ślōkāgramapi mē śr̥ṇu। ślōkānāṁ dvē sahasrē tu ślōkāḥ pañcāśadēva tu। parvaṇyasminsamākhyātāḥ saṅkhyayā paramarṣiṇā॥ (BORI 1.2.135)
[सप्तषष्टिः (saptaṣaṣṭiḥ) - sixty-seven; अथ (atha) - then; पूर्णाः (pūrṇāḥ) - complete; श्लोकाग्रं (ślōkāgraṁ) - further, regarding the verse count; अपि (api) - also; मे (mē) - from me; शृणु (śr̥ṇu) - hear; श्लोकानाम् (ślōkānām) - of verses; द्वे (dvē) - two; सहस्रे (sahasrē) - thousand; तु (tu) - but; श्लोकाः (ślōkāḥ) - verses; पञ्चाशत् (pañcāśat) - fifty; एव (ēva) - exactly; तु (tu) - but; पर्वणि (parvaṇi) - in this section; अस्मिन् (asmin) - in this; समाख्याताः (samākhyātāḥ) - are enumerated; सङ्ख्यया (saṅkhyayā) - by number; परमहर्षिणा (paramaharṣiṇā) - by the great sage;]
Sixty-seven (chapters) in total—now hear from me also the verse count: there are two thousand and exactly fifty verses in this section, as enumerated by the great sage.
उद्योगपर्व विज्ञेयं पञ्चमं शृण्वतः परम्। उपप्लव्ये निविष्टेषु पाण्डवेषु जिगीषया। दुर्योधनोऽर्जुनश्चैव वासुदेवमुपस्थितौ॥ (BORI 1.2.136)
udyōgaparva vijñēyaṁ pañcamaṁ śr̥ṇvataḥ param। upaplavyē niviṣṭēṣu pāṇḍavēṣu jigīṣayā। duryōdhanō’rjunaścaiva vāsudēvamupasthitau॥ (BORI 1.2.136)
[उद्योगपर्व (udyōgaparva) - the Udyoga Parva; विज्ञेयं (vijñēyaṁ) - is to be understood; पञ्चमं (pañcamaṁ) - as the fifth; शृण्वतः (śr̥ṇvataḥ) - as you listen; परम् (param) - next; उपप्लव्ये (upaplavyē) - at Upaplavya; निविष्टेषु (niviṣṭēṣu) - when they had settled; पाण्डवेषु (pāṇḍavēṣu) - the Pāṇḍavas; जिगीषया (jigīṣayā) - with the intention to win; दुर्योधनः (duryōdhanaḥ) - Duryodhana; अर्जुनः च एव (arjunaḥ ca ēva) - and Arjuna too; वासुदेवम् (vāsudēvam) - to Vāsudeva; उपस्थितौ (upasthitau) - approached;]
The Udyoga Parva should be known as the fifth, and as you listen, when the Pāṇḍavas had settled at Upaplavya with the intention of winning, both Duryodhana and Arjuna approached Vāsudeva.
साहाय्यमस्मिन्समरे भवान्नौ कर्तुमर्हति। इत्युक्ते वचने कृष्णो यत्रोवाच महामतिः॥ (BORI 1.2.137)
sāhāyyamasminsamarē bhavānnau kartumarhati। ityuktē vacanē kr̥ṣṇō yatrōvāca mahāmatiḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.137)
[साहाय्यम् (sāhāyyam) - assistance; अस्मिन् (asmin) - in this; समरे (samarē) - battle; भवान् (bhavān) - you (respectful); नः (naḥ) - to us; कर्तुम् (kartum) - to render; अर्हति (arhati) - ought; इति (iti) - thus; उक्ते (uktē) - when was said; वचने (vacanē) - this request; कृष्णः (kr̥ṣṇaḥ) - Kṛṣṇa; यत्र (yatra) - then; उवाच (uvāca) - spoke; महामतिः (mahāmatiḥ) - the wise one;]
You ought to render us assistance in this battle—when this request was made, Kṛṣṇa, the wise one, then spoke.
अयुध्यमानमात्मानं मन्त्रिणं पुरुषर्षभौ। अक्षौहिणीं वा सैन्यस्य कस्य वा किं ददाम्यहम्॥ (BORI 1.2.138)
ayudhyamānamātmānaṁ mantriṇaṁ puruṣarṣabhau। akṣauhiṇīṁ vā sainyasya kasya vā kiṁ dadāmyaham॥ (BORI 1.2.138)
[अयुध्यमानम् (ayudhyamānam) - not fighting; आत्मानम् (ātmānam) - myself; मन्त्रिणम् (mantriṇam) - as an adviser; पुरुषर्षभौ (puruṣarṣabhau) - O best of men (dual vocative); अक्षौहिणीं (akṣauhiṇīṁ) - an Akshauhini; वा (vā) - or; सैन्यस्य (sainyasya) - of an army; कस्य (kasya) - of whom; वा (vā) - or; किम् (kim) - what; ददामि (dadāmi) - do I give; अहम् (aham) - I;]
O best of men, do I give myself not fighting, as an adviser, or an Akshauhini of troops? Or to whom do I give what?
वव्रे दुर्योधनः सैन्यं मन्दात्मा यत्र दुर्मतिः। अयुध्यमानं सचिवं वव्रे कृष्णं धनञ्जयः॥ (BORI 1.2.139)
vavrē duryōdhanaḥ sainyaṁ mandātmā yatra durmatiḥ। ayudhyamānaṁ sacivaṁ vavrē kr̥ṣṇaṁ dhanañjayaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.139)
[वव्रे (vavrē) - chose; दुर्योधनः (duryōdhanaḥ) - Duryodhana; सैन्यं (sainyaṁ) - the army; मन्दात्मा (mandātmā) - dull-witted; यत्र (yatra) - in which; दुर्मतिः (durmatiḥ) - evil-minded; अयुध्यमानं (ayudhyamānaṁ) - not prepared to fight; सचिवं (sacivaṁ) - the counselor; वव्रे (vavrē) - chose; कृष्णं (kr̥ṣṇaṁ) - Kṛṣṇa; धनञ्जयः (dhanañjayaḥ) - Dhanañjaya;]
Duryodhana, dull of mind and evil-intentioned, chose the army; Dhanañjaya chose Kṛṣṇa, who would not fight, as his counselor.
मद्रराजं व राजानमायान्तं पाण्डवान्प्रति। उपहारैर्वञ्चायत्वा वर्त्मन्येव सुयोधनः॥ (NIL 1.2.222; KUM 1.2.223)
madrarājaṁ va rājānamāyāntaṁ pāṇḍavānprati। upahārairvañcāyatvā vartmanyēva suyōdhanaḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.222; KUM 1.2.223)
[मद्रराजम् (madrarājam) - the king of Madra; वा (vā) - or; राजानम् (rājānam) - the king; आयान्तम् (āyāntam) - coming; पाण्डवान् (pāṇḍavān) - to the Pāṇḍavas; प्रति (prati) - toward; उपहारैः (upahāraiḥ) - with gifts; वञ्चयित्वा (vañcayitvā) - having deceived; वर्त्मनि एव (vartmani ēva) - right on the road; सुयोधनः (suyōdhanaḥ) - Suyodhana;]
Suyodhana, having deceived the king of Madra (or the king) who was coming to the Pāṇḍavas with gifts, right on the road...
वरदं तं वरं वव्रे साहाय्यं क्रियतां मम। शल्यस्तस्मै प्रतिश्रुत्य जगामोद्दिश्य पाण्डवान्॥ (NIL 1.2.223; KUM 1.2.224)
varadaṁ taṁ varaṁ vavrē sāhāyyaṁ kriyatāṁ mama। śalyastasmai pratiśrutya jagāmōddiśya pāṇḍavān॥ (NIL 1.2.223; KUM 1.2.224)
[वरदं (varadaṁ) - the boon-giver; तं (taṁ) - him; वरं (varaṁ) - a boon; वव्रे (vavrē) - asked; साहाय्यं (sāhāyyaṁ) - assistance; क्रियतां (kriyatāṁ) - let it be given; मम (mama) - to me; शल्यः (śalyaḥ) - Shalya; तस्मै (tasmai) - to him; प्रतिश्रुत्य (pratiśrutya) - having promised; जगाम (jagāma) - departed; उद्दिश्य (uddiśya) - toward; पाण्डवान् (pāṇḍavān) - the Pāṇḍavas;]
He asked that boon-giver for a boon: "Grant me your assistance." Shalya, having promised him, departed to approach the Pāṇḍavas.
शान्तिपूर्वं चाकथयद्यत्रेन्द्रविजयं नृपः। पुरोहितप्रेषणं च पाण्डवैः कौरवान्प्रति॥ (NIL 1.2.224; KUM 1.2.225)
śāntipūrvaṁ cākathayadyatrēndravijayaṁ nr̥paḥ। purōhitaprēṣaṇaṁ ca pāṇḍavaiḥ kauravānprati॥ (NIL 1.2.224; KUM 1.2.225)
[शान्तिपूर्वं (śāntipūrvaṁ) - with peaceful intent; च (ca) - and; आकथयत् (ākathayat) - narrated; यत्र (yatra) - where; इन्द्रविजयं (indravijayaṁ) - Indra's victory; नृपः (nr̥paḥ) - the king; पुरोहितप्रेषणं (purōhitaprēṣaṇaṁ) - the sending of the priest; च (ca) - and; पाण्डवैः (pāṇḍavaiḥ) - by the Pāṇḍavas; कौरवान् (kauravān) - to the Kauravas; प्रति (prati) - towards;]
The king peacefully narrated there the story of Indra's victory, and how the Pāṇḍavas sent their priest to the Kauravas.
वैचित्रवीर्यस्य वचः समादाय पुरोधसः। तथेन्द्रविजयं चापि यानं चैव पुरोधसः॥ (NIL 1.2.225; KUM 1.2.226)
vaicitravīryasya vacaḥ samādāya purōdhasaḥ। tathēndravijayaṁ cāpi yānaṁ caiva purōdhasaḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.225; KUM 1.2.226)
[वैचित्रवीर्यस्य (vaicitravīryasya) - of Vichitravirya's descendant; वचः (vacaḥ) - speech; समादाय (samādāya) - having taken up; पुरोधसः (purōdhasaḥ) - of the priest; तथा (tathā) - also; इन्द्रविजयम् (indravijayam) - Indra's victory; च (ca) - and; अपि (api) - also; यानम् (yānam) - chariot; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - too; पुरोधसः (purōdhasaḥ) - of the priest;]
Taking up the words of the priest of Vichitravirya's line, as well as the chariot and also Indra's victory of the priest...
सञ्जयं प्रेषयामास शमार्थं पाण्डवान्प्रति। यत्र दूतं महाराजो धृतराष्ट्रः प्रतापवान्॥ (BORI 1.2.140)
sañjayaṁ prēṣayāmāsa śamārthaṁ pāṇḍavānprati। yatra dūtaṁ mahārājō dhr̥tarāṣṭraḥ pratāpavān॥ (BORI 1.2.140)
[सञ्जयम् (sañjayam) - Sañjaya; प्रेषयाम् आस (prēṣayām āsa) - sent; शमार्थम् (śamārtham) - for the sake of peace; पाण्डवान् प्रति (pāṇḍavān prati) - to the Pāṇḍavas; यत्र (yatra) - where; दूतम् (dūtam) - as the envoy; महाराजः (mahārājaḥ) - the great king; धृतराष्ट्रः (dhr̥tarāṣṭraḥ) - Dhṛtarāṣṭra; प्रतापवान् (pratāpavān) - of great prowess;]
Dhṛtarāṣṭra, the great and mighty king, sent Sañjaya as his envoy to the Pāṇḍavas for the sake of peace.
श्रुत्वा च पाण्डवान्यत्र वासुदेवपुरोगमान्। प्रजागरः सम्प्रजज्ञे धृतराष्ट्रस्य चिन्तया॥ (BORI 1.2.141)
śrutvā ca pāṇḍavānyatra vāsudēvapurōgamān। prajāgaraḥ samprajajñē dhr̥tarāṣṭrasya cintayā॥ (BORI 1.2.141)
[श्रुत्वा (śrutvā) - hearing; च (ca) - and; पाण्डवान् (pāṇḍavān) - the Pāṇḍavas; यत्र (yatra) - where; वासुदेवपुरोगमान् (vāsudēvapurōgamān) - with Vāsudeva at their head; प्रजागरः (prajāgaraḥ) - wakefulness; सम्प्रजज्ञे (samprajajñē) - arose; धृतराष्ट्रस्य (dhr̥tarāṣṭrasya) - in Dhṛtarāṣṭra; चिन्तया (cintayā) - from anxiety;]
And when he heard that the Pāṇḍavas, headed by Vāsudeva, were there, wakefulness arose in Dhṛtarāṣṭra due to anxiety.
विदुरो यत्र वाक्यानि विचित्राणि हितानि च। श्रावयामास राजानं धृतराष्ट्रं मनीषिणम्॥ (BORI 1.2.142)
vidurō yatra vākyāni vicitrāṇi hitāni ca। śrāvayāmāsa rājānaṁ dhr̥tarāṣṭraṁ manīṣiṇam॥ (BORI 1.2.142)
[विदुरः (viduraḥ) - Vidura; यत्र (yatra) - there; वाक्यानि (vākyāni) - words; विचित्राणि (vicitrāṇi) - various; हितानि (hitāni) - beneficial; च (ca) - and; श्रावयामास (śrāvayāmāsa) - caused to be heard; राजानम् (rājānam) - the king; धृतराष्ट्रम् (dhr̥tarāṣṭram) - Dhritarashtra; मनीषिणम् (manīṣiṇam) - the wise;]
There, Vidura caused the wise King Dhritarashtra to hear various and beneficial words.
तथा सनत्सुजातेन यत्राध्यात्ममनुत्तमम्। मनस्तापान्वितो राजा श्रावितः शोकलालसः॥ (BORI 1.2.143)
tathā sanatsujātēna yatrādhyātmamanuttamam। manastāpānvitō rājā śrāvitaḥ śōkalālasaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.143)
[तथा (tathā) - likewise; सनत्सुजातेन (sanatsujātēna) - by Sanatsujata; यत्र (yatra) - where; अध्यात्मम् (adhyātmam) - spiritual teaching; अनुत्तमम् (anuttamam) - supreme; मनस्ताप (manastāpa) - mental anguish; अन्वितः (anvitaḥ) - afflicted; राजा (rājā) - the king; श्रावितः (śrāvitaḥ) - was caused to hear; शोकलालसः (śōkalālasaḥ) - longing in grief;]
Likewise, where the king, afflicted with mental anguish and longing in grief, was made to hear the supreme spiritual teaching by Sanatsujata.
प्रभाते राजसमितौ सञ्जयो यत्र चाभिभोः। ऐकात्म्यं वासुदेवस्य प्रोक्तवानर्जुनस्य च॥ (BORI 1.2.144)
prabhātē rājasamitau sañjayō yatra cābhibhōḥ। aikātmyaṁ vāsudēvasya prōktavānarjunasya ca॥ (BORI 1.2.144)
[प्रभाते (prabhātē) - in the morning; राजसमितौ (rājasamitau) - in the royal assembly; सञ्जयः (sañjayaḥ) - Saṃjaya; यत्र (yatra) - where; च (ca) - and; अभिभोः (abhibhōḥ) - before the two elders; ऐकात्म्यम् (aikātmyam) - the unity; वासुदेवस्य (vāsudēvasya) - of Vāsudeva; प्रोक्तवान् (prōktavān) - related; अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - and Arjuna's; च (ca) - and;]
In the morning, in the royal assembly, Saṃjaya recounted the unity of Vāsudeva and Arjuna before the two elders.
यत्र कृष्णो दयापन्नः सन्धिमिच्छन्महायशाः। स्वयमागाच्छमं कर्तुं नगरं नागसाह्वयम्॥ (BORI 1.2.145)
yatra kr̥ṣṇō dayāpannaḥ sandhimicchanmahāyaśāḥ। svayamāgācchamaṁ kartuṁ nagaraṁ nāgasāhvayam॥ (BORI 1.2.145)
[यत्र (yatra) - where; कृष्णः (kr̥ṣṇaḥ) - Kṛṣṇa; दयापन्नः (dayāpannaḥ) - filled with compassion; सन्धिम् (sandhim) - peace; इच्छन् (icchan) - desiring; महायशाः (mahāyaśāḥ) - the greatly renowned; स्वयम् (svayam) - personally; आगात् (āgāt) - came; शमम् (śamam) - reconciliation; कर्तुम् (kartum) - to make; नगरम् (nagaram) - to the city; नागसाह्वयम् (nāgasāhvayam) - named Nāgasāhvaya;]
where Kṛṣṇa, filled with compassion and desiring peace, the greatly renowned one, personally came to the city called Nāgasāhvaya to make reconciliation
प्रत्याख्यानं च कृष्णस्य राज्ञा दुर्योधनेन वै। शमार्थं याचमानस्य पक्षयोरुभयोर्हितम्॥ (BORI 1.2.146)
pratyākhyānaṁ ca kr̥ṣṇasya rājñā duryōdhanēna vai। śamārthaṁ yācamānasya pakṣayōrubhayōrhitam॥ (BORI 1.2.146)
[प्रत्याख्यानं (pratyākhyānaṁ) - the rejection; च (ca) - and; कृष्णस्य (kr̥ṣṇasya) - of Krishna; राज्ञा (rājñā) - by the king; दुर्योधनेन (duryōdhanēna) - Duryodhana; वै (vai) - indeed; शम-अर्थं (śama-arthaṁ) - for peace; याचमानस्य (yācamānasya) - of one requesting; पक्षयोः (pakṣayōḥ) - for both sides; उभयोः (ubhayōḥ) - both; हितम् (hitam) - beneficial;]
And the rejection by King Duryodhana of Krishna—when he was seeking peace and requesting what would be beneficial for both sides.
दम्भोद्भवस्य चाख्यानमत्रैव परिकीर्तितम्। वरान्वेषणमत्रैव मातलेश्च महात्मनः॥ (NIL 1.2.233; KUM 1.2.234)
dambhōdbhavasya cākhyānamatraiva parikīrtitam। varānvēṣaṇamatraiva mātalēśca mahātmanaḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.233; KUM 1.2.234)
[दम्भोद्भवस्य (dambhōdbhavasya) - of Dambhodbhava; च (ca) - and; आख्यानम् (ākhyānam) - account; अत्र (atra) - here; एव (ēva) - itself; परिकीर्तितम् (parikīrtitam) - is described; वर (vara) - boons; अन्वेषणम् (anvēṣaṇam) - the quest for; अत्र (atra) - here; एव (ēva) - itself; मातलेः (mātalēḥ) - Mātali's; च (ca) - and; महात्मनः (mahātmanaḥ) - the great-souled;]
The story of Dambhodbhava is recounted right here, as is the quest for boons by the great-souled Mātali.
महर्षेश्चापि चरितं कथितं गालवस्य वै। विदुलायाश्च पुत्रस्य प्रोक्तं चाप्यनुशासनम्॥ (NIL 1.2.234; KUM 1.2.235)
maharṣēścāpi caritaṁ kathitaṁ gālavasya vai। vidulāyāśca putrasya prōktaṁ cāpyanuśāsanam॥ (NIL 1.2.234; KUM 1.2.235)
[महर्षेः (maharṣēḥ) - of the great sage; च (ca) - and; अपि (api) - also; चरितं (caritaṁ) - the story; कथितं (kathitaṁ) - was told; गालवस्य (gālavasya) - of Gālava; वै (vai) - indeed; विदुलायाः (vidulāyāḥ) - of Vidulā; च (ca) - and; पुत्रस्य (putrasya) - her son; प्रोक्तं (prōktaṁ) - was spoken; च (ca) - and; अपि (api) - also; अनुशासनम् (anuśāsanam) - the instruction;]
The story of the great sage Gālava was indeed told, and the instruction given by Vidulā to her son was also recounted.
कर्णदुर्योधनादीनां दुष्टं विज्ञाय मन्त्रितम्। योगेश्वरत्वं कृष्णेन यत्र राजसु दर्शितम्॥ (BORI 1.2.147)
karṇaduryōdhanādīnāṁ duṣṭaṁ vijñāya mantritam। yōgēśvaratvaṁ kr̥ṣṇēna yatra rājasu darśitam॥ (BORI 1.2.147)
[कर्ण-दुर्योधन-आदीनां (karṇa-duryōdhana-ādīnāṁ) - of Karṇa, Duryodhana, and the others; दुष्टं (duṣṭaṁ) - wicked; विज्ञाय (vijñāya) - having discovered; मन्त्रितम् (mantritam) - their counsel; योगेश्वरत्वं (yōgēśvaratvaṁ) - the state of being the lord of yoga; कृष्णेन (kr̥ṣṇēna) - by Kṛṣṇa; यत्र (yatra) - where; राजसु (rājasu) - before the kings; दर्शितम् (darśitam) - was displayed;]
Where, having discovered the wicked counsel of Karṇa, Duryodhana, and the rest, Kṛṣṇa displayed his mastery of yoga before the kings.
रथमारोप्य कृष्णेन यत्र कर्णोऽनुमन्त्रितः। उपायपूर्वं शौण्डीर्यात्प्रत्याख्यातश्च तेन सः॥ (BORI 1.2.148)
rathamārōpya kr̥ṣṇēna yatra karṇō’numantritaḥ। upāyapūrvaṁ śauṇḍīryātpratyākhyātaśca tēna saḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.148)
[रथम् (ratham) - chariot; आरोप्य (ārōpya) - having seated; कृष्णेन (kr̥ṣṇēna) - by Kṛṣṇa; यत्र (yatra) - where; कर्णः (karṇaḥ) - Karna; अनुमन्त्रितः (anumantritaḥ) - was addressed; उपायपूर्वम् (upāyapūrvam) - with careful reasoning; शौण्डीर्यात् (śauṇḍīryāt) - out of pride; प्रत्याख्यातः (pratyākhyātaḥ) - was rejected; च (ca) - and; तेन (tēna) - by him; सः (saḥ) - he;]
There, having seated Karna in his chariot, Kṛṣṇa addressed him, and though Kṛṣṇa used careful reasoning, Karna, out of pride, rejected him.
आगम्य हास्तिनपुरादुपप्लाव्यमरिन्दमः। पाण्डवानां यथावृत्तं सर्वमाख्यातवान्हरिः॥ (NIL 1.2.237; KUM 1.2.238)
āgamya hāstinapurādupaplāvyamarindamaḥ। pāṇḍavānāṁ yathāvr̥ttaṁ sarvamākhyātavānhariḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.237; KUM 1.2.238)
[आगम्य (āgamya) - having arrived; हास्तिनपुरात् (hāstinapurāt) - from Hastinapura; उपप्लाव्यम् (upaplāvyam) - at Upaplavya; अरिन्दमः (arindamaḥ) - Harī the subduer of enemies; पाण्डवानाम् (pāṇḍavānām) - to the Pāṇḍavas; यथावृत्तम् (yathāvr̥ttam) - exactly as it had happened; सर्वम् (sarvam) - everything; आख्यातवान् (ākhyātavān) - described; हरिः (hariḥ) - Hari;]
Hari, the subduer of enemies, having come from Hastinapura to Upaplavya, told the Pāṇḍavas everything as it had happened.
ते तस्य वचनं श्रुत्वा मन्त्रयित्वा च यद्धितम्। साङ्ग्रामिकं ततः सर्वं सञ्जं चक्रुः परन्तपाः॥ (NIL 1.2.238; KUM 1.2.239)
tē tasya vacanaṁ śrutvā mantrayitvā ca yaddhitam। sāṅgrāmikaṁ tataḥ sarvaṁ sañjaṁ cakruḥ parantapāḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.238; KUM 1.2.239)
[ते (tē) - they; तस्य (tasya) - his; वचनं (vacanaṁ) - words; श्रुत्वा (śrutvā) - having heard; मन्त्रयित्वा (mantrayitvā) - having consulted; च (ca) - and; यद्धितम् (yaddhitam) - what was beneficial; साङ्ग्रामिकं (sāṅgrāmikaṁ) - concerning battle; ततः (tataḥ) - then; सर्वं (sarvaṁ) - everything; सञ्जं (sañjaṁ) - preparation; चक्रुः (cakruḥ) - they made; परन्तपाः (parantapāḥ) - the mighty warriors;]
Having heard his words and having consulted together for what was beneficial, the mighty warriors then made all the necessary preparations for battle.
ततश्चाप्यभिनिर्यात्रा रथाश्वनरदन्तिनाम्। नगराद्धास्तिनपुराद्बलसङ्ख्यानमेव च॥ (BORI 1.2.149)
tataścāpyabhiniryātrā rathāśvanaradantinām। nagarāddhāstinapurādbalasaṅkhyānamēva ca॥ (BORI 1.2.149)
[ततः (tataḥ) - then; च (ca) - and; अपि (api) - also; अभिनिर्यात्रा (abhiniryātrā) - the departure; रथ (ratha) - of chariots; अश्व (aśva) - horses; नर (nara) - men; दन्तिनाम् (dantinām) - and elephants; नगरात् (nagarāt) - from the city; हास्तिनपुरात् (hāstinapurāt) - of Hastinapura; बलसङ्ख्यानम् (balasaṅkhyānam) - the reckoning of the army; एव (ēva) - indeed; च (ca) - and;]
Then also the departure of the chariots, horses, men, and elephants from the city of Hastinapura, and indeed the reckoning of the army...
यत्र राज्ञा उलूकस्य प्रेषणं पाण्डवान्प्रति। श्वोभाविनि महायुद्धे दूत्येन क्रूरवादिना। रथातिरथसङ्ख्यानमम्बोपाख्यानमेव च॥ (BORI 1.2.150)
yatra rājñā ulūkasya prēṣaṇaṁ pāṇḍavānprati। śvōbhāvini mahāyuddhē dūtyēna krūravādinā। rathātirathasaṅkhyānamambōpākhyānamēva ca॥ (BORI 1.2.150)
[यत्र (yatra) - where; राज्ञा (rājñā) - by the king; उलूकस्य (ulūkasya) - of Uluka; प्रेषणं (prēṣaṇaṁ) - the sending; पाण्डवान् प्रति (pāṇḍavān prati) - to the Pandavas; श्वः भाविनि (śvaḥ bhāvini) - for the coming day; महायुद्धे (mahāyuddhē) - in the great battle; दूत्येन (dūtyēna) - by the envoy; क्रूरवादिना (krūravādinā) - speaking harshly; रथ-अति-रथ-सङ्ख्यानम् (ratha-ati-ratha-saṅkhyānam) - the enumeration of chariot-warriors and supreme chariot-warriors; अम्बोपाख्यानम् (ambōpākhyānam) - the tale of Amba; एव च (ēva ca) - and also;]
Where the king sent Uluka as envoy to the Pandavas, speaking harshly about the coming great battle; the enumeration of chariot-warriors and great chariot-warriors, and also the tale of Amba...
एतत्सुबहुवृत्तान्तं पञ्चमं पर्व भारते। उद्योगपर्व निर्दिष्टं सन्धिविग्रहसंश्रितम्॥ (BORI 1.2.151)
ētatsubahuvr̥ttāntaṁ pañcamaṁ parva bhāratē। udyōgaparva nirdiṣṭaṁ sandhivigrahasaṁśritam॥ (BORI 1.2.151)
[एतत् (ētat) - this; सुबहु-वृत्तान्तं (subahu-vr̥ttāntaṁ) - with many diverse events; पञ्चमं (pañcamaṁ) - the fifth; पर्व (parva) - book; भारते (bhāratē) - in the Mahabharata; उद्योगपर्व (udyōgaparva) - the Udyoga Parva; निर्दिष्टं (nirdiṣṭaṁ) - is named; सन्धि-विग्रह-संश्रितम् (sandhi-vigraha-saṁśritam) - concerned with peace and war;]
This fifth book of the Mahabharata, containing many diverse events, is called the Udyoga Parva and is concerned with peace and conflict.
अध्यायाः सङ्ख्यया त्वत्र षडशीतिशतं स्मृतम्। श्लोकानां षट्सहस्राणि तावन्त्येव शतानि च॥ (BORI 1.2.152)
adhyāyāḥ saṅkhyayā tvatra ṣaḍaśītiśataṁ smr̥tam। ślōkānāṁ ṣaṭsahasrāṇi tāvantyēva śatāni ca॥ (BORI 1.2.152)
[अध्यायाः (adhyāyāḥ) - chapters; सङ्ख्यया (saṅkhyayā) - by number; तु (tu) - however; अत्र (atra) - here; षडशीतिशतं (ṣaḍaśītiśataṁ) - one hundred and eighty-six; स्मृतम् (smr̥tam) - are said to be; श्लोकानां (ślōkānāṁ) - of verses; षट्सहस्राणि (ṣaṭsahasrāṇi) - six thousand; तावन्ति (tāvanti) - that many; एव (ēva) - indeed; शतानि (śatāni) - hundreds; च (ca) - and;]
However, the number of chapters here is said to be one hundred and eighty-six, and of verses, six thousand and as many hundreds.
श्लोकाश्च नवतिः प्रोक्तास्तथैवाष्टौ महात्मना। व्यासेनोदारमतिना पर्वण्यस्मिंस्तपोधनाः॥ (BORI 1.2.153)
ślōkāśca navatiḥ prōktāstathaivāṣṭau mahātmanā। vyāsēnōdāramatinā parvaṇyasmiṁstapōdhanāḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.153)
[श्लोकाः (ślōkāḥ) - verses; च (ca) - and; नवति (navati) - ninety; प्रोक्ताः (prōktāḥ) - have been stated; तथैव (tathaiva) - likewise; अष्टौ (aṣṭau) - eight; महात्मना (mahātmanā) - by the great-souled; व्यासेन (vyāsēna) - by Vyāsa; उदारमतिना (udāramatinā) - of noble mind; पर्वणि (parvaṇi) - in this book; अस्मिन् (asmin) - in this; तपोधनाः (tapōdhanāḥ) - O ascetic;]
And, O ascetic, ninety and likewise eight verses have also been stated by the great-souled Vyāsa of noble mind in this book.
अत ऊर्ध्वं विचित्रार्थं भीष्मपर्व प्रचक्षते। जम्बूखण्डविनिर्माणं यत्रोक्तं सञ्जयेन ह॥ (BORI 1.2.154)
ata ūrdhvaṁ vicitrārthaṁ bhīṣmaparva pracakṣatē। jambūkhaṇḍavinirmāṇaṁ yatrōktaṁ sañjayēna ha॥ (BORI 1.2.154)
[अत ऊर्ध्वं (ata ūrdhvaṁ) - after this; विचित्रार्थं (vicitrārthaṁ) - with varied topics; भीष्मपर्व (bhīṣmaparva) - the Bhishma Parva; प्रचक्षते (pracakṣatē) - is presented; जम्बूखण्डविनिर्माणं (jambūkhaṇḍavinirmāṇaṁ) - the creation of the Jambū continent; यत्र (yatra) - where; उक्तं (uktaṁ) - is described; सञ्जयेन (sañjayēna) - by Sanjaya; ह (ha) - indeed;]
After this, the Bhishma Parva—full of varied topics—is presented, in which the creation of the Jambū continent is described by Sanjaya.
यत्र युद्धमभूद्घोरं दशाहान्यतिदारुणम्। यत्र यौधिष्ठिरं सैन्यं विषादमगमत्परम्॥ (BORI 1.2.155)
yatra yuddhamabhūdghōraṁ daśāhānyatidāruṇam। yatra yaudhiṣṭhiraṁ sainyaṁ viṣādamagamatparam॥ (BORI 1.2.155)
[यत्र (yatra) - where; युद्धम् (yuddham) - the battle; अभूत् (abhūt) - took place; घोरम् (ghōram) - fierce; दशाहानि (daśāhāni) - for ten days; अतिदारुणम् (atidāruṇam) - extremely dreadful; यत्र (yatra) - where; यौधिष्ठिरम् (yaudhiṣṭhiram) - of Yudhishthira; सैन्यम् (sainyam) - the army; विषादम् (viṣādam) - distress; अगमत् (agamat) - fell into; परम् (param) - utter;]
where a fierce, extremely dreadful battle took place for ten days, and where Yudhishthira's army fell into utter distress
कश्मलं यत्र पार्थस्य वासुदेवो महामतिः। मोहजं नाशयामास हेतुभिर्मोक्षदर्शनैः॥ (BORI 1.2.156)
kaśmalaṁ yatra pārthasya vāsudēvō mahāmatiḥ। mōhajaṁ nāśayāmāsa hētubhirmōkṣadarśanaiḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.156)
[कश्मलं (kaśmalaṁ) - despondency; यत्र (yatra) - where; पार्थस्य (pārthasya) - of Pārtha; वासुदेवः (vāsudēvaḥ) - Vāsudeva; महामतिः (mahāmatiḥ) - the wise; मोहजम् (mōhajam) - arising from delusion; नाशयामास (nāśayāmāsa) - dispelled; हेतुभिः (hētubhiḥ) - with reason; मोक्षदर्शनैः (mōkṣadarśanaiḥ) - by teachings on liberation;]
Where the wise Vāsudeva dispelled Pārtha's despondency, born of delusion, with reason and teachings on liberation.
समीक्ष्यादोक्षजः क्षिप्रं युधिष्ठिरहिते रतः॥ (NIL 1.2.247; KUM 1.2.248)
samīkṣyādōkṣajaḥ kṣipraṁ yudhiṣṭhirahitē rataḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.247; KUM 1.2.248)
[समीक्ष्य (samīkṣya) - upon seeing; अदोक्सजः (adōksajaḥ) - the unborn Lord; क्षिप्रं (kṣipraṁ) - quickly; युधिष्ठिरहिते (yudhiṣṭhirahitē) - for Yudhishthira's welfare; रतः (rataḥ) - devoted;]
Upon seeing this, the unborn Lord, devoted to Yudhishthira's welfare, quickly...
रथादाप्लुत्य वेगेन स्वयं कृष्ण उदारधीः। प्रतोदपाणिराधावद्भीष्मं हन्तुं व्यपेतभीः॥ (NIL 1.2.248; KUM 1.2.249)
rathādāplutya vēgēna svayaṁ kr̥ṣṇa udāradhīḥ। pratōdapāṇirādhāvadbhīṣmaṁ hantuṁ vyapētabhīḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.248; KUM 1.2.249)
[रथात् (rathāt) - from the chariot; आप्लुत्य (āplutya) - having leapt down; वेगेन (vēgēna) - quickly; स्वयम् (svayam) - himself; कृष्णः (kr̥ṣṇaḥ) - Krishna; उदारधीः (udāradhīḥ) - noble-minded; प्रतोदपाणिः (pratōdapāṇiḥ) - with the whip in his hand; आधावत् (ādhāvat) - ran toward; भीष्मम् (bhīṣmam) - Bhishma; हन्तुम् (hantum) - to slay; व्यपेतभीः (vyapētabhīḥ) - devoid of fear;]
Leaping quickly from the chariot himself, Krishna of noble mind, with the whip in his hand, ran toward Bhishma, fearless, to slay him.
वाक्यप्रतोदाभिहतो यत्र कृष्णेन पाण्डवः। गाण्डीवधन्वा समरे सर्वशस्त्रभृतां वरः॥ (NIL 1.2.249; KUM 1.2.250)
vākyapratōdābhihatō yatra kr̥ṣṇēna pāṇḍavaḥ। gāṇḍīvadhanvā samarē sarvaśastrabhr̥tāṁ varaḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.249; KUM 1.2.250)
[वाक्यप्रतोदाभिहतः (vākyapratōdābhihataḥ) - struck by the goad of words; यत्र (yatra) - where; कृष्णेन (kr̥ṣṇēna) - by Kṛṣṇa; पाण्डवः (pāṇḍavaḥ) - the Pāṇḍava; गाण्डीवधन्वा (gāṇḍīvadhanvā) - wielder of the Gandīva bow; समरे (samarē) - in battle; सर्वशस्त्रभृतां वरः (sarvaśastrabhr̥tāṁ varaḥ) - the best of all wielders of weapons;]
where Arjuna, the best of all wielders of weapons, who bore the Gandīva bow, was spurred on by Kṛṣṇa with the goad of words in battle
शिखण्डिनं पुरस्कृत्य यत्र पार्थो महाधनुः। विनिघ्नन्निशितैर्बाणै रथाद्भीष्ममपातयत्॥ (BORI 1.2.157)
śikhaṇḍinaṁ puraskr̥tya yatra pārthō mahādhanuḥ। vinighnanniśitairbāṇai rathādbhīṣmamapātayat॥ (BORI 1.2.157)
[शिखण्डिनं (śikhaṇḍinaṁ) - Śikhaṇḍin; पुरस्कृत्य (puraskr̥tya) - placing in front; यत्र (yatra) - where; पार्थः (pārthaḥ) - Pārtha; महाधनुः (mahādhanuḥ) - the wielder of the great bow; विनिघ्नन् (vinighnan) - striking down; निशितैः (niśitaiḥ) - sharp; बाणैः (bāṇaiḥ) - arrows; रथात् (rathāt) - from his chariot; भीष्मम् (bhīṣmam) - Bhīṣma; अपातयत् (apātayat) - drove down;]
Where Pārtha, wielding his great bow, placed Śikhaṇḍin in front and, striking with sharp arrows, drove Bhīṣma down from his chariot.
शरतल्पगतश्चैव भीष्मो यत्र बभूव ह। (NIL 1.2.251; KUM 1.2.252)
śaratalpagataścaiva bhīṣmō yatra babhūva ha। (NIL 1.2.251; KUM 1.2.252)
[शर-तल्प-गतः (śara-talpa-gataḥ) - lying on a bed of arrows; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - indeed; भीष्मः (bhīṣmaḥ) - Bhishma; यत्र (yatra) - where; बभूव (babhūva) - was; ह (ha) - truly;]
and where Bhishma truly lay upon his bed of arrows.
षष्ठमेतन्महापर्व भारते परिकीर्तितम्। अध्यायानां शतं प्रोक्तं सप्तदश तथापरे॥ (BORI 1.2.158)
ṣaṣṭhamētanmahāparva bhāratē parikīrtitam। adhyāyānāṁ śataṁ prōktaṁ saptadaśa tathāparē॥ (BORI 1.2.158)
[षष्ठम् (ṣaṣṭham) - the sixth; एतत् (ētat) - this; महापर्व (mahāparva) - great parvan; भारते (bhāratē) - in the Mahabharata; परिकीर्तितम् (parikīrtitam) - is described; अध्यायानाम् (adhyāyānām) - of chapters; शतम् (śatam) - one hundred; प्रोक्तम् (prōktam) - is stated; सप्तदश (saptadaśa) - seventeen; तथा (tathā) - also; अपरे (aparē) - others;]
This, the sixth great parvan described in the Mahabharata, is said to have one hundred chapters and a further seventeen others.
पञ्च श्लोकसहस्राणि सङ्ख्ययाष्टौ शतानि च। श्लोकाश्च चतुराशीतिः पर्वण्यस्मिन्प्रकीर्तिताः। व्यासेन वेदविदुषा सङ्ख्याता भीष्मपर्वणि॥ (BORI 1.2.159)
pañca ślōkasahasrāṇi saṅkhyayāṣṭau śatāni ca। ślōkāśca caturāśītiḥ parvaṇyasminprakīrtitāḥ। vyāsēna vēdaviduṣā saṅkhyātā bhīṣmaparvaṇi॥ (BORI 1.2.159)
[पञ्च (pañca) - five; श्लोकसहस्राणि (ślōkasahasrāṇi) - thousand verses; सङ्ख्या (saṅkhyā) - by count; अष्टौ (aṣṭau) - eight; शतानि (śatāni) - hundred; च (ca) - and; श्लोकाः (ślōkāḥ) - verses; च (ca) - and; चतुराशीतिः (caturāśītiḥ) - eighty-four; पर्वणि (parvaṇi) - in this section; अस्मिन् (asmin) - in this; प्रकीर्तिताः (prakīrtitāḥ) - are mentioned; व्यासेन (vyāsēna) - by Vyāsa; वेदविदुषा (vēdaviduṣā) - knower of the Veda; सङ्ख्याता (saṅkhyātā) - numbered; भीष्मपर्वणि (bhīṣmaparvaṇi) - in the Bhīṣma section;]
In this section, called the Bhīṣma Parva, Vyāsa, knower of the Veda, is said to have included five thousand eight hundred and eighty-four verses by count.
द्रोणपर्व ततश्चित्रं बहुवृत्तान्तमुच्यते। सैनापत्येऽभिषिक्तोऽथ यत्राचार्यः प्रतापवान्॥ (NIL 1.2.254; KUM 1.2.255)
drōṇaparva tataścitraṁ bahuvr̥ttāntamucyatē। saināpatyē’bhiṣiktō’tha yatrācāryaḥ pratāpavān॥ (NIL 1.2.254; KUM 1.2.255)
[द्रोणपर्व (drōṇaparva) - the Droṇa Parvan; ततः (tataḥ) - then; चित्रं (citraṁ) - remarkable; बहुवृत्तान्तम् (bahuvr̥ttāntam) - with many episodes; उच्यते (ucyatē) - is recounted; सैनापत्ये (saināpatyē) - when invested with the command of the army; अभिषिक्तः (abhiṣiktaḥ) - having been inaugurated; अथ (atha) - then; यत्र (yatra) - where; आचार्यः (ācāryaḥ) - the teacher; प्रतापवान् (pratāpavān) - valiant;]
Then the remarkable Droṇa Parvan, replete with many episodes, is recounted, in which the valiant teacher was inaugurated as commander of the army.
दुर्योधनस्य प्रीत्यर्थं प्रतिजज्ञे महास्त्रवित्। ग्रहणं धर्मराजस्य पाण्डुपुत्रस्य धीमतः॥ (NIL 1.2.255; KUM 1.2.256)
duryōdhanasya prītyarthaṁ pratijajñē mahāstravit। grahaṇaṁ dharmarājasya pāṇḍuputrasya dhīmataḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.255; KUM 1.2.256)
[दुर्योधनस्य (duryōdhanasya) - for Duryodhana; प्रीत्यर्थं (prītyarthaṁ) - to win favor; प्रतिजज्ञे (pratijajñē) - promised; महास्त्रवित् (mahāstravit) - the great wielder of weapons; ग्रहणं (grahaṇaṁ) - the capture; धर्मराजस्य (dharmarājasya) - of Yudhishthira; पाण्डुपुत्रस्य (pāṇḍuputrasya) - the son of Pandu; धीमतः (dhīmataḥ) - the wise;]
The great wielder of weapons promised, in order to win Duryodhana's favor, to capture Yudhishthira, the wise son of Pandu.
यत्र संशप्तकाः पार्थमपनिन्यू रणाजिरात्॥ (BORI 1.2.160)
yatra saṁśaptakāḥ pārthamapaninyū raṇājirāt॥ (BORI 1.2.160)
[यत्र (yatra) - where; संशप्तकाः (saṁśaptakāḥ) - the Saṁśaptakas; पार्थम् (pārtham) - Arjuna; अपनिन्यू (apaninyū) - drove away; रणाजिरात् (raṇājirāt) - from the battlefield;]
where the Saṁśaptakas drove Arjuna from the battlefield
भगदत्तो महाराजो यत्र शक्रसमो युधि। सुप्रतीकेन नागेन सह शस्तः किरीटिना॥ (BORI 1.2.161)
bhagadattō mahārājō yatra śakrasamō yudhi। supratīkēna nāgēna saha śastaḥ kirīṭinā॥ (BORI 1.2.161)
[भगदत्तः (bhagadattaḥ) - Bhagadatta; महाराजः (mahārājaḥ) - the great king; यत्र (yatra) - where; शक्रसमः (śakrasamaḥ) - equal to Indra; युधि (yudhi) - in battle; सुप्रतीकेन (supratīkēna) - by Supratika; नागेन (nāgēna) - the elephant; सह (saha) - together with; शस्तः (śastaḥ) - was slain; किरीटिना (kirīṭinā) - by (the) Kiritin (Arjuna);]
Where Bhagadatta, the great king, who was Indra’s equal in battle, together with the elephant Supratika, was slain by Arjuna the Kiritin.
यत्राभिमन्युं बहवो जघ्नुर्लोकमहारथाः। जयद्रथमुखा बालं शूरमप्राप्तयौवनम्॥ (BORI 1.2.162)
yatrābhimanyuṁ bahavō jaghnurlōkamahārathāḥ। jayadrathamukhā bālaṁ śūramaprāptayauvanam॥ (BORI 1.2.162)
[यत्र (yatra) - where; अभिमन्यम् (abhimanyam) - Abhimanyu; बहवः (bahavaḥ) - many; जघ्नुुः (jaghnuuḥ) - killed; लोक-महारथाः (lōka-mahārathāḥ) - the great warriors of the world; जयद्रथ-मुखाः (jayadratha-mukhāḥ) - with Jayadratha at their head; बालम् (bālam) - the boy; शूरम् (śūram) - the brave one; अप्राप्त-यौवनम् (aprāpta-yauvanam) - not yet come of age;]
where many great warriors of the world, led by Jayadratha, killed Abhimanyu—a brave boy who had not yet reached manhood
हतेऽभिमन्यौ क्रुद्धेन यत्र पार्थेन संयुगे। अक्षौहिणीः सप्त हत्वा हतो राजा जयद्रथः। यत्र भीमो महाबाहुः सात्यकिश्च महारथः॥ (NIL 1.2.259; KUM 1.2.260)
hatē’bhimanyau kruddhēna yatra pārthēna saṁyugē। akṣauhiṇīḥ sapta hatvā hatō rājā jayadrathaḥ। yatra bhīmō mahābāhuḥ sātyakiśca mahārathaḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.259; KUM 1.2.260)
[हते (hatē) - when slain; अभिमन्यु (abhimanyu) - Abhimanyu; क्रुद्धेन (kruddhēna) - by the enraged; यत्र (yatra) - where; पार्थेन (pārthēna) - by Arjuna; संयुगे (saṁyugē) - in battle; अक्षौहिणीः (akṣauhiṇīḥ) - akshauhini divisions; सप्त (sapta) - seven; हत्वा (hatvā) - having slain; हतः (hataḥ) - was killed; राजा (rājā) - King; जयद्रथः (jayadrathaḥ) - Jayadratha; यत्र (yatra) - where; भीमः (bhīmaḥ) - Bhima; महाबाहुः (mahābāhuḥ) - mighty-armed; सात्यकिः (sātyakiḥ) - Satyaki; च (ca) - and; महारथः (mahārathaḥ) - great warrior;]
Where, when Abhimanyu was slain, the enraged Arjuna in battle, having destroyed seven akshauhinis, killed King Jayadratha; where mighty-armed Bhima and Satyaki, the great warrior, [were present]...
अन्वेषणार्थं पार्थस्य युधिष्ठिरनृपाज्ञया। प्रविष्टौ भारतीं सेनामप्रधृष्यां सुरैरपि॥ (NIL 1.2.260; KUM 1.2.261)
anvēṣaṇārthaṁ pārthasya yudhiṣṭhiranr̥pājñayā। praviṣṭau bhāratīṁ sēnāmapradhr̥ṣyāṁ surairapi॥ (NIL 1.2.260; KUM 1.2.261)
[अन्वेषणार्थं (anvēṣaṇārthaṁ) - for the purpose of searching; पार्थस्य (pārthasya) - for Arjuna; युधिष्ठिर-नृप-आज्ञया (yudhiṣṭhira-nr̥pa-ājñayā) - by King Yudhishthira's command; प्रविष्टौ (praviṣṭau) - entered; भारतीं (bhāratīṁ) - the Bharata's; सेनाम् (sēnām) - army; अप्रधृष्यां (apradhr̥ṣyāṁ) - invincible; सुरैः अपि (suraiḥ api) - even by the gods;]
For the purpose of searching for Arjuna, by King Yudhishthira's command, they entered the Bharata army—invincible even to the gods.
संशप्तकावशेषं च कृतं निःशेषमाहवे॥ (BORI 1.2.163)
saṁśaptakāvaśēṣaṁ ca kr̥taṁ niḥśēṣamāhavē॥ (BORI 1.2.163)
[संशप्तकावशेषं (saṁśaptakāvaśēṣaṁ) - whatever remained of the Saṁśaptakas; च (ca) - and; कृतं (kr̥taṁ) - was made; निःशेषम् (niḥśēṣam) - completely destroyed; आहवे (āhavē) - in the battle;]
And whatever remained of the Saṁśaptakas was completely destroyed in the battle.
संशप्तकानां वीराणां कोट्यो नव महात्मनाम्॥ (NIL 1.2.261; KUM 1.2.262)
saṁśaptakānāṁ vīrāṇāṁ kōṭyō nava mahātmanām॥ (NIL 1.2.261; KUM 1.2.262)
[संशप्तकानां (saṁśaptakānāṁ) - of the Saṁśaptaka soldiers; वीराणां (vīrāṇāṁ) - of the warriors; कोट्यः (kōṭyaḥ) - tens of millions; नव (nava) - nine; महात्मनाम् (mahātmanām) - great-souled ones;]
Nine crore great-souled warriors of the Saṁśaptakas.
किरीटिनाभिनिष्क्रम्य प्रापिता यमसादनम्। धृतराष्ट्रस्य पुत्राश्च तथा पाषाणयोधिनः॥ (NIL 1.2.262; KUM 1.2.263)
kirīṭinābhiniṣkramya prāpitā yamasādanam। dhr̥tarāṣṭrasya putrāśca tathā pāṣāṇayōdhinaḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.262; KUM 1.2.263)
[किरीटिना (kirīṭinā) - by the one with a crown; अभिनिष्क्रम्य (abhiniṣkramya) - having gone forth; प्रापिता (prāpitā) - were sent; यमसादनम् (yamasādanam) - to the abode of Yama; धृतराष्ट्रस्य (dhr̥tarāṣṭrasya) - of Dhritarashtra; पुत्राः (putrāḥ) - the sons; च (ca) - and; तथा (tathā) - as well; पाषाणयोधिनः (pāṣāṇayōdhinaḥ) - the stone-armed warriors;]
After going forth, the one with a crown sent the sons of Dhritarashtra, as well as the stone-armed warriors, to the abode of Yama.
नारायणाश्च गोपालाः समरे चित्रयोधिनः। (NIL 1.2.263; KUM 1.2.264)
nārāyaṇāśca gōpālāḥ samarē citrayōdhinaḥ। (NIL 1.2.263; KUM 1.2.264)
[नारायणाः (nārāyaṇāḥ) - the Narayanas; च (ca) - and; गोपालाः (gōpālāḥ) - the Gopalas; समरे (samarē) - in battle; चित्रयोधिनः (citrayōdhinaḥ) - remarkable warriors;]
The Narayanas and Gopalas—remarkable warriors in battle.
अलम्बुसः श्रुतायुश्च जलसन्धश्च वीर्यवान्। सौमदत्तिर्विराटश्च द्रुपदश्च महारथः। घटोत्कचादयश्चान्ये निहता द्रोणपर्वणि॥ (BORI 1.2.164)
alambusaḥ śrutāyuśca jalasandhaśca vīryavān। saumadattirvirāṭaśca drupadaśca mahārathaḥ। ghaṭōtkacādayaścānyē nihatā drōṇaparvaṇi॥ (BORI 1.2.164)
[अलम्बुसः (alambusaḥ) - Alambusa; श्रुतायुः (śrutāyuḥ) - Shrutayus; च (ca) - and; जलसन्धः (jalasandhaḥ) - Jalasandha; च (ca) - and; वीर्यवान् (vīryavān) - powerful; सौमदत्तिः (saumadattiḥ) - Saumadatti; विराटः (virāṭaḥ) - Virata; च (ca) - and; द्रुपदः (drupadaḥ) - Drupada; च (ca) - and; महारथः (mahārathaḥ) - great chariot-warrior; घटोत्कचादयः (ghaṭōtkacādayaḥ) - Ghatotkacha and others; च (ca) - and; अन्ये (anyē) - others; निहताः (nihatāḥ) - were slain; द्रोणपर्वणि (drōṇaparvaṇi) - in the Drona Parvan;]
Alambusa, Shrutayus, the powerful Jalasandha, Saumadatti, Virata, Drupada the great chariot-warrior, Ghatotkacha and others—these and others were slain during the Drona Parvan.
अश्वत्थामापि चात्रैव द्रोणे युधि निपातिते। अस्त्रं प्रादुश्चकारोग्रं नारायणममर्षितः॥ (BORI 1.2.165)
aśvatthāmāpi cātraiva drōṇē yudhi nipātitē। astraṁ prāduścakārōgraṁ nārāyaṇamamarṣitaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.165)
[अश्वत्थामा (aśvatthāmā) - Aśvatthāman; अपि (api) - also; च (ca) - and; अत्र एव (atra ēva) - right there; द्रोणे (drōṇē) - when Droṇa; युधि (yudhi) - in battle; निपातिते (nipātitē) - had fallen; अस्त्रं (astraṁ) - weapon; प्रादुश्चकार (prāduścakāra) - unleashed; ओग्रं (ōgraṁ) - terrible; नारायणम् (nārāyaṇam) - Nārāyaṇa; अमर्षितः (amarṣitaḥ) - angry;]
Aśvatthāman too, enraged, right there after Droṇa had fallen in battle, unleashed the terrible Nārāyaṇa weapon.
आग्नेयं कीर्त्यते यत्र रुद्रमाहात्म्यमुत्तमम्। व्यासस्य चाप्यागमनं माहात्म्यं कृष्णपार्थयोः॥ (NIL 1.2.266; KUM 1.2.267)
āgnēyaṁ kīrtyatē yatra rudramāhātmyamuttamam। vyāsasya cāpyāgamanaṁ māhātmyaṁ kr̥ṣṇapārthayōḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.266; KUM 1.2.267)
[आग्नेयम् (āgnēyam) - the Agneya; कीर्त्यते (kīrtyatē) - is described; यत्र (yatra) - where; रुद्रम् (rudram) - Rudra; माहात्म्यम् (māhātmyam) - greatness; उत्तमम् (uttamam) - supreme; व्यासस्य (vyāsasya) - of Vyasa; च (ca) - and; अपि (api) - also; आगमनम् (āgamanam) - arrival; माहात्म्यम् (māhātmyam) - the greatness; कृष्णपार्थयोः (kr̥ṣṇapārthayōḥ) - of Krishna and Arjuna;]
Where the Agneya weapon is described, the supreme greatness of Rudra, the arrival of Vyasa, and the greatness of Krishna and Arjuna.
सप्तमं भारते पर्व महदेतदुदाहृतम्। अत्र ते पृथिवीपालाः प्रायशो निधनं गताः। द्रोणपर्वणि ये शूरा निर्दिष्टाः पुरुषर्षभाः॥ (BORI 1.2.166)
saptamaṁ bhāratē parva mahadētadudāhr̥tam। atra tē pr̥thivīpālāḥ prāyaśō nidhanaṁ gatāḥ। drōṇaparvaṇi yē śūrā nirdiṣṭāḥ puruṣarṣabhāḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.166)
[सप्तमम् (saptamam) - the seventh; भारते (bhāratē) - in the Bhārata; पर्व (parva) - book; महत् (mahat) - great; एतत् (ētat) - this; उदाहृतम् (udāhr̥tam) - is named; अत्र (atra) - here; ते (tē) - those; पृथिवीपालाः (pr̥thivīpālāḥ) - kings; प्रायशः (prāyaśaḥ) - mostly; निधनं (nidhanaṁ) - death; गताः (gatāḥ) - met; द्रोणपर्वणि (drōṇaparvaṇi) - in the Droṇa Parvan; ये (yē) - who; शूराः (śūrāḥ) - heroes; निर्दिष्टाः (nirdiṣṭāḥ) - are described; पुरुषर्षभाः (puruṣarṣabhāḥ) - foremost among men;]
This is called the seventh great book in the Bhārata. Here, most of those kings who are described as heroes and foremost among men in the Droṇa Parvan met their death.
अध्यायानां शतं प्रोक्तमध्यायाः सप्ततिस्तथा। अष्टौ श्लोकसहस्राणि तथा नव शतानि च॥ (BORI 1.2.167)
adhyāyānāṁ śataṁ prōktamadhyāyāḥ saptatistathā। aṣṭau ślōkasahasrāṇi tathā nava śatāni ca॥ (BORI 1.2.167)
[अध्यायानाम् (adhyāyānām) - of chapters; शतम् (śatam) - one hundred; प्रोक्तम् (prōktam) - is stated; अध्यायाः (adhyāyāḥ) - chapters; सप्तति (saptati) - seventy; स्तथा (stathā) - and likewise; अष्टौ (aṣṭau) - eight; श्लोकसहस्राणि (ślōkasahasrāṇi) - thousand verses; तथा (tathā) - and; नव (nava) - nine; शतानि (śatāni) - hundred; च (ca) - and;]
It is said to consist of one hundred and seventy chapters, and likewise eight thousand nine hundred verses.
श्लोका नव तथैवात्र सङ्ख्यातास्तत्त्वदर्शिना। पाराशर्येण मुनिना सञ्चिन्त्य द्रोणपर्वणि॥ (BORI 1.2.168)
ślōkā nava tathaivātra saṅkhyātāstattvadarśinā। pārāśaryēṇa muninā sañcintya drōṇaparvaṇi॥ (BORI 1.2.168)
[श्लोका (ślōkā) - verses; नव (nava) - nine; तथैव (tathaiva) - likewise; अत्र (atra) - here; सङ्ख्याताः (saṅkhyātāḥ) - enumerated; तत्त्वदर्शिना (tattvadarśinā) - by the knower of truth; पाराशर्येण (pārāśaryēṇa) - by the son of Parāśara; मुनिना (muninā) - sage; सञ्चिन्त्य (sañcintya) - having considered; द्रोणपर्वणि (drōṇaparvaṇi) - in the Droṇa Parvan;]
Here, likewise, nine verses are enumerated by the sage, the son of Parāśara, the knower of truth, having considered (them) in the Droṇa Parvan.
अतः परं कर्णपर्व प्रोच्यते परमाद्भुतम्। सारथ्ये विनियोगश्च मद्रराजस्य धीमतः। आख्यातं यत्र पौराणं त्रिपुरस्य निपातनम्॥ (BORI 1.2.169)
ataḥ paraṁ karṇaparva prōcyatē paramādbhutam। sārathyē viniyōgaśca madrarājasya dhīmataḥ। ākhyātaṁ yatra paurāṇaṁ tripurasya nipātanam॥ (BORI 1.2.169)
[अतः परम् (ataḥ param) - after this; कर्णपर्व (karṇaparva) - the Karṇa Parvan; प्रोच्यते (prōcyatē) - is narrated; परम अद्भुतम् (parama adbhutam) - most wondrous; सारथ्ये विनियोगः च (sārathyē viniyōgaḥ ca) - and the appointment as charioteer; मद्रराजस्य धीमतः (madrarājasya dhīmataḥ) - of the wise king of Madra; आख्यातं (ākhyātaṁ) - is recounted; यत्र (yatra) - where; पौराणं (paurāṇaṁ) - ancient; त्रिपुरस्य निपातनम् (tripurasya nipātanam) - the destruction of Tripura;]
After this, the most wondrous Karṇa Parvan is narrated, in which the wise king of Madra is appointed as charioteer, and where the ancient tale of the destruction of Tripura is recounted.
प्रयाणे परुषश्चात्र संवादः कर्णशल्ययोः। हंसकाकीयमाख्यानमत्रैवाक्षेपसंहितम्॥ (BORI 1.2.170)
prayāṇē paruṣaścātra saṁvādaḥ karṇaśalyayōḥ। haṁsakākīyamākhyānamatraivākṣēpasaṁhitam॥ (BORI 1.2.170)
[प्रयाणे (prayāṇē) - during the advance; परुषः (paruṣaḥ) - harsh; च (ca) - and; अत्र (atra) - here; संवादः (saṁvādaḥ) - conversation; कर्णशल्ययोः (karṇaśalyayōḥ) - between Karna and Shalya; हंसकाकीयम् (haṁsakākīyam) - the tale of the swan and the crow; आख्यानम् (ākhyānam) - story; अत्र एव (atra ēva) - here itself; आक्षेपसंहितम् (ākṣēpasaṁhitam) - containing reproaches;]
During the advance, there is a harsh conversation between Karna and Shalya, and here is also found the tale of the swan and the crow, recounted with reproaches.
वधः पाण्ड्यस्य च तथा अश्वत्थाम्ना महात्मना। दण्डसेनस्य च ततो दण्डस्य च वधस्तथा॥ (NIL 1.2.273; KUM 1.2.274)
vadhaḥ pāṇḍyasya ca tathā aśvatthāmnā mahātmanā। daṇḍasēnasya ca tatō daṇḍasya ca vadhastathā॥ (NIL 1.2.273; KUM 1.2.274)
[वधः (vadhaḥ) - the killing; पाण्ड्यस्य (pāṇḍyasya) - of the Pāṇḍya; च (ca) - and; तथा (tathā) - also; अश्वत्थाम्ना (aśvatthāmnā) - by Aśvatthāman; महात्मना (mahātmanā) - the great-souled; दण्डसेनस्य (daṇḍasēnasya) - of Daṇḍasena; च (ca) - and; ततः (tataḥ) - then; दण्डस्य (daṇḍasya) - of Daṇḍa; च (ca) - and; वधः (vadhaḥ) - the killing; तथा (tathā) - likewise;]
The killing of the Pāṇḍya also by the great-souled Aśvatthāman, and then the death of Daṇḍasena and likewise the killing of Daṇḍa.
द्वैरथे यत्र कर्णेन धर्मराजो युधिष्टिरः। संशयं गमितो युद्धे मिषतां सर्वधन्विनाम्॥ (NIL 1.2.274; KUM 1.2.275)
dvairathē yatra karṇēna dharmarājō yudhiṣṭiraḥ। saṁśayaṁ gamitō yuddhē miṣatāṁ sarvadhanvinām॥ (NIL 1.2.274; KUM 1.2.275)
[द्वैरथे (dvairathē) - in single combat; यत्र (yatra) - where; कर्णेन (karṇēna) - by Karṇa; धर्मराजः युधिष्टिरः (dharmarājaḥ yudhiṣṭiraḥ) - King Yudhiṣṭhira; संशयं गमितः (saṁśayaṁ gamitaḥ) - was brought into critical danger; युद्धे (yuddhē) - in battle; मिषताम् (miṣatām) - as (they) watched; सर्वधन्विनाम् (sarvadhanvinām) - all the bowmen;]
Where, in single combat, King Yudhiṣṭhira was put in grave danger in battle by Karṇa, as all the bowmen watched...
अन्योन्यं प्रति च क्रोधो युधिष्ठिरकिरीटिनोः। यत्रैवानुनयः प्रोक्तो माधवेनार्जुनस्य हि॥ (NIL 1.2.275; KUM 1.2.276)
anyōnyaṁ prati ca krōdhō yudhiṣṭhirakirīṭinōḥ। yatraivānunayaḥ prōktō mādhavēnārjunasya hi॥ (NIL 1.2.275; KUM 1.2.276)
[अन्योन्यं (anyōnyaṁ) - towards each other; प्रति (prati) - regarding; च (ca) - and; क्रोधः (krōdhaḥ) - anger; युधिष्ठिर (yudhiṣṭhira) - Yudhishthira; किरीटिनोः (kirīṭinōḥ) - and Arjuna; यत्र (yatra) - where; एव (ēva) - indeed; अनुनयः (anunayaḥ) - reconciliation; प्रोक्तः (prōktaḥ) - was voiced; माधवेन (mādhavēna) - by Madhava; अर्जुनस्य (arjunasya) - to Arjuna; हि (hi) - indeed;]
Where anger arose between Yudhishthira and the diademed Arjuna towards each other, and where reconciliation was indeed spoken by Madhava to Arjuna.
प्रतिज्ञापूर्वकं चापि वक्षो दुःशासनस्य च। भित्त्वा वृकोदरो रक्तं पीतवान्यत्र संयुगे॥ (NIL 1.2.276; KUM 1.2.277)
pratijñāpūrvakaṁ cāpi vakṣō duḥśāsanasya ca। bhittvā vr̥kōdarō raktaṁ pītavānyatra saṁyugē॥ (NIL 1.2.276; KUM 1.2.277)
[प्रतिज्ञापूर्वकं (pratijñāpūrvakaṁ) - after making a vow; च (ca) - and; अपि (api) - also; वक्षः (vakṣaḥ) - the chest; दुःशासनस्य (duḥśāsanasya) - of Duḥśāsana; च (ca) - and; भित्त्वा (bhittvā) - having pierced; वृकोदरः (vr̥kōdaraḥ) - Vṛkodara; रक्तं (raktaṁ) - blood; पीतवान् (pītavān) - drank; यत्र (yatra) - where; संयुगे (saṁyugē) - in battle;]
where, after making a vow, Vṛkodara pierced Duḥśāsana's chest and drank his blood in battle
द्वैरथे यत्र पार्थेन हतः कर्णो महारथः॥ (BORI 1.2.171)
dvairathē yatra pārthēna hataḥ karṇō mahārathaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.171)
[द्वैरथे (dvairathē) - in single combat; यत्र (yatra) - where; पार्थेन (pārthēna) - by Arjuna; हतः (hataḥ) - was killed; कर्णः (karṇaḥ) - Karna; महारथः (mahārathaḥ) - the great warrior;]
where, in single combat, the great warrior Karna was killed by Arjuna.
अष्टमं पर्व निर्दिष्टमेतद्भारतचिन्तकैः। एकोनसप्ततिः प्रोक्ता अध्यायाः कर्णपर्वणि। चत्वार्येव सहस्राणि नव श्लोकशतानि च॥ (BORI 1.2.172)
aṣṭamaṁ parva nirdiṣṭamētadbhāratacintakaiḥ। ēkōnasaptatiḥ prōktā adhyāyāḥ karṇaparvaṇi। catvāryēva sahasrāṇi nava ślōkaśatāni ca॥ (BORI 1.2.172)
[अष्टमं (aṣṭamaṁ) - the eighth; पर्व (parva) - book; निर्दिष्टम् (nirdiṣṭam) - has been designated; एतत् (ētat) - this; भारतचिन्तकैः (bhāratacintakaiḥ) - by the compilers of the Bharata; एकोनसप्ततिः (ēkōnasaptatiḥ) - sixty-nine; प्रोक्ता (prōktā) - are said to be; अध्यायाः (adhyāyāḥ) - chapters; कर्णपर्वणि (karṇaparvaṇi) - in the Karṇa Parvan; चत्वार्य् एव (catvāry ēva) - exactly four; सहस्राणि (sahasrāṇi) - thousand; नव (nava) - nine; श्लोकशतानि (ślōkaśatāni) - hundreds of verses; च (ca) - and;]
This, the eighth book, has been designated by the compilers of the Bharata. In the Karṇa Parvan there are said to be sixty-nine chapters, and exactly four thousand nine hundred verses.
चतुःषष्टिस्तथा श्लोकाः पर्वण्यस्मिन्प्रकीर्तिताः। (NIL 1.2.279; KUM 1.2.280)
catuḥṣaṣṭistathā ślōkāḥ parvaṇyasminprakīrtitāḥ। (NIL 1.2.279; KUM 1.2.280)
[चतुःषष्टि (catuḥṣaṣṭi) - sixty-four; तथा (tathā) - and; श्लोकाः (ślōkāḥ) - verses; पर्वणि (parvaṇi) - in this parvan; अस्मिन् (asmin) - in this; प्रकीर्तिताः (prakīrtitāḥ) - are mentioned;]
And sixty-four verses are mentioned in this parvan.
अतः परं विचित्रार्थं शल्यपर्व प्रकीर्तितम्। हतप्रवीरे सैन्ये तु नेता मद्रेश्वरोऽभवत्॥ (BORI 1.2.173)
ataḥ paraṁ vicitrārthaṁ śalyaparva prakīrtitam। hatapravīrē sainyē tu nētā madrēśvarō’bhavat॥ (BORI 1.2.173)
[अतः (ataḥ) - after this; परं (paraṁ) - thereafter; विचित्रार्थं (vicitrārthaṁ) - of various and striking content; शल्यपर्व (śalyaparva) - the Shalya Parva; प्रकीर्तितम् (prakīrtitam) - is recounted; हतप्रवीरे (hatapravīrē) - when the heroes had been slain; सैन्ये (sainyē) - in the army; तु (tu) - then; नेता (nētā) - the leader; मद्रेश्वरः (madrēśvaraḥ) - the king of Madra; अभवत् (abhavat) - became;]
After this, the Shalya Parva, of striking episodes, is recounted; when the heroes of the army had been slain, the king of Madra became the leader.
यत्र कौमारमाख्यानमभिषेकस्य कर्म च॥ (NIL 1.2.280; KUM 1.2.281)
yatra kaumāramākhyānamabhiṣēkasya karma ca॥ (NIL 1.2.280; KUM 1.2.281)
[यत्र (yatra) - where; कौमारम् (kaumāram) - the narrative of youth; आख्यानम् (ākhyānam) - account; अभिषेकस्य (abhiṣēkasya) - of the consecration; कर्म (karma) - rite; च (ca) - and;]
where the account of youth and the rite of consecration are related,
वृत्तानि रथयुद्धानि कीर्त्यन्ते यत्र भागशः। विनाशः कुरुमुख्यानां शल्यपर्वणि कीर्त्यते॥ (BORI 1.2.174)
vr̥ttāni rathayuddhāni kīrtyantē yatra bhāgaśaḥ। vināśaḥ kurumukhyānāṁ śalyaparvaṇi kīrtyatē॥ (BORI 1.2.174)
[वृत्तानि (vr̥ttāni) - events; रथयुद्धानि (rathayuddhāni) - chariot battles; कीर्त्यन्ते (kīrtyantē) - are recounted; यत्र (yatra) - where; भागशः (bhāgaśaḥ) - in parts; विनाशः (vināśaḥ) - the destruction; कुरुमुख्यानाम् (kurumukhyānām) - of the Kuru chiefs; शल्यपर्वणि (śalyaparvaṇi) - in the Shalya Parvan; कीर्त्यते (kīrtyatē) - is described;]
Where, section by section, the events and chariot battles are recounted, and the destruction of the Kuru chiefs is described in the Shalya Parvan.
शल्यस्य निधनं चात्र धर्मराजान्महारथात्।
śalyasya nidhanaṁ cātra dharmarājānmahārathāt।
[शल्यस्य (śalyasya) - of Śalya; निधनं (nidhanaṁ) - killing; च (ca) - and; अत्र (atra) - here; धर्मराजात् (dharmarājāt) - by Dharmarāja; महारथात् (mahārathāt) - the great chariot-warrior;]
and here the killing of Śalya by Dharmarāja, the great chariot-warrior...
शकुनेश्च वधोऽत्रैव सहदेवेन संयुगे॥ (NIL 1.2.282; KUM 1.2.283)
śakunēśca vadhō’traiva sahadēvēna saṁyugē॥ (NIL 1.2.282; KUM 1.2.283)
[शकुनेः (śakunēḥ) - of Shakuni; च (ca) - and; वधः (vadhaḥ) - slaying; अत्रैव (atraiva) - right here; सहदेवेन (sahadēvēna) - by Sahadeva; संयुगे (saṁyugē) - in battle;]
And here the slaying of Shakuni by Sahadeva in battle.
सैन्ये च हतभूयिष्ठे किञ्चिच्छिष्टे सुयोधनः। ह्रदं प्रविश्य यत्रासौ संस्तभ्यापोव्यवस्थितः॥ (NIL 1.2.283; KUM 1.2.284)
sainyē ca hatabhūyiṣṭhē kiñcicchiṣṭē suyōdhanaḥ। hradaṁ praviśya yatrāsau saṁstabhyāpōvyavasthitaḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.283; KUM 1.2.284)
[सैन्ये (sainyē) - when the army; च (ca) - and; हत (hata) - was slain; भूयिष्ठे (bhūyiṣṭhē) - for the most part; किञ्चित् (kiñcit) - a little; शिष्टे (śiṣṭē) - remained; सुयोधनः (suyōdhanaḥ) - Suyodhana; ह्रदं (hradaṁ) - a lake; प्रविश्य (praviśya) - entering; यत्र (yatra) - where; असौ (asau) - he; संस्तभ्य (saṁstabhya) - having checked; आपः (āpaḥ) - the waters; व्यवस्थितः (vyavasthitaḥ) - remained;]
When most of the army had been slain and only a few remained, Suyodhana entered a lake, where he remained after checking the waters.
प्रवृत्तिस्तत्र चाख्याता यत्र भीमस्य लुब्धकैः। क्षेपयुक्तैर्वचोभिश्च धर्मराजस्य धीमतः॥ (NIL 1.2.284; KUM 1.2.285)
pravr̥ttistatra cākhyātā yatra bhīmasya lubdhakaiḥ। kṣēpayuktairvacōbhiśca dharmarājasya dhīmataḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.284; KUM 1.2.285)
[प्रवृत्तिः (pravr̥ttiḥ) - the account; तत्र (tatra) - there; च (ca) - and; आख्याता (ākhyātā) - was related; यत्र (yatra) - where; भीमस्य (bhīmasya) - of Bhīma; लुब्धकैः (lubdhakaiḥ) - by the hunters; क्षेपयुक्तैः (kṣēpayuktaiḥ) - with reproachful; वचोभिः (vacōbhiḥ) - words; च (ca) - and; धर्मराजस्य (dharmarājasya) - of Dharmarāja; धीमतः (dhīmataḥ) - the wise;]
There, the account was related—how Bhīma, by the hunters, and also of the wise Dharmarāja, with reproachful words.
ह्रदात्समुत्थितो यत्र धार्तराष्ट्रोऽत्यमर्षणः। (NIL 1.2.285; KUM 1.2.286)
hradātsamutthitō yatra dhārtarāṣṭrō’tyamarṣaṇaḥ। (NIL 1.2.285; KUM 1.2.286)
[ह्रदात् (hradāt) - from the lake; समुत्थितः (samutthitaḥ) - having arisen; यत्र (yatra) - where; धार्तराष्ट्रः (dhārtarāṣṭraḥ) - Duryodhana; अत्यमर्षणः (atyamarṣaṇaḥ) - incensed;]
where the enraged son of Dhṛtarāṣṭra arose from the lake
गदायुद्धं तु तुमुलमत्रैव परिकीर्तितम्।
gadāyuddhaṁ tu tumulamatraiva parikīrtitam।
[गदायुद्धम् (gadāyuddham) - the mace battle; तु (tu) - but; तुमुलम् (tumulam) - fierce; अत्र (atra) - here; एव (ēva) - indeed; परिकीर्तितम् (parikīrtitam) - is described;]
But here the fierce mace battle is particularly described.
समवाये च युद्धस्य रामस्यागमनं स्मृतम्। (NIL 1.2.286; KUM 1.2.287)
samavāyē ca yuddhasya rāmasyāgamanaṁ smr̥tam। (NIL 1.2.286; KUM 1.2.287)
[समवाये (samavāyē) - in the assembly; च (ca) - and; युद्धस्य (yuddhasya) - of the battle; रामस्य (rāmasya) - Rāma's; आगमनं (āgamanaṁ) - arrival; स्मृतम् (smr̥tam) - is remembered;]
The arrival of Rāma at the assembly of the battle is recalled.
सरस्वत्याश्च तीर्थानां पुण्यता परिकीर्तिता॥ (BORI 1.2.175)
sarasvatyāśca tīrthānāṁ puṇyatā parikīrtitā॥ (BORI 1.2.175)
[सरस्वत्याः (sarasvatyāḥ) - of Sarasvati; च (ca) - and; तीर्थानां (tīrthānāṁ) - of the sacred fords; पुण्यता (puṇyatā) - holiness; परिकीर्तिता (parikīrtitā) - is especially praised;]
and the exceptional holiness of the sacred fords of Sarasvati is celebrated
दुर्योधनस्य राज्ञोऽथ यत्र भीमेन संयुगे॥ (NIL 1.2.287; KUM 1.2.288)
duryōdhanasya rājñō’tha yatra bhīmēna saṁyugē॥ (NIL 1.2.287; KUM 1.2.288)
[दुर्योधनस्य (duryōdhanasya) - of Duryodhana; राज्ञः (rājñaḥ) - the king; अथ (atha) - then; यत्र (yatra) - where; भीमेन (bhīmēna) - by Bhima; संयुगे (saṁyugē) - in battle;]
Then, where King Duryodhana, in battle, by Bhima...
ऊरू भग्नो प्रसह्याजौ गदया भीमवेगया। (NIL 1.2.288; KUM 1.2.289)
ūrū bhagnō prasahyājau gadayā bhīmavēgayā। (NIL 1.2.288; KUM 1.2.289)
[ऊरू (ūrū) - thighs; भग्नः (bhagnaḥ) - were broken; प्रसह्य (prasahya) - forcibly; अजौ (ajau) - in battle; गदया (gadayā) - with a mace; भीमवेगया (bhīmavēgayā) - by Bhīma's force;]
His thighs were broken forcibly in battle by the mace wielded with Bhīma's strength.
नवमं पर्व निर्दिष्टमेतदद्भुतमर्थवत्। एकोनषष्टिरध्यायास्तत्र सङ्ख्याविशारदैः॥ (BORI 1.2.176)
navamaṁ parva nirdiṣṭamētadadbhutamarthavat। ēkōnaṣaṣṭiradhyāyāstatra saṅkhyāviśāradaiḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.176)
[नवमं (navamaṁ) - ninth; पर्व (parva) - book; निर्दिष्टम् (nirdiṣṭam) - is described; एतत् (ētat) - this; अद्भुतम् (adbhutam) - extraordinary; अर्थवत् (arthavat) - meaningful; एकोनषष्टि (ēkōnaṣaṣṭi) - fifty-nine; अध्यायाः (adhyāyāḥ) - chapters; तत्र (tatra) - therein; सङ्ख्या-विषददैः (saṅkhyā-viṣadadaiḥ) - by those skilled at calculation;]
This extraordinary and meaningful ninth book is described as containing fifty-nine chapters therein, according to those skilled in calculation.
सङ्ख्याता बहुवृत्तान्ताः श्लोकाग्रं चात्र शस्यते। त्रीणि श्लोकसहस्राणि द्वे शते विंशतिस्तथा। मुनिना सम्प्रणीतानि कौरवाणां यशोभृताम्॥ (BORI 1.2.177)
saṅkhyātā bahuvr̥ttāntāḥ ślōkāgraṁ cātra śasyatē। trīṇi ślōkasahasrāṇi dvē śatē viṁśatistathā। muninā sampraṇītāni kauravāṇāṁ yaśōbhr̥tām॥ (BORI 1.2.177)
[सङ्ख्याता (saṅkhyātā) - numbered; बहुवृत्तान्ताः (bahuvr̥ttāntāḥ) - with many incidents; श्लोकाग्रं (ślōkāgraṁ) - the number of verses; च (ca) - and; अत्र (atra) - here; शस्यते (śasyatē) - is stated; त्रीणि (trīṇi) - three; श्लोकसहस्राणि (ślōkasahasrāṇi) - thousand verses; द्वे (dvē) - two; शते (śatē) - hundred; विंशतिः (viṁśatiḥ) - twenty; तथा (tathā) - also; मुनिना (muninā) - by the sage; सम्प्रणीतानि (sampraṇītāni) - composed; कौरवाणां (kauravāṇāṁ) - of the Kauravas; यशोभृताम् (yaśōbhr̥tām) - who are famed;]
Here, the number of verses, rich in stories and as related by the sage, is declared to be three thousand two hundred and twenty; these are composed about the famed Kauravas.
अतः परं प्रवक्ष्यामि सौप्तिकं पर्व दारुणम्। भग्नोरुं यत्र राजानं दुर्योधनममर्षणम्॥ (BORI 1.2.178)
ataḥ paraṁ pravakṣyāmi sauptikaṁ parva dāruṇam। bhagnōruṁ yatra rājānaṁ duryōdhanamamarṣaṇam॥ (BORI 1.2.178)
[अतः (ataḥ) - after this; परम् (param) - next; प्रवक्ष्यामि (pravakṣyāmi) - I will describe; सौप्तिकं (sauptikaṁ) - the Sauptika; पर्व (parva) - book; दारुणम् (dāruṇam) - terrible; भग्नोरुम् (bhagnōrum) - with a broken thigh; यत्र (yatra) - where; राजानम् (rājānam) - the king; दुर्योधनम् (duryōdhanam) - Duryodhana; अमर्षणम् (amarṣaṇam) - unyielding;]
Next, I will describe the terrible Sauptika Book, in which Duryodhana the king, unyielding, lay with a broken thigh.
व्यपयातेषु पार्थेषु त्रयस्तेऽभ्याययू रथाः। कृतवर्मा कृपो द्रौणिः सायाह्ने रुधिरोक्षिताः॥ (BORI 1.2.179)
vyapayātēṣu pārthēṣu trayastē’bhyāyayū rathāḥ। kr̥tavarmā kr̥pō drauṇiḥ sāyāhnē rudhirōkṣitāḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.179)
[व्यपयातेषु (vyapayātēṣu) - when the Pāṇḍavas had withdrawn; पार्थेषु (pārthēṣu) - the Pāṇḍavas; त्रयः (trayaḥ) - three; ते (tē) - they; अभ्याययुः (abhyāyayuḥ) - came; रथाः (rathāḥ) - chariots; कृतवर्मा (kr̥tavarmā) - Kṛtavarmā; कृपः (kr̥paḥ) - Kṛpa; द्रौणिः (drauṇiḥ) - Aśvatthāman; सायाह्ने (sāyāhnē) - at dusk; रुधिरोक्षिताः (rudhirōkṣitāḥ) - spattered with blood;]
After the Pāṇḍavas had withdrawn, those three—Kṛtavarmā, Kṛpa, and Aśvatthāman—came in their chariots at dusk, spattered with blood.
समेत्य ददृशुर्भूमौ पतितं रणमूर्धनि। (NIL 1.2.293; KUM 1.2.294)
samētya dadr̥śurbhūmau patitaṁ raṇamūrdhani। (NIL 1.2.293; KUM 1.2.294)
[समेत्य (samētya) - having come together; ददृशुः (dadr̥śuḥ) - they saw; भूमौ (bhūmau) - on the ground; पतितम् (patitam) - fallen; रणमूर्धनि (raṇamūrdhani) - on the field of battle;]
Having come together, they saw (someone) fallen on the ground on the battlefield.
प्रतिजज्ञे दृढक्रोधो द्रौणिर्यत्र महारथः। अहत्वा सर्वपाञ्चालान्धृष्टद्युम्नपुरोगमान्। पाण्डवांश्च सहामात्यान्न विमोक्ष्यामि दंशनम्॥ (BORI 1.2.180)
pratijajñē dr̥ḍhakrōdhō drauṇiryatra mahārathaḥ। ahatvā sarvapāñcālāndhr̥ṣṭadyumnapurōgamān। pāṇḍavāṁśca sahāmātyānna vimōkṣyāmi daṁśanam॥ (BORI 1.2.180)
[प्रतिजज्ञे (pratijajñē) - he vowed; दृढक्रोधः (dr̥ḍhakrōdhaḥ) - firm in wrath; द्रौणिः (drauṇiḥ) - the son of Droṇa; यत्र (yatra) - where; महारथः (mahārathaḥ) - the great warrior; अहत्वा (ahatvā) - without killing; सर्वपाञ्चालान् (sarvapāñcālān) - all the Pāñcālas; धृष्टद्युम्नपुरोगमान् (dhr̥ṣṭadyumnapurōgamān) - headed by Dhṛṣṭadyumna; पाण्डवान् (pāṇḍavān) - the Pāṇḍavas; च (ca) - and; सह अमात्यन् (saha amātyan) - together with their ministers; न विमोक्ष्यामि (na vimōkṣyāmi) - I will not lay aside; दंशनम् (daṁśanam) - my weapon;]
There, firm in his wrath, Droṇa's son, the great warrior, vowed: "Without killing all the Pāñcālas headed by Dhṛṣṭadyumna, and the Pāṇḍavas along with their ministers, I shall not lay aside my weapon."
यत्रैव मुक्त्वा राजानमपक्रम्य त्रयो रथाः। सूर्यास्तमनवेलायामासेदुस्ते महद्वनम्॥ (NIL 1.2.295; KUM 1.2.296)
yatraiva muktvā rājānamapakramya trayō rathāḥ। sūryāstamanavēlāyāmāsēdustē mahadvanam॥ (NIL 1.2.295; KUM 1.2.296)
[यत्र (yatra) - where; एव (ēva) - precisely; मुक्त्वा (muktvā) - having released; राजानम् (rājānam) - the king; अपक्रम्य (apakramya) - departing; त्रयः (trayaḥ) - three; रथाः (rathāḥ) - chariots; सूर्यास्तमनवेलायाम् (sūryāstamanavēlāyām) - at sunset; आसिदुः (āsiduḥ) - reached; ते (tē) - they; महत् (mahat) - great; वनम् (vanam) - forest;]
Exactly there, after releasing the king and departing, the three chariots reached the great forest at sunset.
न्यग्रोधस्याथ महतो यत्राधस्ताद्व्यवस्थिताः। ततः काकान्बहून्रात्रौ दृष्ट्वोलूकेन हिंसितान्॥ (NIL 1.2.296; KUM 1.2.297)
nyagrōdhasyātha mahatō yatrādhastādvyavasthitāḥ। tataḥ kākānbahūnrātrau dr̥ṣṭvōlūkēna hiṁsitān॥ (NIL 1.2.296; KUM 1.2.297)
[न्यग्रोधस्य (nyagrōdhasya) - of a banyan tree; अथ (atha) - then; महतः (mahataḥ) - large; यत्र (yatra) - where; अधस्तात् (adhastāt) - beneath; व्यवस्थिताः (vyavasthitāḥ) - they were situated; ततः (tataḥ) - there; काकान् (kākān) - crows; बहून् (bahūn) - many; रात्रौ (rātrau) - at night; दृष्ट्वा (dr̥ṣṭvā) - seeing; उलूकेन (ulūkēna) - by an owl; हिंसितान् (hiṁsitān) - killed;]
Then, beneath a large banyan tree where they had settled, seeing that many crows had been killed by an owl during the night...
द्रौणिः क्रोधसमाविष्टः पितुर्वधमनुस्मरन्। पाञ्चालानां प्रसुप्तानां वधं प्रति मनो दधे॥ (NIL 1.2.297; KUM 1.2.298)
drauṇiḥ krōdhasamāviṣṭaḥ piturvadhamanusmaran। pāñcālānāṁ prasuptānāṁ vadhaṁ prati manō dadhē॥ (NIL 1.2.297; KUM 1.2.298)
[द्रौणिः (drauṇiḥ) - Aśvatthāman; क्रोधसमाविष्टः (krōdhasamāviṣṭaḥ) - filled with rage; पितुः (pituḥ) - his father's; वधम् (vadham) - killing; अनुस्मरन् (anusmaran) - remembering; पाञ्चालानाम् (pāñcālānām) - of the Pāñcālas; प्रसुप्तानाम् (prasuptānām) - who were sleeping; वधम् (vadham) - slaughter; प्रति (prati) - toward; मना: (manā:) - his mind; दधे (dadhē) - set;]
Aśvatthāman, filled with rage and remembering the killing of his father, set his mind on the slaughter of the sleeping Pāñcālas.
गत्वा च शिबिरद्वारि दुर्दृशं तत्र राक्षसम्। घोररूपमपश्यत्स दिवामावृत्य धिष्ठिरम्॥ (NIL 1.2.298; KUM 1.2.299)
gatvā ca śibiradvāri durdr̥śaṁ tatra rākṣasam। ghōrarūpamapaśyatsa divāmāvr̥tya dhiṣṭhiram॥ (NIL 1.2.298; KUM 1.2.299)
[गत्वा (gatvā) - having gone; च (ca) - and; शिबिरद्वारि (śibiradvāri) - at the entrance of the camp; दुर्दृशं (durdr̥śaṁ) - the terrible-looking; तत्र (tatra) - there; राक्षसम् (rākṣasam) - rākṣasa; घोररूपम् (ghōrarūpam) - of fearsome form; अपश्यत् (apaśyat) - he saw; सः (saḥ) - he; दिवा आमावृत्य (divā āmāvr̥tya) - obscuring the daylight; धिष्ठिरम् (dhiṣṭhiram) - and unmoving;]
And having gone to the camp entrance, he saw there a terrible-looking rākṣasa of fearsome form, who was obscuring the daylight and stood immovable.
तेन व्याघातमस्त्राणां क्रियमाणमवेक्ष्य च। द्रौणिर्यत्र विरूपाक्षं रुद्रमाराध्य सत्वरः॥ (NIL 1.2.299; KUM 1.2.300)
tēna vyāghātamastrāṇāṁ kriyamāṇamavēkṣya ca। drauṇiryatra virūpākṣaṁ rudramārādhya satvaraḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.299; KUM 1.2.300)
[तेन (tēna) - by him; व्याघातम् (vyāghātam) - obstruction; अस्त्राणाम् (astrāṇām) - of the weapons; क्रियमाणम् (kriyamāṇam) - being performed; अवेक्ष्य (avēkṣya) - seeing; च (ca) - and; द्रौणिः (drauṇiḥ) - the son of Droṇa; यत्र (yatra) - where; विरूपाक्षम् (virūpākṣam) - Virūpāksha; रुद्रम् (rudram) - Rudra; आराध्य (ārādhya) - having worshipped; सत्वरः (satvaraḥ) - quickly;]
Having seen that one's obstruction of the weapons being performed, the son of Droṇa—who had quickly worshipped Rudra, Virūpākṣa—at that place...
प्रसुप्तान्निशि विश्वस्तान्यत्र ते पुरुषर्षभाः। पाञ्चालान्सपरीवाराञ्जघ्नुर्द्रौणिपुरोगमाः॥ (BORI 1.2.181)
prasuptānniśi viśvastānyatra tē puruṣarṣabhāḥ। pāñcālānsaparīvārāñjaghnurdrauṇipurōgamāḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.181)
[प्रसुप्तान् (prasuptān) - sleeping; निशि (niśi) - at night; विश्वस्तान् (viśvastān) - trusting; यत्र (yatra) - where; ते (tē) - those; पुरुषर्षभाः (puruṣarṣabhāḥ) - foremost among men; पाञ्चालान् (pāñcālān) - the Pañchālas; सपरीवारान् (saparīvārān) - together with their retinues; जघ्नुः (jaghnuḥ) - slew; द्रौणि-पुरोगमाः (drauṇi-purōgamāḥ) - with Aśvatthāman at their head;]
Where those foremost of men, the Pañchālas, were sleeping at night, trusting, they—led by Aśvatthāman—slaughtered them together with their retinues.
कृतवर्मणा च सहितः कृपेण च निजघ्निवान्। (NIL 1.2.301; KUM 1.2.302)
kr̥tavarmaṇā ca sahitaḥ kr̥pēṇa ca nijaghnivān। (NIL 1.2.301; KUM 1.2.302)
[कृतवर्मणा (kr̥tavarmaṇā) - with Kṛtavarman; च (ca) - and; सहितः (sahitaḥ) - together; कृपेण (kr̥pēṇa) - with Kṛpa; च (ca) - and; निजघ्निवान् (nijaghnivān) - struck down;]
Together with Kṛtavarman and Kṛpa, he struck them down.
यत्रामुच्यन्त पार्थास्ते पञ्च कृष्णबलाश्रयात्। सात्यकिश्च महेष्वासः शेषाश्च निधनं गताः॥ (BORI 1.2.182)
yatrāmucyanta pārthāstē pañca kr̥ṣṇabalāśrayāt। sātyakiśca mahēṣvāsaḥ śēṣāśca nidhanaṁ gatāḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.182)
[यत्र (yatra) - where; अमुच्यन्त (amucyanta) - were released; पार्थाः (pārthāḥ) - the sons of Pāṇḍu; ते (tē) - they; पञ्च (pañca) - the five; कृष्णबलाश्रयात् (kr̥ṣṇabalāśrayāt) - with Kṛṣṇa as their refuge; सात्यकिः (sātyakiḥ) - Sātyaki; च (ca) - and; महेष्वासः (mahēṣvāsaḥ) - the mighty archer; शेषाः (śēṣāḥ) - the others; च (ca) - and; निधनं (nidhanaṁ) - to death; गताः (gatāḥ) - went;]
Where those five sons of Pāṇḍu who took refuge in Kṛṣṇa were released, and Sātyaki the mighty archer and the others met their end...
पाञ्चालानां प्रसुप्तानां यत्र द्रोणसुताद्वधः॥ (NIL 1.2.302; KUM 1.2.303)
pāñcālānāṁ prasuptānāṁ yatra drōṇasutādvadhaḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.302; KUM 1.2.303)
[पाञ्चालानाम् (pāñcālānām) - of the Pāñcālas; प्रसुप्तानाम् (prasuptānām) - while they were sleeping; यत्र (yatra) - when; द्रोणसुतात् (drōṇasutāt) - by the son of Droṇa; वधः (vadhaḥ) - slaughter;]
when the Pāñcālas were slaughtered by Droṇa's son as they slept,
धृष्टद्युम्नस्य सूतेन पाण्डवेषु निवेदितः। (NIL 1.2.303; KUM 1.2.304)
dhr̥ṣṭadyumnasya sūtēna pāṇḍavēṣu nivēditaḥ। (NIL 1.2.303; KUM 1.2.304)
[धृष्टद्युम्नस्य (dhr̥ṣṭadyumnasya) - of Dhṛṣṭadyumna; सूतेन (sūtēna) - by the charioteer; पाण्डवेषु (pāṇḍavēṣu) - to the Pāṇḍavas; निवेदितः (nivēditaḥ) - was reported;]
It was reported to the Pāṇḍavas by Dhṛṣṭadyumna's charioteer.
द्रौपदी पुत्रशोकार्ता पितृभ्रातृवधार्दिता। कृतानशनसङ्कल्पा यत्र भर्तृनुपाविशत्॥ (BORI 1.2.183)
draupadī putraśōkārtā pitr̥bhrātr̥vadhārditā। kr̥tānaśanasaṅkalpā yatra bhartr̥nupāviśat॥ (BORI 1.2.183)
[द्रौपदी (draupadī) - Draupadī; पुत्रशोकार्ता (putraśōkārtā) - afflicted by grief for her sons; पितृभ्रातृवधार्दिता (pitr̥bhrātr̥vadhārditā) - distressed by the murder of her father and brothers; कृत (kr̥ta) - having made; अनशनसङ्कल्पा (anaśanasaṅkalpā) - a vow of fasting; यत्र (yatra) - where; भर्तृनुपाविशत् (bhartr̥nupāviśat) - she sat down by her husbands;]
Draupadī, afflicted by grief for her sons and distressed by the murder of her father and brothers, having undertaken a vow to fast, sat down by her husbands there.
द्रौपदीवचनाद्यत्र भीमो भीमपराक्रमः।
draupadīvacanādyatra bhīmō bhīmaparākramaḥ।
[द्रौपदी (draupadī) - Draupadi; वचनात् (vacanāt) - at the words of; यत्र (yatra) - where; भीमः (bhīmaḥ) - Bhima; भीमपराक्रमः (bhīmaparākramaḥ) - of terrible strength;]
where Bhima, of terrible strength, at Draupadi's words,
प्रियं तस्याश्चिकीर्षन्वै गदामादाय वीर्यवान्। (NIL 1.2.305; KUM 1.2.306)
priyaṁ tasyāścikīrṣanvai gadāmādāya vīryavān। (NIL 1.2.305; KUM 1.2.306)
[प्रियं (priyaṁ) - what was pleasing; तस्याः (tasyāḥ) - to her; चिकीर्षन् (cikīrṣan) - desiring to do; वै (vai) - indeed; गदाम् (gadām) - a mace; आदाय (ādāya) - taking up; वीर्यवान् (vīryavān) - the mighty one;]
Desiring to do what would please her, the mighty one took up his mace.
अन्वधावत सङ्क्रुद्धो भारद्वाजं गुरोः सुतम्॥ (BORI 1.2.184)
anvadhāvata saṅkruddhō bhāradvājaṁ gurōḥ sutam॥ (BORI 1.2.184)
[अन्वधावत (anvadhāvata) - ran after; सङ्क्रुद्धः (saṅkruddhaḥ) - very angry; भारद्वाजम् (bhāradvājam) - Bharadvāja's son; गुरोः (gurōḥ) - the teacher's; सुतम् (sutam) - son;]
Very angry, he ran after the teacher's son, Bharadvāja's son.
भीमसेनभयाद्यत्र दैवेनाभिप्रचोदितः। अपाण्डवायेति रुषा द्रौणिरस्त्रमवासृजत्॥ (BORI 1.2.185)
bhīmasēnabhayādyatra daivēnābhipracōditaḥ। apāṇḍavāyēti ruṣā drauṇirastramavāsr̥jat॥ (BORI 1.2.185)
[भीमसेनभयात् (bhīmasēnabhayāt) - out of fear of Bhimasena; यत्र (yatra) - where; दैवेन (daivēna) - by fate; अभिप्रचोदितः (abhipracōditaḥ) - urged on; अपाण्डवाय (apāṇḍavāya) - at the non-Pandavas; इति (iti) - thus; रुषा (ruṣā) - in anger; द्रौणिः (drauṇiḥ) - the son of Drona; अस्त्रम् (astram) - the weapon; अवासृजत् (avāsr̥jat) - released;]
Where, urged on by fate and out of fear of Bhimasena, Drona's son angrily released the weapon, saying, 'against the non-Pandavas.'
मैवमित्यब्रवीत्कृष्णः शमयंस्तस्य तद्वचः। यत्रास्त्रमस्त्रेण च तच्छमयामास फाल्गुनः॥ (BORI 1.2.186)
maivamityabravītkr̥ṣṇaḥ śamayaṁstasya tadvacaḥ। yatrāstramastrēṇa ca tacchamayāmāsa phālgunaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.186)
[मैवम् (maivam) - not so; इति (iti) - thus; अब्रवीत् (abravīt) - said; कृष्णः (kr̥ṣṇaḥ) - Kṛṣṇa; शमयन् (śamayan) - soothing; तस्य (tasya) - his; तद् वचः (tad vacaḥ) - those words; यत्र (yatra) - where; अस्त्रम् (astram) - the missile; अस्त्रेण च (astrēṇa ca) - with a missile (of his own); तत् (tat) - that; शमयामास (śamayāmāsa) - neutralized; फाल्गुनः (phālgunaḥ) - Phālguna (Arjuna);]
“Not so,” said Kṛṣṇa, calming his words; and there, Phālguna (Arjuna) neutralized that missile with his own missile.
द्रौणेश्च द्रोहबुद्धित्वं वीक्ष्य पापात्मनस्तदा। (NIL 1.2.308; KUM 1.2.309)
drauṇēśca drōhabuddhitvaṁ vīkṣya pāpātmanastadā। (NIL 1.2.308; KUM 1.2.309)
[द्रौणेः (drauṇēḥ) - of the son of Droṇa; च (ca) - and; द्रोहबुद्धित्वम् (drōhabuddhitvam) - the presence of hostile intent; वीक्ष्य (vīkṣya) - having perceived; पापात्मनः (pāpātmanaḥ) - of the wicked-souled; तदा (tadā) - then;]
Then, having perceived the hostile intent of Droṇa's son, that wicked-souled one...
द्रौणिद्वैपायनादीनां शापाश्चान्योन्यकारिताः। तोयकर्मणि सर्वेषां राज्ञामुदकदानिके॥ (BORI 1.2.187)
drauṇidvaipāyanādīnāṁ śāpāścānyōnyakāritāḥ। tōyakarmaṇi sarvēṣāṁ rājñāmudakadānikē॥ (BORI 1.2.187)
[द्रौणि (drauṇi) - of Drona's son; द्वैपायन (dvaipāyana) - of Vyasa; आदीनाम् (ādīnām) - and others; शापाः (śāpāḥ) - curses; च (ca) - and; अन्योन्यकारिताः (anyōnyakāritāḥ) - caused by one another; तोयकर्मणि (tōyakarmaṇi) - in the water-rite; सर्वेषाम् (sarvēṣām) - of all; राज्ञाम् (rājñām) - kings; उदकदानिके (udakadānikē) - at the offering of water;]
Also, the curses mutually inflicted by Drona's son, Vyasa, and others, during the water-rite—the offering of water for all the kings.
गूढोत्पन्नस्य चाख्यानं कर्णस्य पृथयात्मनः। सुतस्यैतदिह प्रोक्तं दशमं पर्व सौप्तिकम्॥ (BORI 1.2.188)
gūḍhōtpannasya cākhyānaṁ karṇasya pr̥thayātmanaḥ। sutasyaitadiha prōktaṁ daśamaṁ parva sauptikam॥ (BORI 1.2.188)
[गूढोत्पन्नस्य (gūḍhōtpannasya) - of the one born secretly; च (ca) - and; आख्यानं (ākhyānaṁ) - the story; कर्णस्य (karṇasya) - of Karna; पृथयात्मनः (pr̥thayātmanaḥ) - the son of Pritha; सुतस्य (sutasya) - the son; एतत् (ētat) - this; इह (iha) - here; प्रोक्तं (prōktaṁ) - is told; दशमं (daśamaṁ) - tenth; पर्व (parva) - book; सौप्तिकम् (sauptikam) - the Sauptika;]
Here is told the story of Karna—Pritha's son, the one born in secret; this is the tenth book, called the Sauptika.
अष्टादशास्मिन्नध्यायाः पर्वण्युक्ता महात्मना। श्लोकाग्रमत्र कथितं शतान्यष्टौ तथैव च॥ (BORI 1.2.189)
aṣṭādaśāsminnadhyāyāḥ parvaṇyuktā mahātmanā। ślōkāgramatra kathitaṁ śatānyaṣṭau tathaiva ca॥ (BORI 1.2.189)
[अष्टादश (aṣṭādaśa) - eighteen; अस्मिन्न् (asminn) - in this; अध्यायाः (adhyāyāḥ) - chapters; पर्वणि (parvaṇi) - in the book; उक्ता (uktā) - are stated; महात्मना (mahātmanā) - by the great-souled one; श्लोकाग्रम् (ślōkāgram) - the foremost verses; अत्र (atra) - here; कथितं (kathitaṁ) - are mentioned; शत (śata) - hundreds; अष्टौ (aṣṭau) - eight; तथैव (tathaiva) - as well; च (ca) - and;]
Eighteen chapters in this book are stated by the great-souled one; here, the foremost verses—eight hundred—are also mentioned.
श्लोकाश्च सप्ततिः प्रोक्ता यथावदभिसङ्ख्यया। सौप्तिकैषीकसम्बन्धे पर्वण्यमितबुद्धिना॥ (BORI 1.2.190)
ślōkāśca saptatiḥ prōktā yathāvadabhisaṅkhyayā। sauptikaiṣīkasambandhē parvaṇyamitabuddhinā॥ (BORI 1.2.190)
[श्लोकाः (ślōkāḥ) - verses; च (ca) - and; सप्ततिः (saptatiḥ) - seventy; प्रोक्ता (prōktā) - are stated; यथावत् (yathāvat) - according to proper enumeration; अभिसङ्ख्यया (abhisaṅkhyayā) - with numbering; सौप्तिकैषीकसम्बन्धे (sauptikaiṣīkasambandhē) - in relation to the Sauptika and Aishika; पर्वणि (parvaṇi) - in the book (section); अमितबुद्धिना (amitabuddhinā) - by the wise;]
And seventy verses are stated, properly enumerated, relating to the Sauptika and Aishika sections, by the wise.
अत ऊर्ध्वमिदं प्राहुः स्त्रीपर्व करुणोदयम्।
ata ūrdhvamidaṁ prāhuḥ strīparva karuṇōdayam।
[अत (ata) - after; ऊर्ध्वम् (ūrdhvam) - this; इदं (idaṁ) - this; प्राहुः (prāhuḥ) - they call; स्त्रीपर्व (strīparva) - the Strī-parvan; करुणोदयम् (karuṇōdayam) - the arising of sorrow;]
After this, they call this the Strī-parvan, the arising of sorrow.
पुत्रशोकाभिसन्तप्तः प्रज्ञाचक्षुर्नराधिपः। कृष्णोपनीतां यत्रासावायसीं प्रतिमां दृढाम्॥ (NIL 1.2.313; KUM 1.2.314)
putraśōkābhisantaptaḥ prajñācakṣurnarādhipaḥ। kr̥ṣṇōpanītāṁ yatrāsāvāyasīṁ pratimāṁ dr̥ḍhām॥ (NIL 1.2.313; KUM 1.2.314)
[पुत्र-शोक- अभिसन्तप्तः (putra-śōka- abhisantaptaḥ) - consumed by grief for his son; प्रज्ञा-चक्षुः (prajñā-cakṣuḥ) - the wise; नर-अधिपः (nara-adhipaḥ) - king; कृष्ण-उपनीतां (kr̥ṣṇa-upanītāṁ) - brought by Kṛṣṇa; यत्र (yatra) - where; असौ (asau) - that; आयसीं प्रतिमां (āyasīṁ pratimāṁ) - iron statue; दृढाम् (dr̥ḍhām) - solid;]
The wise king, consumed by grief for his son, where that solid iron statue, brought by Kṛṣṇa, was...
भीमसेनद्रोहबुद्धिर्धृतराष्ट्रो बभञ्ज ह। तथा शोकाभितप्तस्य धृतराष्ट्रस्य धीमतः॥ (NIL 1.2.314; KUM 1.2.315)
bhīmasēnadrōhabuddhirdhr̥tarāṣṭrō babhañja ha। tathā śōkābhitaptasya dhr̥tarāṣṭrasya dhīmataḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.314; KUM 1.2.315)
[भीमसेनद्रोहबुद्धिः (bhīmasēnadrōhabuddhiḥ) - with a mind hostile to Bhimasena; धृतराष्ट्रः (dhr̥tarāṣṭraḥ) - Dhritarashtra; बभञ्ज (babhañja) - broke; ह (ha) - indeed; तथा (tathā) - thus; शोकाभितप्तस्य (śōkābhitaptasya) - for the one tormented by grief; धृतराष्ट्रस्य (dhr̥tarāṣṭrasya) - Dhritarashtra's; धीमतः (dhīmataḥ) - the wise;]
Dhritarashtra, whose mind was hostile toward Bhimasena, broke it indeed—thus, for wise Dhritarashtra, tormented by grief.
संसारदहनं बुद्ध्या हेतुभिर्मोक्षदर्शनैः। विदुरेण च यत्रास्य राज्ञ आश्वासनं कृतम्॥ (NIL 1.2.315; KUM 1.2.316)
saṁsāradahanaṁ buddhyā hētubhirmōkṣadarśanaiḥ। vidurēṇa ca yatrāsya rājña āśvāsanaṁ kr̥tam॥ (NIL 1.2.315; KUM 1.2.316)
[संसारदहनं (saṁsāradahanaṁ) - the torment of worldly existence; बुद्ध्या (buddhyā) - by insight; हेतुभिः (hētubhiḥ) - with reasons; मोक्षदर्शनैः (mōkṣadarśanaiḥ) - teachings about liberation; विदुरेण (vidurēṇa) - by Vidura; च (ca) - and; यत्र (yatra) - where; अस्य (asya) - for him; राज्ञः (rājñaḥ) - the king; आश्वासनं (āśvāsanaṁ) - consolation; कृतम् (kr̥tam) - was given;]
Where Vidura, by his insight and with reasons drawn from the teachings of liberation, offered consolation to the king tormented by the fires of worldly existence.
धृतराष्ट्रस्य चात्रैव कौरवायोधनं तथा। सान्तःपुरस्य गमनं शोकार्तस्य प्रकीर्तितम्॥ (NIL 1.2.316; KUM 1.2.317)
dhr̥tarāṣṭrasya cātraiva kauravāyōdhanaṁ tathā। sāntaḥpurasya gamanaṁ śōkārtasya prakīrtitam॥ (NIL 1.2.316; KUM 1.2.317)
[धृतराष्ट्रस्य (dhr̥tarāṣṭrasya) - of Dhritarashtra; च (ca) - and; अत्र एव (atra ēva) - right here; कौरवायोधनं (kauravāyōdhanaṁ) - the Kaurava army; तथा (tathā) - also; सान्तःपुरस्य (sāntaḥpurasya) - with the inner apartments; गमनं (gamanaṁ) - departure; शोक आर्तस्य (śōka ārtasya) - for the one afflicted with grief; प्रकीर्तितम् (prakīrtitam) - is recounted;]
Here too is recounted Dhritarashtra’s departure with the Kaurava army and his inner court, as he was stricken with grief.
विलापो वीरपत्नीनां यत्रातिकरुणः स्मृतः। क्रोधावेशः प्रसादश्च गान्धारीधृतराष्ट्रयोः॥ (BORI 1.2.191)
vilāpō vīrapatnīnāṁ yatrātikaruṇaḥ smr̥taḥ। krōdhāvēśaḥ prasādaśca gāndhārīdhr̥tarāṣṭrayōḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.191)
[विलापः (vilāpaḥ) - the lamentation; वीरपत्नीनाम् (vīrapatnīnām) - of the heroes' wives; यत्र (yatra) - where; अतिकरुणः (atikaruṇaḥ) - extremely poignant; स्मृतः (smr̥taḥ) - is remembered; क्रोधावेशः (krōdhāvēśaḥ) - the intensity of anger; प्रसादः (prasādaḥ) - and reconciliation; च (ca) - and; गान्धारी-धृतराष्ट्रयोः (gāndhārī-dhr̥tarāṣṭrayōḥ) - of Gandhari and Dhritarashtra;]
where the lamentation of the heroes' wives, remembered as extremely poignant, the intensity of anger and reconciliation of Gandhari and Dhritarashtra—
यत्र तान्क्षत्रियाञ्शूरान्दिष्टान्ताननिवर्तिनः। पुत्रान्भ्रातृन्पितृंश्चैव ददृशुर्निहतान्रणे॥ (BORI 1.2.192)
yatra tānkṣatriyāñśūrāndiṣṭāntānanivartinaḥ। putrānbhrātr̥npitr̥ṁścaiva dadr̥śurnihatānraṇē॥ (BORI 1.2.192)
[यत्र (yatra) - where; तान् (tān) - those; क्षत्रियान् (kṣatriyān) - warriors; शूरान् (śūrān) - valiant; दिष्टान्तान् (diṣṭāntān) - fated to die; अनिवर्तिनः (anivartinaḥ) - who did not turn back; पुत्रान् (putrān) - sons; भ्रातृन् (bhrātr̥n) - brothers; पितृन् (pitr̥n) - fathers; च एव (ca ēva) - as well as; ददृशुः (dadr̥śuḥ) - they saw; निहतान् (nihatān) - slain; रणे (raṇē) - in battle;]
where they saw those valiant, unflinching Kshatriyas—sons, brothers, and fathers—slain in battle.
पुत्रपौत्रवधार्तायास्तथात्रैव प्रकीर्तिता। गान्धार्याश्चापि कृष्णेन क्रोधोपशमनक्रिया॥ (NIL 1.2.319; KUM 1.2.320)
putrapautravadhārtāyāstathātraiva prakīrtitā। gāndhāryāścāpi kr̥ṣṇēna krōdhōpaśamanakriyā॥ (NIL 1.2.319; KUM 1.2.320)
[पुत्र-पौत्र-वध-आर्ताया (putra-pautra-vadha-ārtāyā) - afflicted by the slaughter of her sons and grandsons; तथा (tathā) - and also; अत्र एव (atra ēva) - here itself; प्रकीर्तिता (prakīrtitā) - is mentioned; गान्धार्याः च अपि (gāndhāryāḥ ca api) - and also for Gāndhārī; कृष्णेन (kr̥ṣṇēna) - by Kṛṣṇa; क्रोध-उपशमन-क्रिया (krōdha-upaśamana-kriyā) - the act of calming her anger;]
Also here is mentioned the act by Kṛṣṇa of calming the anger of Gāndhārī, who was afflicted by the slaughter of her sons and grandsons.
यत्र राजा महाप्राज्ञः सर्वधर्मभृतां वरः। राज्ञां तानि शरीराणि दाहयामास शास्त्रतः॥ (BORI 1.2.193)
yatra rājā mahāprājñaḥ sarvadharmabhr̥tāṁ varaḥ। rājñāṁ tāni śarīrāṇi dāhayāmāsa śāstrataḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.193)
[यत्र (yatra) - where; राजा (rājā) - the king; महाप्राज्ञः (mahāprājñaḥ) - most wise; सर्वधर्मभृतां (sarvadharmabhr̥tāṁ) - of all upholders of righteousness; वरः (varaḥ) - the best; राज्ञां (rājñāṁ) - of the kings; तानि (tāni) - those; शरीराणि (śarīrāṇi) - bodies; दाहयामास (dāhayāmāsa) - caused to be burned; शास्त्रतः (śāstrataḥ) - according to the prescribed rules;]
Where the king, most wise and the best among all upholders of righteousness, caused the bodies of the kings to be burned according to the prescribed rites.
सुतस्यैतदिह प्रोक्तं व्यासेन परमर्षिणा। (NIL 1.2.322; KUM 1.2.323)
sutasyaitadiha prōktaṁ vyāsēna paramarṣiṇā। (NIL 1.2.322; KUM 1.2.323)
[सुतस्य (sutasya) - of the Sūta; एतत् (ētat) - this; इह (iha) - here; प्रोक्तं (prōktaṁ) - was told; व्यासेन (vyāsēna) - by Vyāsa; परमर्षिणा (paramarṣiṇā) - the supreme sage;]
This was narrated here by Vyāsa, the supreme sage, to the Sūta.
एतदेकादशं प्रोक्तं पर्वातिकरुणं महत्। सप्तविंशतिरध्यायाः पर्वण्यस्मिन्नुदाहृताः॥ (BORI 1.2.194)
ētadēkādaśaṁ prōktaṁ parvātikaruṇaṁ mahat। saptaviṁśatiradhyāyāḥ parvaṇyasminnudāhr̥tāḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.194)
[एतत् (ētat) - this; एकादशं (ēkādaśaṁ) - eleventh; प्रोक्तं (prōktaṁ) - has been described; पर्व (parva) - parvan; अतिकरुणं (atikaruṇaṁ) - exceedingly moving; महत् (mahat) - great; सप्तविंशति (saptaviṁśati) - twenty-seven; अध्यायाः (adhyāyāḥ) - chapters; पर्वणि (parvaṇi) - in this parvan; अस्मिन् (asmin) - in this; उदाहृताः (udāhr̥tāḥ) - are listed;]
This, the eleventh parvan, a great and exceedingly moving one, has been described; in this parvan, twenty-seven chapters are included.
श्लोकाः सप्तशतं चात्र पञ्चसप्ततिरुच्यते। सङ्ख्यया भारताख्यानं कर्त्रा ह्यत्र महात्मना। प्रणीतं सज्जनमनोवैक्लव्याश्रुप्रवर्तकम्॥ (BORI 1.2.195)
ślōkāḥ saptaśataṁ cātra pañcasaptatirucyatē। saṅkhyayā bhāratākhyānaṁ kartrā hyatra mahātmanā। praṇītaṁ sajjanamanōvaiklavyāśrupravartakam॥ (BORI 1.2.195)
[श्लोकाः (ślōkāḥ) - verses; सप्तशतं (saptaśataṁ) - seven hundred; च (ca) - and; अत्र (atra) - here; पञ्चसप्तति (pañcasaptati) - seventy-five; उच्यते (ucyatē) - is said; सङ्ख्यया (saṅkhyayā) - in number; भारताख्यानं (bhāratākhyānaṁ) - the narrative of Bhārata; कर्त्रा (kartrā) - by the author; हि (hi) - indeed; अत्र (atra) - here; महात्मना (mahātmanā) - the great-souled; प्रणीतं (praṇītaṁ) - composed; सज्जन (sajjana) - the good; मनोवैक्लव्य (manōvaiklavya) - distress of heart; अश्रु (aśru) - tears; प्रवर्तकम् (pravartakam) - causing to flow;]
Here, it is said that there are seven hundred and seventy-five verses in number in the Bhārata narrative composed by the great-souled author—causing tears to flow from the distress of good people’s hearts.
अतः परं शान्तिपर्व द्वादशं बुद्धिवर्धनम्। यत्र निर्वेदमापन्नो धर्मराजो युधिष्ठिरः। घातयित्वा पितृन्भ्रातृन्पुत्रान्सम्बन्धिबान्धवान्॥ (BORI 1.2.196)
ataḥ paraṁ śāntiparva dvādaśaṁ buddhivardhanam। yatra nirvēdamāpannō dharmarājō yudhiṣṭhiraḥ। ghātayitvā pitr̥nbhrātr̥nputrānsambandhibāndhavān॥ (BORI 1.2.196)
[अतः (ataḥ) - after this; परम् (param) - then; शान्तिपर्व (śāntiparva) - the Śānti Parvan; द्वादशम् (dvādaśam) - twelfth; बुद्धिवर्धनम् (buddhivardhanam) - which increases wisdom; यत्र (yatra) - where; निर्वेदम् (nirvēdam) - despondency; आपन्नः (āpannaḥ) - having fallen into; धर्मराजः (dharmarājaḥ) - King Yudhishthira; युधिष्ठिरः (yudhiṣṭhiraḥ) - Yudhishthira; घातयित्वा (ghātayitvā) - after causing the death of; पितॄन् (pitr̥̄n) - fathers; भ्रातृन् (bhrātr̥n) - brothers; पुत्रान् (putrān) - sons; सम्बन्धि-बान्धवान् (sambandhi-bāndhavān) - relatives and kinsmen;]
Then follows the Śānti Parvan, the twelfth, which increases wisdom, where King Yudhishthira, having fallen into despondency after having caused the death of fathers, brothers, sons, relatives, and kinsmen...
शान्तिपर्वणि धर्माश्च व्याख्याताः शरतल्पिकाः। राजभिर्वेदितव्या ये सम्यङ्नयबुभुत्सुभिः॥ (BORI 1.2.197)
śāntiparvaṇi dharmāśca vyākhyātāḥ śaratalpikāḥ। rājabhirvēditavyā yē samyaṅnayabubhutsubhiḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.197)
[शान्तिपर्वणि (śāntiparvaṇi) - in the Śāntiparvan; धर्माः (dharmāḥ) - teachings on righteousness; च (ca) - and; व्याख्याताः (vyākhyātāḥ) - are explained; शरतल्पिकाः (śaratalpikāḥ) - by the one lying on Śara-talp (the bed of arrows); राजभिः (rājabhiḥ) - by kings; वेदितव्या (vēditavyā) - are to be understood; ये (yē) - which; सम्यक् (samyak) - properly; नयबुभुत्सुभिः (nayabubhutsubhiḥ) - by those desiring to know good governance;]
In the Śāntiparvan, teachings on righteousness are explained by the one lying on the bed of arrows; these are to be properly understood by kings who wish to master good governance.
आपद्धर्माश्च तत्रैव कालहेतुप्रदर्शकाः। यान्बुद्ध्वा पुरुषः सम्यक्सर्वज्ञत्वमवाप्नुयात्। मोक्षधर्माश्च कथिता विचित्रा बहुविस्तराः॥ (BORI 1.2.198)
āpaddharmāśca tatraiva kālahētupradarśakāḥ। yānbuddhvā puruṣaḥ samyaksarvajñatvamavāpnuyāt। mōkṣadharmāśca kathitā vicitrā bahuvistarāḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.198)
[आपद्धर्माः (āpaddharmāḥ) - rules of conduct in adversity; च (ca) - and; तत्र (tatra) - there; एव (ēva) - also; कालहेतु-प्रदर्शकाः (kālahētu-pradarśakāḥ) - showing the causes and conditions of time; यान् (yān) - which; बुद्ध्वा (buddhvā) - understanding; पुरुषः (puruṣaḥ) - a person; सम्यक् (samyak) - properly; सर्वज्ञत्वम् (sarvajñatvam) - omniscience; अवाप्नुयात् (avāpnuyāt) - can attain; मोक्षधर्माः (mōkṣadharmāḥ) - teachings concerning liberation; च (ca) - also; कथिताः (kathitāḥ) - have been explained; विचित्राः (vicitrāḥ) - varied; बहुविस्तराः (bahuvistarāḥ) - very extensive;]
There, too, the rules of conduct for times of adversity are given, making clear the causes and conditions, which, if properly understood, enable a person to attain complete knowledge; and the varied and extensive doctrines of liberation have also been set forth.
द्वादशं पर्व निर्दिष्टमेतत्प्राज्ञजनप्रियम्। पर्वण्यत्र परिज्ञेयमध्यायानां शतत्रयम्। त्रिंशच्चैव तथाध्याया नव चैव तपोधनाः॥ (BORI 1.2.199)
dvādaśaṁ parva nirdiṣṭamētatprājñajanapriyam। parvaṇyatra parijñēyamadhyāyānāṁ śatatrayam। triṁśaccaiva tathādhyāyā nava caiva tapōdhanāḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.199)
[द्वादशं (dvādaśaṁ) - the twelfth; पर्व (parva) - book; निर्दिष्टम् (nirdiṣṭam) - is indicated; एतत् (ētat) - this; प्राज्ञजन-प्रियम् (prājñajana-priyam) - pleasing to the wise; पर्वणि (parvaṇi) - in this book; अत्र (atra) - here; परिज्ञेयम् (parijñēyam) - should be known; अध्यायानाम् (adhyāyānām) - of chapters; शतत्रयम् (śatatrayam) - three hundred; त्रिंशत् च एव (triṁśat ca ēva) - and thirty also; तथा (tathā) - as well as; अध्यायाः (adhyāyāḥ) - chapters; नव च एव (nava ca ēva) - and nine also; तपोधनाः (tapōdhanāḥ) - O ascetic;]
This, the twelfth book—which is beloved of the wise—is described here, O ascetic, as comprising three hundred thirty-nine chapters.
श्लोकानां तु सहस्राणि कीर्तितानि चतुर्दश। पञ्च चैव शतान्याहुः पञ्चविंशतिसङ्ख्यया॥ (BORI 1.2.200)
ślōkānāṁ tu sahasrāṇi kīrtitāni caturdaśa। pañca caiva śatānyāhuḥ pañcaviṁśatisaṅkhyayā॥ (BORI 1.2.200)
[श्लोकानां (ślōkānāṁ) - of verses; तु (tu) - but; सहस्राणि (sahasrāṇi) - thousands; कीर्तितानि (kīrtitāni) - are stated; चतुर्दश (caturdaśa) - fourteen; पञ्च (pañca) - five; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - indeed; शतानि (śatāni) - hundreds; आहुः (āhuḥ) - they say; पञ्चविंशति-सङ्ख्यया (pañcaviṁśati-saṅkhyayā) - to the count of twenty-five;]
But (within it), they say there are fourteen thousand verses and five hundred more, making a total of twenty-five added to that count.
अत ऊर्ध्वं तु विज्ञेयमानुशासनमुत्तमम्। यत्र प्रकृतिमापन्नः श्रुत्वा धर्मविनिश्चयम्। भीष्माद्भागीरथीपुत्रात्कुरुराजो युधिष्ठिरः॥ (BORI 1.2.201)
ata ūrdhvaṁ tu vijñēyamānuśāsanamuttamam। yatra prakr̥timāpannaḥ śrutvā dharmaviniścayam। bhīṣmādbhāgīrathīputrātkururājō yudhiṣṭhiraḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.201)
[अत ऊर्ध्वं (ata ūrdhvaṁ) - after this; तु (tu) - but; विज्ञेयम् (vijñēyam) - it should be known; आनुशासनम् (ānuśāsanam) - the Anushasana Parva; उत्तमम् (uttamam) - the excellent; यत्र (yatra) - where; प्रकृतिम् आपन्नः (prakr̥tim āpannaḥ) - having returned to his natural state; श्रुत्वा (śrutvā) - having heard; धर्मविनिश्चयम् (dharmaviniścayam) - the decision on dharma; भीष्मात् (bhīṣmāt) - from Bhishma; भागीरथीपुत्रात् (bhāgīrathīputrāt) - the son of Bhagirathi; कुरुराजः (kururājaḥ) - the Kuru king; युधिष्ठिरः (yudhiṣṭhiraḥ) - Yudhishthira;]
After this, one should know of the excellent Anushasana Parva, in which the Kuru king Yudhishthira, having returned to his natural state after hearing the decision on dharma from Bhishma, the son of Bhagirathi...
व्यवहारोऽत्र कार्त्स्न्येन धर्मार्थीयो निदर्शितः। विविधानां च दानानां फलयोगाः पृथग्विधाः॥ (BORI 1.2.202)
vyavahārō’tra kārtsnyēna dharmārthīyō nidarśitaḥ। vividhānāṁ ca dānānāṁ phalayōgāḥ pr̥thagvidhāḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.202)
[व्यवहारः (vyavahāraḥ) - conduct; अत्र (atra) - here; कार्त्स्न्येन (kārtsnyēna) - in its entirety; धर्मार्थीयः (dharmārthīyaḥ) - relating to law and purpose; निदर्शितः (nidarśitaḥ) - has been set forth; विविधानाम् (vividhānām) - of various; च (ca) - and; दानानाम् (dānānām) - gifts; फलयोगाः (phalayōgāḥ) - results; पृथक् विधाः (pr̥thak vidhāḥ) - of different kinds;]
Here, conduct in its entirety, as it relates to law and purpose, has been set forth, as well as the different kinds of results for various sorts of gifts.
तथा पात्रविशेषाश्च दानानां च परो विधिः। आचारविधियोगश्च सत्यस्य च परा गतिः॥ (BORI 1.2.203)
tathā pātraviśēṣāśca dānānāṁ ca parō vidhiḥ। ācāravidhiyōgaśca satyasya ca parā gatiḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.203)
[तथा (tathā) - likewise; पात्रविशेषाः (pātraviśēṣāḥ) - the distinctions of recipients; च (ca) - and; दानानां (dānānāṁ) - of gifts; च (ca) - and; परः (paraḥ) - the supreme; विधिः (vidhiḥ) - rule; आचारविधियोगः (ācāravidhiyōgaḥ) - the application of codes of conduct; च (ca) - and; सत्यस्य (satyasya) - of truth; च (ca) - and; परा (parā) - the highest; गतिः (gatiḥ) - goal;]
Likewise, the distinctions of recipients, the supreme rule regarding gifts, the application of codes of conduct, and the highest goal of truth.
महाभाग्यं गवां चैव ब्राह्मणानां तथैव च। रहस्यं चैव धर्माणां देशकालोपसंहितम्॥ (NIL 1.2.335; KUM 1.2.336)
mahābhāgyaṁ gavāṁ caiva brāhmaṇānāṁ tathaiva ca। rahasyaṁ caiva dharmāṇāṁ dēśakālōpasaṁhitam॥ (NIL 1.2.335; KUM 1.2.336)
[महाभाग्यं (mahābhāgyaṁ) - great good fortune; गवां (gavāṁ) - of cows; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - indeed; ब्राह्मणानां (brāhmaṇānāṁ) - of brahmins; तथैव (tathaiva) - likewise; च (ca) - and; रहस्यं (rahasyaṁ) - the secret; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - indeed; धर्माणां (dharmāṇāṁ) - of dharmas; देशकालोपसंहितम् (dēśakālōpasaṁhitam) - joined with place and time;]
The great fortune of cows and likewise of brahmins, and the secret of dharmas as connected with place and time,
एतत्सुबहुवृत्तान्तमुत्तमं चानुशासनम्। भीष्मस्यात्रैव सम्प्राप्तिः स्वर्गस्य परिकीर्तिता॥ (BORI 1.2.204)
ētatsubahuvr̥ttāntamuttamaṁ cānuśāsanam। bhīṣmasyātraiva samprāptiḥ svargasya parikīrtitā॥ (BORI 1.2.204)
[एतत् (ētat) - this; सुबहुवृत्तान्तम् (subahuvr̥ttāntam) - having many episodes; उत्तमं (uttamaṁ) - excellent; च (ca) - and; अनुशासनम् (anuśāsanam) - instruction; भीष्मस्य (bhīṣmasya) - of Bhishma; अत्रैव (atraiva) - right here; सम्प्राप्तिः (samprāptiḥ) - attainment; स्वर्गस्य (svargasya) - of heaven; परिकीर्तिता (parikīrtitā) - is described;]
This excellent and extensive instruction of Bhishma, with its many episodes, here also describes Bhishma's attainment of heaven.
एतत्त्रयोदशं पर्व धर्मनिश्चयकारकम्। अध्यायानां शतं चात्र षट्चत्वारिंशदेव च। श्लोकानां तु सहस्राणि षट्सप्तैव शतानि च॥ (BORI 1.2.205)
ētattrayōdaśaṁ parva dharmaniścayakārakam। adhyāyānāṁ śataṁ cātra ṣaṭcatvāriṁśadēva ca। ślōkānāṁ tu sahasrāṇi ṣaṭsaptaiva śatāni ca॥ (BORI 1.2.205)
[एतत् (ētat) - this; त्रयोदशम् (trayōdaśam) - thirteenth; पर्व (parva) - book; धर्मनिश्चयकारकम् (dharmaniścayakārakam) - that determines dharma; अध्यायानाम् (adhyāyānām) - of chapters; शतम् (śatam) - one hundred; च (ca) - and; अत्र (atra) - here; षट् (ṣaṭ) - six; चत्वारिंशत् (catvāriṁśat) - forty; एव (ēva) - indeed; च (ca) - and; श्लोकानाम् (ślōkānām) - of verses; तु (tu) - however; सहस्राणि (sahasrāṇi) - thousands; षट् (ṣaṭ) - six; सप्त (sapta) - seven; एव (ēva) - indeed; शतानि (śatāni) - hundreds; च (ca) - and;]
This thirteenth book, which determines dharma, contains one hundred and forty-six chapters, and as for the verses, there are six thousand and seven hundred.
ततोऽश्वमेधिकं नाम पर्व प्रोक्तं चतुर्दशम्। तत्संवर्तमरुत्तीयं यत्राख्यानमनुत्तमम्॥ (BORI 1.2.206)
tatō’śvamēdhikaṁ nāma parva prōktaṁ caturdaśam। tatsaṁvartamaruttīyaṁ yatrākhyānamanuttamam॥ (BORI 1.2.206)
[ततः (tataḥ) - then; अश्वमेधिकं (aśvamēdhikaṁ) - the Ashvamedhika; नाम (nāma) - named; पर्व (parva) - book; प्रोक्तं (prōktaṁ) - is named; चतुर्दशम् (caturdaśam) - the fourteenth; तत् (tat) - in it; संवर्त (saṁvarta) - Samvarta; मरुत्तीयं (maruttīyaṁ) - of Marutta; यत्र (yatra) - where; आख्यानम् (ākhyānam) - the tale; अनुत्तमम् (anuttamam) - unsurpassed;]
Then comes the fourteenth book, called the Ashvamedhika, in which occurs the unsurpassed tale of Samvarta and Marutta.
सुवर्णकोशसम्प्राप्तिर्जन्म चोक्तं परिक्षितः। दग्धस्यास्त्राग्निना पूर्वं कृष्णात्सञ्जीवनं पुनः॥ (BORI 1.2.207)
suvarṇakōśasamprāptirjanma cōktaṁ parikṣitaḥ। dagdhasyāstrāgninā pūrvaṁ kr̥ṣṇātsañjīvanaṁ punaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.207)
[सुवर्णकोशसम्प्राप्तिः (suvarṇakōśasamprāptiḥ) - the acquisition of the golden treasury; जन्म (janma) - the birth; च (ca) - and; उक्तम् (uktam) - is described; परिक्षितः (parikṣitaḥ) - of Parikṣit; दग्धस्य (dagdhasya) - of him who was burned; अस्त्राग्निना (astrāgninā) - by the fire of the weapon; पूर्वं (pūrvaṁ) - previously; कृष्णात् (kr̥ṣṇāt) - by Kṛṣṇa; सञ्जीवनम् (sañjīvanam) - restoration to life; पुनः (punaḥ) - again;]
The acquisition of the golden treasury, the birth of Parikṣit, how he was previously burned by the fire of the weapon, and his restoration to life by Kṛṣṇa are described here.
चर्यायां हयमुत्सृष्टं पाण्डवस्यानुगच्छतः। तत्र तत्र च युद्धानि राजपुत्रैरमर्षणैः॥ (BORI 1.2.208)
caryāyāṁ hayamutsr̥ṣṭaṁ pāṇḍavasyānugacchataḥ। tatra tatra ca yuddhāni rājaputrairamarṣaṇaiḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.208)
[चर्यायाम् (caryāyām) - on his journey; हयम् (hayam) - the horse; उत्सृष्टम् (utsr̥ṣṭam) - let loose; पाण्डवस्य (pāṇḍavasya) - by the Pandava; अनुगच्छतः (anugacchataḥ) - following; तत्र तत्र (tatra tatra) - in various places; च (ca) - and; युद्धानि (yuddhāni) - battles; राजपुत्रैः (rājaputraiḥ) - with princes; अमर्षणैः (amarṣaṇaiḥ) - implacable;]
During the journey, as the horse let loose by the Pandava was being followed, in various places there were battles with implacable princes.
चित्राङ्गदायाः पुत्रेण पुत्रिकाया धनञ्जयः। सङ्ग्रामे बभ्रुवाहेन संशयं चात्र दर्शितः।
citrāṅgadāyāḥ putrēṇa putrikāyā dhanañjayaḥ। saṅgrāmē babhruvāhēna saṁśayaṁ cātra darśitaḥ।
[चित्राङ्गदायाः (citrāṅgadāyāḥ) - of Citrāngadā; पुत्रेण (putrēṇa) - by the son; पुत्रिकाया (putrikāyā) - grandson; धनञ्जयः (dhanañjayaḥ) - Dhanañjaya; सङ्ग्रामे (saṅgrāmē) - in battle; बभ्रुवाहेन (babhruvāhēna) - by Babruvāhana; संशयं (saṁśayaṁ) - danger; च (ca) - and; अत्र (atra) - here; दर्शितः (darśitaḥ) - was encountered;]
In battle, Dhanañjaya faced danger here from Babruvāhana, the son (grandson) of Citrāngadā's daughter.
सुदर्शनं तथाऽऽख्यानं वैष्णवं धर्ममेव च। (KUM 1.2.343)
sudarśanaṁ tathā’’khyānaṁ vaiṣṇavaṁ dharmamēva ca। (KUM 1.2.343)
[सुदर्शनं (sudarśanaṁ) - the tale of Sudarshana; तथा (tathā) - as well as; आख्यानं (ākhyānaṁ) - the account; वैष्णवं (vaiṣṇavaṁ) - of Vaishnava; धर्मम् (dharmam) - the law; एव (ēva) - indeed; च (ca) - and;]
the tale of Sudarshana, as well as the Vaishnava account and the law
अश्वमेधे महायज्ञे नकुलाख्यानमेव च॥ (BORI 1.2.209)
aśvamēdhē mahāyajñē nakulākhyānamēva ca॥ (BORI 1.2.209)
[अश्वमेधे (aśvamēdhē) - in the great horse sacrifice; महायज्ञे (mahāyajñē) - the great sacrifice; नकुलाख्यानम् (nakulākhyānam) - the tale of Nakula; एव (ēva) - indeed; च (ca) - and;]
and the tale of Nakula in the great horse sacrifice.
इत्याश्वमेधिकं पर्व प्रोक्तमेतन्महाद्भुतम्। अत्राध्यायशतं त्रिंशत्त्रयोऽध्यायाश्च शब्दिताः॥ (BORI 1.2.210)
ityāśvamēdhikaṁ parva prōktamētanmahādbhutam। atrādhyāyaśataṁ triṁśattrayō’dhyāyāśca śabditāḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.210)
[इति (iti) - thus; आश्वमेधिकं (āśvamēdhikaṁ) - the Aśvamedhika; पर्व (parva) - Parvan; प्रोक्तम् (prōktam) - has been described; एतत् (ētat) - this; महाद्भुतम् (mahādbhutam) - marvelous; अत्र (atra) - here; अध्यायशतम् (adhyāyaśatam) - one hundred chapters; त्रिंशत् (triṁśat) - thirty; त्रयः (trayaḥ) - three; अध्यायाः (adhyāyāḥ) - chapters; च (ca) - and; शब्दिताः (śabditāḥ) - are declared;]
Thus this marvelous Aśvamedhika Parvan has been described; here one hundred and thirty-three chapters are declared.
त्रीणि श्लोकसहस्राणि तावन्त्येव शतानि च। विंशतिश्च तथा श्लोकाः सङ्ख्यातास्तत्त्वदर्शिना॥ (BORI 1.2.211)
trīṇi ślōkasahasrāṇi tāvantyēva śatāni ca। viṁśatiśca tathā ślōkāḥ saṅkhyātāstattvadarśinā॥ (BORI 1.2.211)
[त्रीणि (trīṇi) - three; श्लोकसहस्राणि (ślōkasahasrāṇi) - thousand verses; तावन्ति (tāvanti) - that many; एव (ēva) - indeed; शतानि (śatāni) - hundreds; च (ca) - and; विंशतिः (viṁśatiḥ) - twenty; च (ca) - and; तथा (tathā) - as well; श्लोकाः (ślōkāḥ) - verses; सङ्ख्याताः (saṅkhyātāḥ) - were counted; तत्त्वदर्शिना (tattvadarśinā) - by the one who perceives the truth;]
There are three thousand verses, and just as many hundreds, plus twenty verses as well—these were counted by the seer of truth.
तत आश्रमवासाक्यं पर्व पञ्चदशं स्मृतम्। यत्र राज्यं परित्यज्य गान्धारीसहितो नृपः। धृतराष्ट्राश्रमपदं विदुरश्च जगाम ह॥ (BORI 1.2.212)
tata āśramavāsākyaṁ parva pañcadaśaṁ smr̥tam। yatra rājyaṁ parityajya gāndhārīsahitō nr̥paḥ। dhr̥tarāṣṭrāśramapadaṁ viduraśca jagāma ha॥ (BORI 1.2.212)
[तत (tata) - therefore; आश्रमवासाख्यं (āśramavāsākhyaṁ) - called Āśramavāsa; पर्व (parva) - the parvan; पञ्चदशं (pañcadaśaṁ) - the fifteenth; स्मृतम् (smr̥tam) - is considered; यत्र (yatra) - in which; राज्यं (rājyaṁ) - the kingdom; परित्यज्य (parityajya) - having renounced; गान्धारी-सहितः (gāndhārī-sahitaḥ) - together with Gāndhārī; नृपः (nr̥paḥ) - the king; धृतराष्ट्रः (dhr̥tarāṣṭraḥ) - Dhṛtarāṣṭra; आश्रमपदं (āśramapadaṁ) - the āśrama stage; विदुरश्च (viduraśca) - and Vidura; जगाम (jagāma) - went to; ह (ha) - indeed;]
Therefore, the fifteenth parvan is considered to be called Āśramavāsa, in which the king Dhṛtarāṣṭra, having renounced the kingdom together with Gāndhārī, and Vidura, went to the āśrama stage.
यं दृष्ट्वा प्रस्थितं साध्वी पृथाप्यनुययौ तदा। पुत्रराज्यं परित्यज्य गुरुशुश्रूषणे रता॥ (BORI 1.2.213)
yaṁ dr̥ṣṭvā prasthitaṁ sādhvī pr̥thāpyanuyayau tadā। putrarājyaṁ parityajya guruśuśrūṣaṇē ratā॥ (BORI 1.2.213)
[यं (yaṁ) - whom; दृष्ट्वा (dr̥ṣṭvā) - seeing; प्रस्थितं (prasthitaṁ) - departed; साध्वी (sādhvī) - the virtuous lady; पृथापि (pr̥thāpi) - Kunti also; अनुययौ (anuyayau) - followed; तदा (tadā) - then; पुत्रराज्यं (putrarājyaṁ) - her son's kingdom; परित्यज्य (parityajya) - renouncing; गुरुशुश्रूषणे (guruśuśrūṣaṇē) - in service to elders; रता (ratā) - devoted;]
Seeing him depart, the virtuous Kunti also then followed, renouncing her son's kingdom, devoted to serving her elders.
यत्र राजा हतान्पुत्रान्पौत्रानन्यांश्च पार्थिवान्। लोकान्तरगतान्वीरानपश्यत्पुनरागतान्॥ (BORI 1.2.214)
yatra rājā hatānputrānpautrānanyāṁśca pārthivān। lōkāntaragatānvīrānapaśyatpunarāgatān॥ (BORI 1.2.214)
[यत्र (yatra) - where; राजा (rājā) - the king; हतान् (hatān) - who had been slain; पुत्रान् (putrān) - sons; पौत्रान् (pautrān) - grandsons; अन्यान् (anyān) - others; च (ca) - and; पार्थिवान् (pārthivān) - kings; लोकान्तरगतान् (lōkāntaragatān) - gone to another world; वीरान् (vīrān) - heroes; अपश्यत् (apaśyat) - he saw; पुनरागतान् (punarāgatān) - returned again;]
where the king saw his sons, grandsons, and other royal heroes—those fallen kings who had gone to another world—now returned again
ऋषेः प्रसादात्कृष्णस्य दृष्ट्वाश्चर्यमनुत्तमम्। त्यक्त्वा शोकं सदारश्च सिद्धिं परमिकां गतः॥ (BORI 1.2.215)
r̥ṣēḥ prasādātkr̥ṣṇasya dr̥ṣṭvāścaryamanuttamam। tyaktvā śōkaṁ sadāraśca siddhiṁ paramikāṁ gataḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.215)
[ऋषेः (r̥ṣēḥ) - through the sage's; प्रसादात् (prasādāt) - grace; कृष्णस्य (kr̥ṣṇasya) - of Krishna; दृष्ट्वा (dr̥ṣṭvā) - having witnessed; आश्चर्यम् (āścaryam) - the wondrous; अनुत्तमम् (anuttamam) - unsurpassed; त्यक्त्वा (tyaktvā) - abandoning; शोकं (śōkaṁ) - grief; सदा आरः च (sadā āraḥ ca) - together with his consorts; सिद्धिं (siddhiṁ) - attainment; परमिकां (paramikāṁ) - the highest; गतः (gataḥ) - he attained;]
By the sage's grace, having witnessed Krishna's unsurpassed wonder, he abandoned his grief and, together with his consorts, attained the highest perfection.
यत्र धर्मं समाश्रित्य विदुरः सुगतिं गतः। सञ्जयश्च महामात्रो विद्वान्गावल्गणिर्वशी॥ (BORI 1.2.216)
yatra dharmaṁ samāśritya viduraḥ sugatiṁ gataḥ। sañjayaśca mahāmātrō vidvāngāvalgaṇirvaśī॥ (BORI 1.2.216)
[यत्र (yatra) - where; धर्मं (dharmaṁ) - dharma; समाश्रित्य (samāśritya) - having resorted to; विदुरः (viduraḥ) - Vidura; सुगतिं (sugatiṁ) - the highest path; गतः (gataḥ) - attained; सञ्जयः (sañjayaḥ) - Sañjaya; च (ca) - and; महामात्रः (mahāmātraḥ) - the chief minister; विद्वान् (vidvān) - wise; गावल्गणिः (gāvalgaṇiḥ) - son of Gavālgani; वशी (vaśī) - self-controlled;]
Where, having resorted to dharma, Vidura attained the highest path, and where Sañjaya, the wise and self-controlled chief minister, son of Gavālgani, [also attained]...
ददर्श नारदं यत्र धर्मराजो युधिष्ठिरः। नारदाच्चैव शुश्राव वृष्णीनां कदनं महत्॥ (BORI 1.2.217)
dadarśa nāradaṁ yatra dharmarājō yudhiṣṭhiraḥ। nāradāccaiva śuśrāva vr̥ṣṇīnāṁ kadanaṁ mahat॥ (BORI 1.2.217)
[ददर्श (dadarśa) - saw; नारदम् (nāradam) - Nārada; यत्र (yatra) - where; धर्मराजः (dharmarājaḥ) - Dharmarāja; युधिष्ठिरः (yudhiṣṭhiraḥ) - Yudhiṣṭhira; नारदात् (nāradāt) - from Nārada; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - also; शुश्राव (śuśrāva) - heard; वृष्णीनाम् (vr̥ṣṇīnām) - of the Vṛṣṇis; कदनम् (kadanam) - destruction; महत् (mahat) - great;]
There, Dharmarāja Yudhiṣṭhira saw Nārada, and also heard from Nārada about the great destruction of the Vṛṣṇis.
एतदाश्रमवासाख्यं पूर्वोक्तं सुमहाद्भुतम्। द्विचत्वारिंशदध्यायाः पर्वैतदभिसङ्ख्यया॥ (BORI 1.2.218)
ētadāśramavāsākhyaṁ pūrvōktaṁ sumahādbhutam। dvicatvāriṁśadadhyāyāḥ parvaitadabhisaṅkhyayā॥ (BORI 1.2.218)
[एतत् (ētat) - this; आश्रमवासाख्यं (āśramavāsākhyaṁ) - called Āśramavāsa; पूर्वोक्तं (pūrvōktaṁ) - previously described; सुमहाद्भुतम् (sumahādbhutam) - most wonderful; द्वि चत्वारिंशत् अध्यायाः (dvi catvāriṁśat adhyāyāḥ) - forty-two chapters; पर्व (parva) - section; एतत् (ētat) - this; अभिसङ्ख्यया (abhisaṅkhyayā) - by reckoning;]
This most wonderful section, called Āśramavāsa and previously described, according to the reckoning consists of forty-two chapters.
सहस्रमेकं श्लोकानां पञ्च श्लोकशतानि च। षडेव च तथा श्लोकाः सङ्ख्यातास्तत्त्वदर्शिना॥ (BORI 1.2.219)
sahasramēkaṁ ślōkānāṁ pañca ślōkaśatāni ca। ṣaḍēva ca tathā ślōkāḥ saṅkhyātāstattvadarśinā॥ (BORI 1.2.219)
[सहस्र (sahasra) - thousand; एकं (ēkaṁ) - one; श्लोकानां (ślōkānāṁ) - of verses; पञ्च (pañca) - five; श्लोकशतानि (ślōkaśatāni) - hundreds of verses; च (ca) - and; षट् (ṣaṭ) - six; एव (ēva) - indeed; च (ca) - and; तथा (tathā) - also; श्लोकाः (ślōkāḥ) - verses; सङ्ख्याताः (saṅkhyātāḥ) - are counted; तत्त्वदर्शिना (tattvadarśinā) - by the knower of truth;]
One thousand and one verses, and five hundred, and also just six verses—this is the count given by the knower of truth.
अतः परं निबोधेदं मौसलं पर्व दारुणम्। यत्र ते पुरुषव्याघ्राः शस्त्रस्पर्शसहा युधि। ब्रह्मदण्डविनिष्पिष्टाः समीपे लवणाम्भसः॥ (BORI 1.2.220)
ataḥ paraṁ nibōdhēdaṁ mausalaṁ parva dāruṇam। yatra tē puruṣavyāghrāḥ śastrasparśasahā yudhi। brahmadaṇḍaviniṣpiṣṭāḥ samīpē lavaṇāmbhasaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.220)
[अतः (ataḥ) - therefore; परम् (param) - next; निबोध (nibōdha) - learn; इदम् (idam) - this; मौसलम् (mausalam) - Mausala; पर्व (parva) - book; दारुणम् (dāruṇam) - terrible; यत्र (yatra) - where; ते (tē) - those; पुरुषव्याघ्राः (puruṣavyāghrāḥ) - tigers among men; शस्त्रस्पर्शसहाः (śastrasparśasahāḥ) - capable of enduring weapons; युधि (yudhi) - in battle; ब्रह्मदण्डविनिष्पिष्टाः (brahmadaṇḍaviniṣpiṣṭāḥ) - crushed by Brahma's rod; समीपे (samīpē) - near; लवणाम्भसः (lavaṇāmbhasaḥ) - the salt water;]
Therefore, next, hear this terrible Mausala Book, in which those tigers among men, capable of withstanding weapons in battle, were crushed by Brahma's rod near the salt sea.
आपाने पानगलिता दैवेनाभिप्रचोदिताः। एरकारूपिभिर्वज्रैर्निजघ्नुरितरेतरम्॥ (BORI 1.2.221)
āpānē pānagalitā daivēnābhipracōditāḥ। ērakārūpibhirvajrairnijaghnuritarētaram॥ (BORI 1.2.221)
[आपाने (āpānē) - in a place for drinking; पानगलिता (pānagalitā) - intoxicated with drink; दैवेन (daivēna) - by fate; अभिप्रचोदिताः (abhipracōditāḥ) - impelled; एरकारूपिभिः (ērakārūpibhiḥ) - with reeds in the form of clubs; वज्रैः (vajraiḥ) - (used as) deadly weapons; निजघ्नुः (nijaghnuḥ) - they struck; इतरेतरम् (itarētaram) - each other;]
In the drinking hall, intoxicated with liquor and driven by fate, they struck each other with clublike reeds as deadly weapons.
यत्र सर्वक्षयं कृत्वा तावुभौ रामकेशवौ। नातिचक्रमतुः कालं प्राप्तं सर्वहरं समम्॥ (BORI 1.2.222)
yatra sarvakṣayaṁ kr̥tvā tāvubhau rāmakēśavau। nāticakramatuḥ kālaṁ prāptaṁ sarvaharaṁ samam॥ (BORI 1.2.222)
[यत्र (yatra) - where; सर्वक्षयम् (sarvakṣayam) - the complete destruction; कृत्वा (kr̥tvā) - having brought about; तौ (tau) - those two; उभौ (ubhau) - both; रामकेशवौ (rāmakēśavau) - Rāma and Keśava; न (na) - not; अतिचक्रमतुः (aticakramatuḥ) - surpassed; कालम् (kālam) - time; प्राप्तम् (prāptam) - that had come; सर्वहरम् (sarvaharam) - all-destroying; समम् (samam) - equally;]
Where, having brought about complete destruction, those two—Rāma and Keśava—did not transcend the all-devouring time that had now come equally for all.
यत्रार्जुनो द्वारवतीमेत्य वृष्णिविनाकृताम्। दृष्ट्वा विषादमगमत्परां चार्तिं नरर्षभः॥ (BORI 1.2.223)
yatrārjunō dvāravatīmētya vr̥ṣṇivinākr̥tām। dr̥ṣṭvā viṣādamagamatparāṁ cārtiṁ nararṣabhaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.223)
[यत्र (yatra) - when; अर्जुनः (arjunaḥ) - Arjuna; द्वारवतीम् (dvāravatīm) - Dvaravati; एत्य (ētya) - having gone; वृष्णि-विनाकृताम् (vr̥ṣṇi-vinākr̥tām) - bereft of the Vrishnis; दृष्ट्वा (dr̥ṣṭvā) - having seen; विषादम् (viṣādam) - sorrow; अगमत् (agamat) - entered; पराम् (parām) - profound; च (ca) - and; आर्तिम् (ārtim) - distress; नरर्षभः (nararṣabhaḥ) - the foremost among men;]
When Arjuna went to Dvaravati and saw it bereft of the Vrishnis, the foremost among men fell into profound sorrow and great distress.
स सत्कृत्य यदुश्रेष्ठं मातुलं शौरिमात्मनः। ददर्श यदुवीराणामापाने वैशसं महत्॥ (BORI 1.2.224)
sa satkr̥tya yaduśrēṣṭhaṁ mātulaṁ śaurimātmanaḥ। dadarśa yaduvīrāṇāmāpānē vaiśasaṁ mahat॥ (BORI 1.2.224)
[स (sa) - he; सत्कृत्य (satkr̥tya) - honoring; यदुश्रेष्ठम् (yaduśrēṣṭham) - the foremost among the Yadus; मातुलम् (mātulam) - his maternal uncle; शौरिम् (śaurim) - Śauri; आत्मनः (ātmanaḥ) - his own; ददर्श (dadarśa) - saw; यदुवीराणाम् (yaduvīrāṇām) - of the Yadu heroes; आपाने (āpānē) - in the common hall/drinking-hall; वैशसं (vaiśasaṁ) - massacre; महत् (mahat) - great;]
After honoring Śauri, his maternal uncle and the foremost among the Yadus, he saw the great massacre of the Yadu heroes in the assembly hall.
शरीरं वासुदेवस्य रामस्य च महात्मनः। संस्कारं लम्भयामास वृष्णीनां च प्रधानतः॥ (BORI 1.2.225)
śarīraṁ vāsudēvasya rāmasya ca mahātmanaḥ। saṁskāraṁ lambhayāmāsa vr̥ṣṇīnāṁ ca pradhānataḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.225)
[शरीरं (śarīraṁ) - the body; वासुदेवस्य (vāsudēvasya) - of Vāsudeva (Krishna); रामस्य (rāmasya) - and of Rāma (Balarāma); च (ca) - and; महात्मनः (mahātmanaḥ) - the great-souled; संस्कारं (saṁskāraṁ) - the funeral rites; लम्भयामास (lambhayāmāsa) - he had performed; वृष्णीनां (vr̥ṣṇīnāṁ) - of the Vṛṣṇis; च (ca) - and; प्रधानतः (pradhānataḥ) - especially for the leaders;]
He had the funeral rites performed for the bodies of Vāsudeva and the great-souled Rāma, and especially for the leading Vṛṣṇis.
स वृद्धबालमादाय द्वारवत्यास्ततो जनम्। ददर्शापदि कष्टायां गाण्डीवस्य पराभवम्॥ (BORI 1.2.226)
sa vr̥ddhabālamādāya dvāravatyāstatō janam। dadarśāpadi kaṣṭāyāṁ gāṇḍīvasya parābhavam॥ (BORI 1.2.226)
[सः (saḥ) - he; वृद्धबालम् (vr̥ddhabālam) - the old and the young; आदाय (ādāya) - taking along; द्वारवत्याः (dvāravatyāḥ) - from Dvārakā; ततः (tataḥ) - then; जनम् (janam) - the people; ददर्श (dadarśa) - he saw; आपदि (āpadi) - in calamity; कष्टायाम् (kaṣṭāyām) - in distress; गाण्डीवस्य (gāṇḍīvasya) - of the Gāṇḍīva; पराभवम् (parābhavam) - failure;]
He took the old and the young, and, after that, the people from Dvārakā; in distress and calamity, he saw the defeat of the Gāṇḍīva.
सर्वेषां चैव दिव्यानामस्त्राणामप्रसन्नताम्। नाशं वृष्णिकलत्राणां प्रभावानामनित्यताम्॥ (BORI 1.2.227)
sarvēṣāṁ caiva divyānāmastrāṇāmaprasannatām। nāśaṁ vr̥ṣṇikalatrāṇāṁ prabhāvānāmanityatām॥ (BORI 1.2.227)
[सर्वेषां (sarvēṣāṁ) - of all; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - indeed; दिव्यानाम् (divyānām) - divine; अस्त्राणाम् (astrāṇām) - weapons; अप्रसन्नताम् (aprasannatām) - inaction; नाशं (nāśaṁ) - destruction; वृष्णि-कलत्राणाम् (vr̥ṣṇi-kalatrāṇām) - of the women of the Vrṣṇis; प्रभावानाम् (prabhāvānām) - of powers; अनित्यताम् (anityatām) - impermanence;]
...the unwillingness of all the divine weapons, the destruction of the Vrṣṇi women, the impermanence of powers...
दृष्ट्वा निर्वेदमापन्नो व्यासवाक्यप्रचोदितः। धर्मराजं समासाद्य संन्यासं समरोचयेत्॥ (BORI 1.2.228)
dr̥ṣṭvā nirvēdamāpannō vyāsavākyapracōditaḥ। dharmarājaṁ samāsādya saṁnyāsaṁ samarōcayēt॥ (BORI 1.2.228)
[दृष्ट्वा (dr̥ṣṭvā) - having seen; निर्वेदम् (nirvēdam) - disillusionment; आपन्नः (āpannaḥ) - having attained; व्यासवाक्यप्रचोदितः (vyāsavākyapracōditaḥ) - urged by Vyāsa's words; धर्मराजम् (dharmarājam) - to Dharmarāja; समासाद्य (samāsādya) - approaching; संन्यासम् (saṁnyāsam) - renunciation; समरोचयेत् (samarōcayēt) - he found agreeable;]
Having witnessed disillusionment, and urged by Vyāsa's words, he approached Dharmarāja and found renunciation agreeable.
इत्येतन्मौसलं पर्व षोडशं परिकीर्तितम्। अध्यायाष्टौ समाख्याताः श्लोकानां च शतत्रयम्॥ (BORI 1.2.229)
ityētanmausalaṁ parva ṣōḍaśaṁ parikīrtitam। adhyāyāṣṭau samākhyātāḥ ślōkānāṁ ca śatatrayam॥ (BORI 1.2.229)
[इति (iti) - thus; एतत् (ētat) - this; मौसलं (mausalaṁ) - Mausala; पर्व (parva) - parvan; षोडशं (ṣōḍaśaṁ) - sixteenth; परिकीर्तितम् (parikīrtitam) - is recounted; अध्यायाः (adhyāyāḥ) - chapters; अष्टौ (aṣṭau) - eight; समाख्याताः (samākhyātāḥ) - are described; श्लोकानाम् (ślōkānām) - of verses; च (ca) - and; शतत्रयम् (śatatrayam) - three hundred;]
Thus, the Mausala Parvan, the sixteenth, is recounted: eight chapters are described, and three hundred verses.
श्लोकानां विंशतिश्चैव सङ्ख्याता तत्त्वदर्शिना। (NIL 1.2.364; KUM 1.2.365)
ślōkānāṁ viṁśatiścaiva saṅkhyātā tattvadarśinā। (NIL 1.2.364; KUM 1.2.365)
[श्लोकानां (ślōkānāṁ) - of the verses; विंशतिः (viṁśatiḥ) - twenty; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - indeed; सङ्ख्याता (saṅkhyātā) - reckoned; तत्त्वदर्शिना (tattvadarśinā) - by one who perceives the truth;]
And, the number of verses is reckoned as twenty by one who perceives the truth.
महाप्रस्थानिकं तस्मादूर्ध्वं सप्तदशं स्मृतम्। यत्र राज्यं परित्यज्य पाण्डवाः पुरुषर्षभाः। द्रौपद्या सहिता देव्या सिद्धिं परमिकां गताः॥ (BORI 1.2.230)
mahāprasthānikaṁ tasmādūrdhvaṁ saptadaśaṁ smr̥tam। yatra rājyaṁ parityajya pāṇḍavāḥ puruṣarṣabhāḥ। draupadyā sahitā dēvyā siddhiṁ paramikāṁ gatāḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.230)
[महाप्रस्थानिकं (mahāprasthānikaṁ) - the Mahāprasthānika; तस्मात् (tasmāt) - after that; ऊर्ध्वं (ūrdhvaṁ) - thereafter; सप्तदशं (saptadaśaṁ) - the seventeenth; स्मृतम् (smr̥tam) - is regarded as; यत्र (yatra) - in which; राज्यं (rājyaṁ) - the kingdom; परित्यज्य (parityajya) - having given up; पाण्डवाः (pāṇḍavāḥ) - the Pāṇḍavas; पुरुषर्षभाः (puruṣarṣabhāḥ) - bulls among men; द्रौपद्या (draupadyā) - with Draupadī; सहिता (sahitā) - together; देव्या (dēvyā) - with the noble queen; सिद्धिं (siddhiṁ) - perfection; परमिकां (paramikāṁ) - supreme; गताः (gatāḥ) - attained;]
After that is the seventeenth book, the Mahāprasthānika, in which the Pāṇḍavas—bulls among men—together with the noble queen Draupadī, having given up the kingdom, attained the supreme perfection.
यत्र तेऽग्निं ददृशिरे लौहित्यं प्राप्य सागरम्। यत्राग्निना चोदितश्च पार्थस्तस्मै महात्मने॥ (NIL 1.2.366; KUM 1.2.367)
yatra tē’gniṁ dadr̥śirē lauhityaṁ prāpya sāgaram। yatrāgninā cōditaśca pārthastasmai mahātmanē॥ (NIL 1.2.366; KUM 1.2.367)
[यत्र (yatra) - where; ते (tē) - they; अग्निं (agniṁ) - Agni; ददृशिरे (dadr̥śirē) - saw; लौहित्यं (lauhityaṁ) - the Lauhitya; प्राप्य (prāpya) - having reached; सागरम् (sāgaram) - the ocean; यत्र (yatra) - where; अग्निना (agninā) - by Agni; चोदितः (cōditaḥ) - prompted; च (ca) - and; पार्थः (pārthaḥ) - Arjuna; तस्मै (tasmai) - to him; महात्मने (mahātmanē) - the great-souled one;]
where they saw Agni, after reaching the Lauhitya and the ocean, and where Arjuna, prompted by Agni, [gave] to that great-souled one…
ददौ सम्पूज्य तद्दिव्यं गाण्डीवं धनुरुत्तमम्। यत्र भ्रातॄन्निपतितान्द्रौपदीं च युधिष्ठिरः॥ (NIL 1.2.367; KUM 1.2.368)
dadau sampūjya taddivyaṁ gāṇḍīvaṁ dhanuruttamam। yatra bhrātr̥̄nnipatitāndraupadīṁ ca yudhiṣṭhiraḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.367; KUM 1.2.368)
[ददौ (dadau) - he gave; सम्पूज्य (sampūjya) - having duly honored; तत् दिव्यं (tat divyaṁ) - that divine; गाण्डीवं (gāṇḍīvaṁ) - Gāṇḍīva; धनुः उत्तमम् (dhanuḥ uttamam) - the excellent bow; यत्र (yatra) - there (where); भ्रातॄन् (bhrātr̥̄n) - (his) brothers; निपतितान् (nipatitān) - fallen; द्रौपदीं च (draupadīṁ ca) - and Draupadī; युधिष्ठिरः (yudhiṣṭhiraḥ) - Yudhiṣṭhira;]
Having duly honored him, he gave that divine, excellent bow, Gāṇḍīva, at the place where Yudhiṣṭhira saw his fallen brothers and Draupadī.
दृष्ट्वा हित्वा जगामैव सर्वाननवलोकयन्। एतत्सप्तदशं पर्व महाप्रस्थानिकं स्मृतम्॥ (NIL 1.2.368; KUM 1.2.369)
dr̥ṣṭvā hitvā jagāmaiva sarvānanavalōkayan। ētatsaptadaśaṁ parva mahāprasthānikaṁ smr̥tam॥ (NIL 1.2.368; KUM 1.2.369)
[दृष्ट्वा (dr̥ṣṭvā) - having seen; हित्वा (hitvā) - having abandoned; जगाम (jagāma) - he went; एव (ēva) - just; सर्वान् (sarvān) - all; अनवलोकयन् (anavalōkayan) - without looking back; एतत् (ētat) - this; सप्तदशम् (saptadaśam) - seventeenth; पर्व (parva) - book; महाप्रस्थानिकम् (mahāprasthānikam) - Mahāprasthānika; स्मृतम् (smr̥tam) - is known as;]
Having seen and abandoned them all, he went away without looking back. This is known as the seventeenth book, the Mahāprasthānika.
अत्राध्यायास्त्रयः प्रोक्ताः श्लोकानां च शतं तथा। विंशतिश्च तथा श्लोकाः सङ्ख्यातास्तत्त्वदर्शिना॥ (BORI 1.2.231)
atrādhyāyāstrayaḥ prōktāḥ ślōkānāṁ ca śataṁ tathā। viṁśatiśca tathā ślōkāḥ saṅkhyātāstattvadarśinā॥ (BORI 1.2.231)
[अत्र (atra) - here; अध्यायाः (adhyāyāḥ) - chapters; त्रयः (trayaḥ) - three; प्रोक्ताः (prōktāḥ) - are said; श्लोकानां (ślōkānāṁ) - of verses; च (ca) - and; शतं (śataṁ) - one hundred; तथा (tathā) - also; विंशतिः (viṁśatiḥ) - twenty; च (ca) - and; तथा (tathā) - also; श्लोकाः (ślōkāḥ) - verses; सङ्ख्याताः (saṅkhyātāḥ) - are counted; तत्त्वदर्शिना (tattvadarśinā) - by one who knows the truth;]
Here, three chapters are mentioned, as well as one hundred and twenty verses as counted by one who knows the truth.
स्वर्गपर्व ततो ज्ञेयं दिव्यं यत्तदमानुषम्।
svargaparva tatō jñēyaṁ divyaṁ yattadamānuṣam।
[स्वर्गपर्व (svargaparva) - the Svargaparvan; ततः (tataḥ) - after that; ज्ञेयं (jñēyaṁ) - should be known; दिव्यं (divyaṁ) - divine; यत् (yat) - that which; तत् अमानुषम् (tat amānuṣam) - is not human;]
After that, the Svargaparvan should be understood—divine, that which is not human.
प्राप्तं दैवरथं स्वर्गान्नेष्टवान्यत्र धर्मराट्॥ (NIL 1.2.370; KUM 1.2.371)
prāptaṁ daivarathaṁ svargānnēṣṭavānyatra dharmarāṭ॥ (NIL 1.2.370; KUM 1.2.371)
[प्राप्तं (prāptaṁ) - attained; दैवरथं (daivarathaṁ) - the divine chariot; स्वर्गात् (svargāt) - from heaven; ईष्टवान् (īṣṭavān) - brought; यत्र (yatra) - in which; धर्मराट् (dharmarāṭ) - Dharmaraja;]
Dharmaraja brought down from heaven the divine chariot he had attained.
आरोदुं सुमहाप्राज्ञ आनृशंस्याच्छुना विना। तामस्या विचलां ज्ञात्वा स्थितिं धर्मे महात्मनः॥ (NIL 1.2.371; KUM 1.2.372)
ārōduṁ sumahāprājña ānr̥śaṁsyācchunā vinā। tāmasyā vicalāṁ jñātvā sthitiṁ dharmē mahātmanaḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.371; KUM 1.2.372)
[आरोदुं (ārōduṁ) - to weep; सुमहाप्राज्ञ (sumahāprājña) - greatly wise one; आनृशंस्यात् (ānr̥śaṁsyāt) - from compassion; शुना (śunā) - by a dog; विना (vinā) - without; ताम् (tām) - her; अस्या (asyā) - her; विचलां (vicalāṁ) - unsteady; ज्ञात्वा (jñātvā) - having understood; स्थितिं (sthitiṁ) - condition; धर्मे (dharmē) - in dharma; महात्मनः (mahātmanaḥ) - of the great-souled one;]
The greatly wise one refrained from weeping out of compassion, since, after realizing her unsteady condition with regard to dharma toward the great-souled one, she was left without the dog.
श्वरूपं यत्र तत्त्यक्त्वा धर्मेणासौ समन्वितः। स्वर्गं प्राप्तः स च तथा यातना विपुला भृशम्॥ (NIL 1.2.372; KUM 1.2.373)
śvarūpaṁ yatra tattyaktvā dharmēṇāsau samanvitaḥ। svargaṁ prāptaḥ sa ca tathā yātanā vipulā bhr̥śam॥ (NIL 1.2.372; KUM 1.2.373)
[श्वरूपं (śvarūpaṁ) - his own form; यत्र (yatra) - where; तत् (tat) - that; त्यक्त्वा (tyaktvā) - having abandoned; धर्मेण (dharmēṇa) - by righteousness; असौ (asau) - he; समन्वितः (samanvitaḥ) - endowed; स्वर्गं (svargaṁ) - heaven; प्राप्तः (prāptaḥ) - attained; स (sa) - he; च (ca) - and; तथा (tathā) - likewise; यातना (yātanā) - torments; विपुला (vipulā) - great; भृशम् (bhr̥śam) - exceedingly;]
Where, having abandoned his own form and being endowed with righteousness, he attained heaven—and likewise underwent great and intense torments.
देवदूतेन नरकं यत्र व्याजेन दर्शितम्। शुश्राव यत्र धर्मात्मा भ्रातॄणां करुणा गिरः॥ (NIL 1.2.373; KUM 1.2.374)
dēvadūtēna narakaṁ yatra vyājēna darśitam। śuśrāva yatra dharmātmā bhrātr̥̄ṇāṁ karuṇā giraḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.373; KUM 1.2.374)
[देवदूतेन (dēvadūtēna) - by the divine messenger; नरकं (narakaṁ) - hell; यत्र (yatra) - where; व्याजेन (vyājēna) - by a pretext; दर्शितम् (darśitam) - was shown; शुश्राव (śuśrāva) - (he) heard; यत्र (yatra) - where; धर्मात्मा (dharmātmā) - the righteous one; भ्रातॄणां (bhrātr̥̄ṇāṁ) - of his brothers; करुणा (karuṇā) - compassionate; गिरः (giraḥ) - cries;]
where hell was shown by the divine messenger through a pretext, and where the righteous one heard the compassionate cries of his brothers
निदेशे वर्तमानानां देशे तत्रैव वर्तताम्। अनुदर्शितश्च धर्मेण देवराज्ञा च पाण्डवः॥ (NIL 1.2.374; KUM 1.2.375)
nidēśē vartamānānāṁ dēśē tatraiva vartatām। anudarśitaśca dharmēṇa dēvarājñā ca pāṇḍavaḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.374; KUM 1.2.375)
[निदेशे (nidēśē) - in accordance with the command; वर्तमानानां (vartamānānāṁ) - of those who abide; देशे (dēśē) - in the place; तत्र एव (tatra ēva) - right there; वर्तताम् (vartatām) - let them remain; अनुदर्शितः (anudarśitaḥ) - shown as not present; च (ca) - and; धर्मेण (dharmēṇa) - by righteousness; देवराज्ञा (dēvarājñā) - by the king of the gods; च (ca) - and; पाण्डवः (pāṇḍavaḥ) - the Pāṇḍava;]
Let those who abide by the command remain right there in that place; and the Pāṇḍava was shown, through righteousness, by the king of the gods, as not being present.
आप्लुत्याकाशगङ्गायां देहं त्यक्त्वा स मानुषम्। स्वधर्मनिर्जितं स्थानं स्वर्गे प्राप्य स धर्मराट्॥ (NIL 1.2.375; KUM 1.2.376)
āplutyākāśagaṅgāyāṁ dēhaṁ tyaktvā sa mānuṣam। svadharmanirjitaṁ sthānaṁ svargē prāpya sa dharmarāṭ॥ (NIL 1.2.375; KUM 1.2.376)
[आप्लुत्य (āplutya) - having bathed; आकाशगङ्गायाम् (ākāśagaṅgāyām) - in the celestial Ganga; देहं (dēhaṁ) - body; त्यक्त्वा (tyaktvā) - having abandoned; स (sa) - he; मानुषम् (mānuṣam) - human; स्वधर्मनिर्जितं (svadharmanirjitaṁ) - won by his own righteous duty; स्थानं (sthānaṁ) - place; स्वर्गे (svargē) - in heaven; प्राप्य (prāpya) - having reached; स (sa) - he; धर्मराट् (dharmarāṭ) - the king of righteousness;]
Having bathed in the celestial Ganga, abandoning his human body, that king of righteousness reached the place in heaven won by his own righteous conduct.
मुमुदे पूजितः सर्वैः सेन्द्रैः सुरगणैः सह। एतदष्टादशं पर्व प्रोक्तं व्यासेन धीमता॥ (NIL 1.2.376; KUM 1.2.377)
mumudē pūjitaḥ sarvaiḥ sēndraiḥ suragaṇaiḥ saha। ētadaṣṭādaśaṁ parva prōktaṁ vyāsēna dhīmatā॥ (NIL 1.2.376; KUM 1.2.377)
[मुमुदे (mumudē) - was delighted; पूजितः (pūjitaḥ) - honoured; सर्वैः (sarvaiḥ) - by all; सेन्द्रैः (sēndraiḥ) - with Indra; सुरगणैः (suragaṇaiḥ) - and with the hosts of gods; सह (saha) - together with; एतत् (ētat) - this; अष्टादशं (aṣṭādaśaṁ) - eighteenth; पर्व (parva) - Parvan; प्रोक्तं (prōktaṁ) - has been recited; व्यासेन (vyāsēna) - by Vyāsa; धीमता (dhīmatā) - the wise;]
He was delighted, honoured by all, together with Indra and the hosts of gods. This eighteenth Parvan has been recited by the wise Vyāsa.
अध्यायाः पञ्च सङ्ख्याताः पर्वैतदभिसङ्ख्यया। श्लोकानां द्वे शते चैव प्रसङ्ख्याते तपोधनाः॥ (BORI 1.2.232)
adhyāyāḥ pañca saṅkhyātāḥ parvaitadabhisaṅkhyayā। ślōkānāṁ dvē śatē caiva prasaṅkhyātē tapōdhanāḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.232)
[अध्यायाः (adhyāyāḥ) - chapters; पञ्च (pañca) - five; सङ्ख्याताः (saṅkhyātāḥ) - are counted; पर्व (parva) - book; एतत् (ētat) - this; अभिसङ्ख्यया (abhisaṅkhyayā) - by reckoning; श्लोकानाम् (ślōkānām) - of verses; द्वे (dvē) - two; शते (śatē) - hundred; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - indeed; प्रसङ्ख्याते (prasaṅkhyātē) - have been enumerated; तपोधनाः (tapōdhanāḥ) - O ascetics rich in austerity;]
There are five chapters counted in this book by that reckoning, and two hundred verses have indeed been enumerated, O ascetics rich in austerity.
नव श्लोकास्तथैवान्ये सङ्ख्याताः परमर्षिणा। (NIL 1.2.378; KUM 1.2.379)
nava ślōkāstathaivānyē saṅkhyātāḥ paramarṣiṇā। (NIL 1.2.378; KUM 1.2.379)
[नव (nava) - nine; श्लोकाः (ślōkāḥ) - verses; तथैव (tathaiva) - likewise; अन्ये (anyē) - others; सङ्ख्याताः (saṅkhyātāḥ) - have been counted; परमर्षिणा (paramarṣiṇā) - by the supreme sage;]
Likewise, nine other verses were counted by the supreme sage.
अष्टादशैवमेतानि पर्वाण्युक्तान्यशेषतः। खिलेषु हरिवंशश्च भविष्यच्च प्रकीर्तितम्॥ (BORI 1.2.233)
aṣṭādaśaivamētāni parvāṇyuktānyaśēṣataḥ। khilēṣu harivaṁśaśca bhaviṣyacca prakīrtitam॥ (BORI 1.2.233)
[अष्टादश एव (aṣṭādaśa ēva) - just eighteen; एतानि (ētāni) - these; पर्वाणि (parvāṇi) - books; उक्तानि (uktāni) - have been stated; अशेषतः (aśēṣataḥ) - completely; खिलेषु (khilēṣu) - in the appendices; हरिवंशश् च (harivaṁśaś ca) - and the Harivaṃśa; भविष्यः च (bhaviṣyaḥ ca) - and the Bhaviṣya; प्रकीर्तितम् (prakīrtitam) - have been described;]
Thus, these eighteen books have been stated in full; in the appendices, the Harivaṃśa and the Bhaviṣya are also described.
दश श्लोकसहस्राणि विंशच्छ्लोकशतानि च॥ (NIL 1.2.379; KUM 1.2.380)
daśa ślōkasahasrāṇi viṁśacchlōkaśatāni ca॥ (NIL 1.2.379; KUM 1.2.380)
[दश (daśa) - ten; श्लोकसहस्राणि (ślōkasahasrāṇi) - thousand verses; विंशत् (viṁśat) - twenty; श्लोकशतानि (ślōkaśatāni) - hundred verses; च (ca) - and;]
ten thousand verses and twenty hundred verses
खिलेषु हरिवंशे च सङ्ख्यातानि महर्षिणा। (NIL 1.2.380; KUM 1.2.381)
khilēṣu harivaṁśē ca saṅkhyātāni maharṣiṇā। (NIL 1.2.380; KUM 1.2.381)
[खिलेषु (khilēṣu) - in the supplementary portions; हरिवंशे (harivaṁśē) - in the Harivaṃśa; च (ca) - and; सङ्ख्यातानि (saṅkhyātāni) - enumerated; महर्षिणा (maharṣiṇā) - by the great sage;]
They have been enumerated in the supplementary portions and in the Harivaṃśa by the great sage.
एतदखिलमाख्यातं भारतं पर्वसङ्ग्रहात्। अष्टादश समाजग्मुरक्षौहिण्यो युयुत्सया। तन्महद्दारुणं युद्धमहान्यष्टादशाभवत्॥ (BORI 1.2.234)
ētadakhilamākhyātaṁ bhārataṁ parvasaṅgrahāt। aṣṭādaśa samājagmurakṣauhiṇyō yuyutsayā। tanmahaddāruṇaṁ yuddhamahānyaṣṭādaśābhavat॥ (BORI 1.2.234)
[एतद् (ētad) - this; अखिलम् (akhilam) - entire; आख्यातम् (ākhyātam) - has been recounted; भारतं (bhārataṁ) - the Mahabharata; पर्व-सङ्ग्रहात् (parva-saṅgrahāt) - from the collection of parvas; अष्टादश (aṣṭādaśa) - eighteen; सम्-आ-जग्मुः (sam-ā-jagmuḥ) - assembled together; अक्षौहिण्यः (akṣauhiṇyaḥ) - battle divisions (akṣauhiṇīs); युयुत्सया (yuyutsayā) - for the purpose of battle; तत् (tat) - that; महत् (mahat) - great; दारुणम् (dāruṇam) - terrible; युद्धम् (yuddham) - war; अहानि अष्टादश (ahāni aṣṭādaśa) - for eighteen days; अभवत् (abhavat) - took place;]
This entire Mahabharata has been recounted from the collection of parvas. Eighteen akṣauhiṇī battle divisions assembled for war. That great and terrible war raged for eighteen days.
यो विद्याच्चतुरो वेदान्साङ्गोपनिषदान्द्विजः। न चाख्यानमिदं विद्यान्नैव स स्याद्विचक्षणः॥ (BORI 1.2.235)
yō vidyāccaturō vēdānsāṅgōpaniṣadāndvijaḥ। na cākhyānamidaṁ vidyānnaiva sa syādvicakṣaṇaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.235)
[यः (yaḥ) - who; विज्ञात् (vijñāt) - knows; चतुरः (caturaḥ) - all four; वेदन् (vēdan) - Vedas; साङ्ग-उपनिषद्-अन् (sāṅga-upaniṣad-an) - together with the limbs and the Upanishads; द्विजः (dvijaḥ) - a twice-born man; न (na) - not; च (ca) - and; आख्यानम् (ākhyānam) - this story; इदम् (idam) - this; विज्ञात् (vijñāt) - knows; न (na) - not; एव (ēva) - indeed; सः (saḥ) - he; स्यात् (syāt) - would be; विचक्षणः (vicakṣaṇaḥ) - wise;]
A twice-born who knows all four Vedas together with their supplements and the Upanishads, but does not know this story, indeed would not be truly wise.
अर्थशास्त्रमिदं प्रोक्तं धर्मशास्त्रमिदं महत्। कामशास्त्रमिदं प्रोक्तं व्यासेनामितबुद्धिना॥ (NIL 1.2.383; KUM 1.2.384)
arthaśāstramidaṁ prōktaṁ dharmaśāstramidaṁ mahat। kāmaśāstramidaṁ prōktaṁ vyāsēnāmitabuddhinā॥ (NIL 1.2.383; KUM 1.2.384)
[अर्थशास्त्रम् (arthaśāstram) - the science of wealth; इदं (idaṁ) - this; प्रोक्तम् (prōktam) - is taught; धर्मशास्त्रम् (dharmaśāstram) - the science of righteousness; इदं (idaṁ) - this; महत् (mahat) - great; कामशास्त्रम् (kāmaśāstram) - the science of desire; इदं (idaṁ) - this; प्रोक्तम् (prōktam) - is taught; व्यासेन (vyāsēna) - by Vyāsa; अमितबुद्धिना (amitabuddhinā) - of boundless intellect;]
Here is taught the science of wealth, here the great science of righteousness, here the science of desire — all taught by Vyāsa of boundless intellect.
श्रुत्वा त्विदमुपाख्यानं श्राव्यमन्यन्न रोचते। पुंस्कोकिलरुतं श्रुत्वा रूक्षा ध्वाङ्क्षस्य वागिव॥ (BORI 1.2.236)
śrutvā tvidamupākhyānaṁ śrāvyamanyanna rōcatē। puṁskōkilarutaṁ śrutvā rūkṣā dhvāṅkṣasya vāgiva॥ (BORI 1.2.236)
[श्रुत्वा (śrutvā) - having heard; तु (tu) - but; इदं (idaṁ) - this; उपाख्यानं (upākhyānaṁ) - narrative; श्राव्यम् (śrāvyam) - something else to be heard; अन्यत् (anyat) - another; न (na) - not; रोचते (rōcatē) - pleases; पुंस्-कोकिल-रुतं (puṁs-kōkila-rutaṁ) - the cry of a male cuckoo; श्रुत्वा (śrutvā) - having heard; रूक्षा (rūkṣā) - harsh; ध्वाङ्क्षस्य (dhvāṅkṣasya) - of the crow; वाक् (vāk) - voice; इव (iva) - like;]
But having heard this narrative, no other tale pleases one, just as, after hearing the song of the male cuckoo, the harsh voice of the crow does not.
इतिहासोत्तमादस्माज्जायन्ते कविबुद्धयः। पञ्चभ्य इव भूतेभ्यो लोकसंविधयस्त्रयः॥ (BORI 1.2.237)
itihāsōttamādasmājjāyantē kavibuddhayaḥ। pañcabhya iva bhūtēbhyō lōkasaṁvidhayastrayaḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.237)
[इतिहासोत्तमात् (itihāsōttamāt) - from this excellent epic; अस्मात् (asmāt) - from this (epic); जायन्ते (jāyantē) - arise; कवि-बुद्धयः (kavi-buddhayaḥ) - the insights of poets; पञ्चभ्यः (pañcabhyaḥ) - from the five; इव (iva) - just as; भूतेभ्यः (bhūtēbhyaḥ) - elements; लोक-संविधयः (lōka-saṁvidhayaḥ) - forms of the world; त्रयः (trayaḥ) - three;]
From this excellent epic arise the insights of poets, just as the three forms of the world arise from the five elements.
अस्याख्यानस्य विषये पुराणं वर्तते द्विजाः। अन्तरिक्षस्य विषये प्रजा इव चतुर्विधाः॥ (BORI 1.2.238)
asyākhyānasya viṣayē purāṇaṁ vartatē dvijāḥ। antarikṣasya viṣayē prajā iva caturvidhāḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.238)
[अस्य (asya) - of this; आख्यानस्य (ākhyānasya) - narrative; विषये (viṣayē) - in the subject; पुराणम् (purāṇam) - the Purāṇa; वर्तते (vartatē) - exists; द्विजाः (dvijāḥ) - O brāhmaṇas; अन्तरिक्षस्य (antarikṣasya) - of the intermediate space; विषये (viṣayē) - in the subject; प्रजाः (prajāḥ) - beings; इव (iva) - like; चतुर्विधाः (caturvidhāḥ) - of four kinds;]
O brāhmaṇas, in the subject matter of this narrative, the Purāṇa exists, just as beings of four kinds exist in the intermediate space.
क्रियागुणानां सर्वेषामिदमाख्यानमाश्रयः। इन्द्रियाणां समस्तानां चित्रा इव मनःक्रियाः॥ (BORI 1.2.239)
kriyāguṇānāṁ sarvēṣāmidamākhyānamāśrayaḥ। indriyāṇāṁ samastānāṁ citrā iva manaḥkriyāḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.239)
[क्रियागुणानां (kriyāguṇānāṁ) - of all the qualities and actions; सर्वेषाम् (sarvēṣām) - of all; इदम् (idam) - this; आख्यानम् (ākhyānam) - narrative; आश्रयः (āśrayaḥ) - foundation; इन्द्रियाणां (indriyāṇāṁ) - of the senses; समस्तानां (samastānāṁ) - of all; चित्रा इव (citrā iva) - like the varied; मनःक्रियाः (manaḥkriyāḥ) - activities of the mind;]
This narrative is the foundation of all qualities and actions; the activities of the mind, like the varied functions of all the senses.
अनाश्रित्यैतदाख्यानं कथा भुवि न विद्यते। आहारमनपाश्रित्य शरीरस्येव धारणम्॥ (BORI 1.2.240)
anāśrityaitadākhyānaṁ kathā bhuvi na vidyatē। āhāramanapāśritya śarīrasyēva dhāraṇam॥ (BORI 1.2.240)
[अनाश्रित्य (anāśritya) - without relying on; एतत् आख्यानम् (ētat ākhyānam) - this account; कथा (kathā) - a story; भुवि (bhuvi) - in the world; न विद्यते (na vidyatē) - does not exist; आहारम् (āhāram) - food; अनपाश्रित्य (anapāśritya) - without depending on; शरीरस्य (śarīrasya) - for the body; इव (iva) - just as; धारणम् (dhāraṇam) - sustenance;]
Without relying on this account, a story does not exist in the world, just as the body cannot be sustained without food.
इदं सर्वैः कविवरैराख्यानमुपजीव्यते। उदयप्रेप्सुभिर्भृत्यैरभिजात इवेश्वरः॥ (BORI 1.2.241)
idaṁ sarvaiḥ kavivarairākhyānamupajīvyatē। udayaprēpsubhirbhr̥tyairabhijāta ivēśvaraḥ॥ (BORI 1.2.241)
[इदं (idaṁ) - this; सर्वैः (sarvaiḥ) - by all; कविवरैः (kavivaraiḥ) - eminent poets; आख्यानम् (ākhyānam) - narrative; उपजीव्यते (upajīvyatē) - is made the basis; उदय-प्रेप्सुभिः (udaya-prēpsubhiḥ) - by those seeking advancement; भृत्यैः (bhr̥tyaiḥ) - by dependents; अभिजातः (abhijātaḥ) - a nobleman; इव (iva) - as; ईश्वरः (īśvaraḥ) - a lord;]
All eminent poets make this narrative their basis, just as dependents seeking advancement rely on a noble lord.
अस्य काव्यस्य कवयो न समर्था विशेषणे। साधोरिव गृहस्थस्य शेषास्त्रय इवाश्रमाः॥ (NIL 1.2.390; KUM 1.2.391)
asya kāvyasya kavayō na samarthā viśēṣaṇē। sādhōriva gr̥hasthasya śēṣāstraya ivāśramāḥ॥ (NIL 1.2.390; KUM 1.2.391)
[अस्य (asya) - of this; काव्यस्य (kāvyasya) - poem; कवयः (kavayaḥ) - poets; न (na) - not; समर्थाः (samarthāḥ) - capable; विशेषणे (viśēṣaṇē) - of describing adequately; । (।) - ; साधोः (sādhōḥ) - of a virtuous man; इव (iva) - just as; गृहस्थस्य (gr̥hasthasya) - of a householder; शेषाः (śēṣāḥ) - the remaining; त्रयः (trayaḥ) - three; इव (iva) - just as; आश्रमाः (āśramāḥ) - āśramas (stages of life);]
Poets are not capable of adequately describing this poem, just as, for a virtuous householder, the other three āśramas are inadequate by comparison.
धर्मे मतिर्भवतु वः सततोत्थितानां स ह्येक एव परलोकगतस्य बन्धुः। अर्थाः स्त्रियश्च निपुणैरपि सेव्यमाना नैवाप्तभावमुपयान्ति न च स्थिरत्वम्॥ (NIL 1.2.391; KUM 1.2.392)
dharmē matirbhavatu vaḥ satatōtthitānāṁ sa hyēka ēva paralōkagatasya bandhuḥ। arthāḥ striyaśca nipuṇairapi sēvyamānā naivāptabhāvamupayānti na ca sthiratvam॥ (NIL 1.2.391; KUM 1.2.392)
[धर्मे (dharmē) - in righteousness; मतिः (matiḥ) - the mind; भवतु (bhavatu) - let it be; वः (vaḥ) - your; सतत + उत्थितानाम् (satata + utthitānām) - of those who are always alert; सः (saḥ) - that; हि (hi) - indeed; एकः एव (ēkaḥ ēva) - is the only one; परलोकगतस्य (paralōkagatasya) - for one who has departed to the next world; बन्धुः (bandhuḥ) - true friend; अर्थाः (arthāḥ) - riches; स्त्रियः (striyaḥ) - and women; च (ca) - and; निपुणैः अपि (nipuṇaiḥ api) - even by the clever; सेव्यमानाः (sēvyamānāḥ) - when served; न एव (na ēva) - never; आप्तभावम् (āptabhāvam) - fulfilment; उपयान्ति (upayānti) - reach; न च (na ca) - nor; स्थिरत्वम् (sthiratvam) - stability;]
Let your mind be steadfast in righteousness, you who are ever vigilant, for that alone is the true companion of one who has gone to the next world; riches and women, even when attentively pursued by the clever, never bring true fulfilment or lasting security.
द्वैपायनौष्ठपुटनिःसृतमप्रमेयं; पुण्यं पवित्रमथ पापहरं शिवं च। यो भारतं समधिगच्छति वाच्यमानं; किं तस्य पुष्करजलैरभिषेचनेन॥ (BORI 1.2.242)
dvaipāyanauṣṭhapuṭaniḥsr̥tamapramēyaṁ; puṇyaṁ pavitramatha pāpaharaṁ śivaṁ ca। yō bhārataṁ samadhigacchati vācyamānaṁ; kiṁ tasya puṣkarajalairabhiṣēcanēna॥ (BORI 1.2.242)
[द्वैपायन (dvaipāyana) - Vyāsa; ओष्ठपुटनिःसृतम् (ōṣṭhapuṭaniḥsr̥tam) - emerged from his lips; अप्रमेयम् (apramēyam) - immeasurable; पुण्यम् (puṇyam) - holy; पवित्रम् (pavitram) - purifying; अथ (atha) - and also; पापहरम् (pāpaharam) - remover of sin; शिवम् (śivam) - auspicious; च (ca) - and; यः (yaḥ) - whoever; भारतं (bhārataṁ) - the Mahābhārata; समधिगच्छति (samadhigacchati) - fully understands; वाच्यमानम् (vācyamānam) - as it is being recited; किम् (kim) - what; तस्य (tasya) - for him; पुष्करजलैः (puṣkarajalaiḥ) - with waters of the sacred lotus-lake; अभिषेचनेन (abhiṣēcanēna) - by ceremonial bathing;]
Whoever fully understands the Mahābhārata, the immeasurable, holy, purifying, sin-removing, and auspicious work that emerged from the lips of Vyāsa as it is being recited—what purpose for him is served by ceremonial bathing with waters of the sacred lotus-lake?
यदह्नात्कुरुते पाप ब्राह्मणस्त्विन्द्रियैश्चरन्। महाभारतमाख्याय सन्ध्यां मुच्यति पश्चिमाम्॥ (NIL 1.2.393; KUM 1.2.394)
yadahnātkurutē pāpa brāhmaṇastvindriyaiścaran। mahābhāratamākhyāya sandhyāṁ mucyati paścimām॥ (NIL 1.2.393; KUM 1.2.394)
[यत् (yat) - what; अह्ना (ahnā) - by day; कुरुते (kurutē) - commits; पाप (pāpa) - sin; ब्राह्मणः (brāhmaṇaḥ) - a brahmin; तु (tu) - indeed; इन्द्रियैः (indriyaiḥ) - with the senses; चरन् (caran) - acting; महाभारतम् (mahābhāratam) - the Mahabharata; आख्याय (ākhyāya) - by reciting; सन्ध्याम् (sandhyām) - the twilight; मुच्यते (mucyatē) - is released; पश्चिमाम् (paścimām) - evening;]
Whatever sin a brahmin commits by day through the activities of the senses, by reciting the Mahabharata at evening twilight, he is freed from it.
यद्रात्रौ कुरुते पापं कर्मणा मनसा गिरा। महाभारतमाख्याय पूर्वां सन्ध्यां प्रमुच्यते॥ (NIL 1.2.394; KUM 1.2.395)
yadrātrau kurutē pāpaṁ karmaṇā manasā girā। mahābhāratamākhyāya pūrvāṁ sandhyāṁ pramucyatē॥ (NIL 1.2.394; KUM 1.2.395)
[यत् (yat) - whatever; रात्रौ (rātrau) - at night; कुरुते (kurutē) - he does; पापम् (pāpam) - sinful act; कर्मणा (karmaṇā) - by deed; मनसा (manasā) - by mind; गिरा (girā) - by speech; महाभारत-म्-आख्याय (mahābhārata-m-ākhyāya) - by reciting the Mahabharata; पूर्वां सन्ध्यां (pūrvāṁ sandhyāṁ) - the morning twilight; प्रमुच्यते (pramucyatē) - is released;]
Whatever sin he commits during the night—by deed, mind, or speech—he is released from it by reciting the Mahabharata at the morning twilight.
यो गोशतं कनकशृङ्गमयं ददाति विप्राय वेदविदुषे च बहुश्रुताय। पुण्यां च भारतकथां शृणुयाच्च नित्यं तुल्यं फलं भवति तस्य च तस्य चैव॥ (NIL 1.2.395; KUM 1.2.396)
yō gōśataṁ kanakaśr̥ṅgamayaṁ dadāti viprāya vēdaviduṣē ca bahuśrutāya। puṇyāṁ ca bhāratakathāṁ śr̥ṇuyācca nityaṁ tulyaṁ phalaṁ bhavati tasya ca tasya caiva॥ (NIL 1.2.395; KUM 1.2.396)
[यः (yaḥ) - whoever; गोशतं (gōśataṁ) - a hundred cows; कनकशृङ्गमयम् (kanakaśr̥ṅgamayam) - with golden horns; ददाति (dadāti) - gives; विप्राय (viprāya) - to a Brahmin; वेदविदुषे (vēdaviduṣē) - versed in the Vedas; च (ca) - and; बहुश्रुताय (bahuśrutāya) - learned; पुण्यां (puṇyāṁ) - sacred; च (ca) - and; भारतकथाम् (bhāratakathām) - the tale of the Bharata; शृणुयात् (śr̥ṇuyāt) - hears; च (ca) - and; नित्यम् (nityam) - every day; तुल्यं (tulyaṁ) - equal; फलम् (phalam) - fruit; भवति (bhavati) - is; तस्य (tasya) - for him; च (ca) - and; तस्य (tasya) - for him; च (ca) - and; एव (ēva) - indeed;]
Whoever gives a hundred cows with golden horns to a Brahmin learned in the Vedas and well-studied, and whoever also listens every day to the sacred tale of the Bharata—both receive the same reward.
आख्यानं तदिदमनुत्तमं महार्थं; विन्यस्तं महदिह पर्वसङ्ग्रहेण। श्रुत्वादौ भवति नृणां सुखावगाहं; विस्तीर्णं लवणजलं यथा प्लवेन॥ (BORI 1.2.243)
ākhyānaṁ tadidamanuttamaṁ mahārthaṁ; vinyastaṁ mahadiha parvasaṅgrahēṇa। śrutvādau bhavati nr̥ṇāṁ sukhāvagāhaṁ; vistīrṇaṁ lavaṇajalaṁ yathā plavēna॥ (BORI 1.2.243)
[आख्यानं (ākhyānaṁ) - this narration; तत् (tat) - that; इदम् (idam) - this; अनुत्तमं (anuttamaṁ) - unsurpassed; महत् (mahat) - great; अर्थं (arthaṁ) - in import; विन्यस्तं (vinyastaṁ) - has been presented; महत् (mahat) - great; इह (iha) - here; पर्वसङ्ग्रहेण (parvasaṅgrahēṇa) - through the collection of parvas; श्रुत्वा (śrutvā) - having heard; आदौ (ādau) - initially; भवति (bhavati) - there is; नृणां (nr̥ṇāṁ) - for people; सुखावगाहं (sukhāvagāhaṁ) - joyful immersion; विस्तीर्णं (vistīrṇaṁ) - vast; लवणजलं (lavaṇajalaṁ) - ocean; यथा (yathā) - just as; प्लवेन (plavēna) - with a boat;]
This unsurpassed and profound narration has been presented here, organized through the great collection of parvas; when heard at first, it brings people a joyful immersion, just as, with a boat, one can enter the vast salty ocean.